Cities Index.
Agenda Packet

Redding City Council
July 18, 2023

Document
Agenda Packet
Meeting
July 18, 2023
Body
Redding City Council
Pages
9
Original file
293.9 MB
Text extracted from the city's file for reading and search. Open the original on reddingcityca.iqm2.com. That file is the official record.

CITY OF REDDING, CALIFORNIA

REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS

GENERAL CONDITIONS

1. PUBLIC INFORMATION
All submitted proposals and information included therein or attached thereto shall become public record upon their delivery to the City. Proposals may be reviewed by outside interested parties after all proposals received for a particular project have been reviewed and the intended awardee has been selected.

By submission of a proposal, Consultant understands and agrees that the City of Redding is subject to the California Public Records Act (Cal. Gov. Code section 62500 et seq.), and that all or part of the proposal submitted by Consultant may be subject to disclosure therein regardless of whether the proposal or part thereof is marked as proprietary. The City reserves sole discretion to determine whether disclosure is necessary under State law, and Consultant hereby releases City from all liability relating to such disclosure. City shall have no obligation to litigate the issue of disclosure under the Act on behalf of Consultant.

2. RFP ADDENDA
The City of Redding reserves the right to amend, alter, or revoke this RFP in any manner at any time. At the City’s sole discretion, modifications, clarifications, or additions will be distributed as an addendum to all known proposers. It is the responsibility of all interested parties to verify the existence of addenda (check Purchasing’s website at www.cityofredding.org/PurchasingBids or call/ email the stated City contact).

3. PROPOSAL PREPARATION COSTS
All costs incurred in the preparation and presentation of this proposal shall be wholly absorbed by the vendor.

4. PROPOSALS
All proposals will be firm for a period of ninety (90) calendar days following the required date of submission unless an alternate time frame is stated in the Request for Proposal.

5. DEVIATIONS
If there are any deviations from the specifications set forth herein, the bidder shall note the deviations in his proposal. Failure to note a deviation from the specifications may be grounds for rejection by the City of that particular proposal. Where deviations are noted, the City reserves the right to accept a proposal containing such deviations provided that, in the sole opinion of the City, the deviation or deviations so noted do not affect the overall capability of the alternative item or process proposed to perform the function for which it is to be acquired and such deviations result in lesser total cost to the City for the subject item or service.

Packet Pg. 1505 Attachment: RFP 5361-Request for Proposals to Provide Utility Line Construction Services (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services Contract

Page 2 of 3 ends

6. WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL
Any proposer may withdraw their proposal, either personally or by written request at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for the receipt of proposals. Such requests are to be directed to the City Clerk.

7. SELECTION PROCEDURES
Proposals submitted will be subject to the City’s selection procedures for technical and/or professional consultants. Accordingly, final selection will be based upon overall capability to perform services and not exclusively upon cost of services.

The City may make any investigation it deems necessary to determine the ability of a Proposer to carry out the obligations indicated in the Request for Proposal and the submitted Proposal. At the City’s sole discretion, the Proposer shall furnish to the City all information and data for this purpose if materials submitted by, or investigation of, any Proposer fails to satisfy the City that the Proposer is properly qualified to carry out the stated obligations.

The City of Redding reserves the right to accept the proposal that is in the best interest of the City. The City’s decision shall be final.

8. RIGHT TO REJECT PROPOSALS
The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals, to waive any non-material irregularities or information in any proposal, and to accept or reject any combination of items.

9. AWARD OF CONTRACT
The award of the contract, if it is awarded, shall be made on the basis of availability of budgeted funds and to a responsible Contractor who presents the best value to the City per Redding Municipal Code 4.20.040(C).

4.20.040(C) Procure for the city the needed quality in supplies, services and equipment that prove to be the best value to the city. Determination of best value may take into consideration additional elements beyond cost such as warranty, life cycle related costs, lead time, desired aesthetics, work experience as verified through references or work examples, vendor location, prior work with the city or other factors deemed relevant by the purchasing officer in the procurement of the needed supplies, equipment or work to be performed.

10. CITY OF REDDING BUSINESS LICENSE
The awarded Vendor/Consultant may be required to obtain a City of Redding Business License per Municipal Code 6.02 – Business Licenses.

Packet Pg. 1506 Attachment: RFP 5361-Request for Proposals to Provide Utility Line Construction Services (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services Contract

Page 3 of 3 ends

6.02.020 It is unlawful for any person to be engaged in business in the city without having a valid license from the city to do so, in compliance with any and all regulations contained in this chapter pertaining to the business, unless the person is exempt under the provisions of this chapter. No person who is an employee, or the direct representative of a licensee, shall be required to pay a license fee for doing any part of the work of the licensee.

The selected firm shall execute an agreement with the City within ten (10) working days after notification of selection, unless the time for execution has been extended for good cause at the sole discretion of the City. Failure of the selected firm to meet contract submission requirements (e.g. insurance) or failure to timely execute an agreement with the City may result, in the sole discretion of the City, a decision to select from the remaining proposers or to call for new proposals.

Rev. 07/17/20
Packet Pg. 1507 Attachment: RFP 5361-Request for Proposals to Provide Utility Line Construction Services (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services Contract

CITY OF REDDING

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL
Recommendation
Approve the issuance of Request for Proposals for electric utility line construction contractor services to address Redding Electric Utility’s aging distribution system infrastructure.

Fiscal Impact
No fiscal impact is associated with the Request for Proposal (RFP) issuance. Upon selecting a Line Construction Contractor, Redding Electric Utility (REU) will present all contracts, budget resolution(s), and short-term and long-term fiscal impacts for the City Council’s (Council) consideration. Ongoing funding will be requested as part of biennial budgeting processes.

Staff anticipates capital expenses related to this effort to begin in Fiscal Year 2024 - 25. This estimate correlates with REU’s five-year financial plan presented to the Council on September 20, 2022, which estimated expenses related to the Five-Year Capital Plan beginning after July 1, 2023.

Alternative Action
The Council could choose not to approve the issuance of an RFP and provide alternative direction to staff.

Background/Analysis
On August 17, 2021, the Council approved REU’s Five-Year Capital Improvement Plan and REU’s 2026 Strategic Plan. Goal Two of the Strategic Plan, Replace Aging Distribution System Infrastructure, states:

MEETING DATE: January 17, 2023
ITEM NO. 4.5(a)
FROM:
***APPROVED BY***
[email protected] [email protected]
SUBJECT: 4.5(a)--Approve Issuance of Request for Proposals for Electric Utility Line Construction Contract
Nick Zettel, Director of
Redding Electric Utility
Packet Pg. 1508 Attachment: Previous Staff Report – January 17, 2023, item no 4.5(a)—Approve Issuance of Request for (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services Report to Redding City Council January 10, 2023
Re: 4.5(a)--Approve Issuance of Request for Proposals for Electric Utility Line Construction Contract Page 2
With a focus on reliability and completion of an internal aging infrastructure assessment, we identified several distribution system elements that require replacement as part of ongoing routine operations. The projects will center on underground, overhead, and meter system replacement to ensure a solid platform is established for future modernization efforts. Key performance indicators such as total customers and outage minutes are used to gauge the effectiveness of aging asset replacement. Replacement of at-risk elements will reduce outage events while providing customers with a higher degree of reliable service.

REU typically performs all distribution system maintenance utilizing in-house staff. However, based on the volume of work identified in the Five-Year Capital Improvement Plan coupled with existing staffing levels, REU requires contractors over the next five years and possibly longer, depending on the infrastructure replacement schedule. Current estimates indicate the need for two additional line crews over a multi-year contract with provisions for yearly contract extensions.

Typically, the City of Redding issues RFPs after the Council has authorized funds. Based on the proposal and expenditure uncertainty for this particular effort, REU requests authorization to issue an RFP before funding approval. The result would be a proposed solution, budget resolution(s), and fiscal impacts presented as one item for the Council’s consideration at a future meeting.

Environmental Review
This is not a project defined under California Environmental Quality Act, and no further action is required.

Council Priority/City Manager Goals
• Government of the 21st Century – “Be relevant and proactive to the opportunities and challenges of today’s residents and workforce. Anticipate the future to make better decisions today.”
Attachments
Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic Plan
Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year Capital Improvement Plan
Packet Pg. 1509 Attachment: Previous Staff Report – January 17, 2023, item no 4.5(a)—Approve Issuance of Request for (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services

CITY OF REDDING

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL
Recommendation
Approve Redding Electric Utility’s 2026 Strategic Plan establishing new vision and mission statements, identifying core organizational values; and setting goals.

Fiscal Impact
There is no fiscal impact associated with accepting Redding Electric Utility’ s ( REU) 2026 Strategic Plan.

Alternative Action
The City Council (Council) could choose to not accept REU’ s 2026 Strategic Plan and provide alternative direction to staff.

Background/Analysis
The previous REU 2020 Strategic Plan was approved by the Council in 2015. At that time, REU embarked on a structural overhaul to better align the workforce with customer needs, and the strategic plan helped staff focus on several critical areas, including technology, workforce and culture, communications, and financial stability. To address today’ s fast pace of change to the utility industry, REU staff engaged in a new strategic planning effort.

With the assistance of Hometown Connections, Inc. ( HCI), an advisory team of community members, City of Redding staff, and members of the Council worked to develop the 2026 Strategic Plan (Plan). The strategic planning team examined REU’ s strengths and limitations to confirm the utility’ s mission and priorities that will serve as guideposts for long- term project development and planning.

MEETING DATE: August 17, 2021
ITEM NO. 9.5(c)
FROM:

APPROVED BY***
dbeans@cityofredding. org btippin@cityofredding. org
SUBJECT: 9.5(c)--Consider Redding Electric Utility's 2026 Strategic Plan.

Daniel Beans, Director of
Electric Utility
Packet Pg. 1510 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services Report to Redding City Council August 10, 2021
Re: 9.5(c)-- Redding Electric Utility' s Strategic Plan Page 2 New vision and mission statements as well as six core organizational values were identified as part of the strategic plan development process. Additionally, nine strategic goals were identified to allow REU to successfully fulfill its vision and mission:

Complete Critical Wildfire Mitigation Projects
Replace Aging Distribution System Infrastructure
Initiate Distribution Modernization Program Element
Implement Distribution Risk Management Plan
Complete Energy Trading Modernization and Integrated Resource Plans Minimize Compliance Failures and Penalties
Align Revenue Collection with Cost-of-Service
Enhance Communication with Customers and the Community
Enhance Employee Development, Attraction, and Retention These goals were designed to aid REU staff in meeting the three strategic priorities identified within the Plan: mitigate risk, maximize reliability, and meet regulations.

Council Priority/ City Manager Goals
Government of the 21st Century – “Be relevant and proactive to the opportunities and challenges of today’s residents and workforce. Anticipate the future to make better decisions today.”
Attachments
REU's 2026 Strategic Plan (available online)
Packet Pg. 1511 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services Strategic Plan
2021-2026
Redding
Electric Utility
Packet Pg. 1512 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services Executive Summary
Proud of our History, Preparing for the Future
Vision, Mission & Core Values
Strategic Priorites
Goals
Acknowledgements
03 05
07 09
10 13
Contents
Packet Pg. 1513 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services In 2021, Redding Electric Utility (REU) celebrates 100 years of service. REU takes great pride in helping to make the City of Redding and Shasta County a great place to live, work and play. Today, we continue to provide reliable and a ordable electric service to the residents and busin esse s of Redding, while developing the exibility and innovation to respond to the changing utility marketplace. We remain committed to providing strong value to the Redding community far into the future. 03 Executive
Summary
Redding and Shasta County powered
on through the Carr Fire of 2018 and
Snowmaggedon in 2019. The year 2020
represented another challenge for the electric
utility industry. The COVID- 19 pandemic
proved to be devastating to our community and
nation as citizens struggled to remain healthy
many parts of the nation as natural disasters
damaged equipment and disrupted lives.

Our employees worked together, as frontline responders, to keep the power on while keeping themselves and our customers safe
As we look ahead, we must continue to
think and act strategically, addressing
changes in technology, customer
expectations, regulations and the climate,
especially related to wildres. We must
continue to be proactive and adapt quickly
to the changes impacting the electric
utility industry to best serve the Redding
community for the next 100 years. Change
is a constant in the electric utility industry,
and we are determined to act in a way
that best serves our customers and the
community far into the future. As a local,
publicly- owned utility, we are invested in
the success of Redding.

REU completed its previous strategic plan
in 2015. At that time, the organization
embarked on a structural overhaul to
better align the workforce with our
customer needs, and the strategic plan
helped us focus on several critical areas,
including technology, workforce and
culture, communications and nancial
stability. To address today’ s fast pace
of change to the utility industry, we
engaged in a new strategic planning
face when possible, and virtually when
COVID- 19 restrictions reduced our ability
to meet in person. Several meetings were
conducted with City of Redding Council
stakeholders to update REU’ s strategic
plan and chart a course for the future.

The strategic planning team examined
our strengths and limitations, conrming
the utility’s mission and priorities that will
serve as guideposts for long-term project
development and planning.

Packet Pg. 1514 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services 04 The 2021 Strategic Plan includes several
important updates to our vision, mission and
priorities. The vision statement, identifying
the value we seek to bring to the Redding
community states:

REU makes Redding better by connecting
with our customers and being their trusted
and reliable, community- owned utility
The mission statement, which describes
what we will do to achieve that vision reads:

REU, in partnership with the Redding
community, is committed to improving the
public’ s safety and providing reliable, costeffective service Our organizational values will play a key
role in how we fulfill our mission and vision.

We have an obligation to the community to
act in its best interests. As such, we have
identified six core values which will drive
our actions:

Safety
Integrity
Customer Focus
Teamwork
Communication
Stewardship
Looking ahead to the coming years, we
have identified three key areas in which
we must excel for the utility to serve the
Redding community. They are:

Mitigate Risk
Maximize Reliability
Meet Regulations
We believe attention to these three
areas will position us to deliver valuable
service to the community for many years
to come. When the utility was formed
100 years ago, city leaders recognized
the wisdom of allowing the community to
control its own destiny by building and
managing its electric service. Today, the
City continues to deliver value to the
community through the local control of
utility services, maintaining high reliability
at very competitive rates, while keeping
dollars and jobs in the community.

We invite you to review this strategic plan
and share your thoughts with us about the
direction of the utility. You, the customer and
citizen, are the owners of Redding Electric
Utility. The ownership partnership formed in
1921 has been – and will remain – a key to
our success in the years ahead.

Executive
Summary
Packet Pg. 1515 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services 05 Proud of Our History,
Preparing for
the Future
The world has changed greatly since REU began distributing electricity to the people of Redding 100 years ago. The utility, too, has seen significant change from the days when it purchased all of its wholesale power from area investor-owned utilities.

Over the decades, we established greater
control over our power supply, contracting
with the federal government for low cost
hydroelectric power, partnering with other
agencies to access significant economies
of scale and building our own generation
facilities. These forward- looking steps by
past city and utility leaders ensured greater
reliability, rate stability and predictability.

As a result, Redding’ s lights remain on, bills
remain manageable and its owners’ best
interests are being supported.

And who are those owners? No, it is not Wall
Street investment firms, hedge funds and
other shareholders. It is you, the customers
of the utility and the citizens of Redding. As
a public power utility, rather than an investorowned utility, our owners are our customers.

This means decision- making on issues
important to you, such as rates, power supply,
reliability and customer service, are made
locally. The utility’ s governing board is the
Redding City Council, which embraces the
critical role that the utility plays in serving the
community.

REU employs 193 people, who serve
44,905 residential and commercial
customers within the corporate boundries
of the City of Redding. Redding’ s
population and economy have remained
remarkably stable for many years. Most of
this century has seen modest growth in
population, lagging behind both California
and the U.S. population growth rates. Yet,
interest in Shasta County’ s vast natural
resources continues to drive strong tourism
as well as new residents, citing the area’ s
natural beauty as a draw.

The regional economic outlook is good,
having recovered fairly quickly from the
pandemic- fueled downturn. The local
industry is diversified, with the largest
employment sectors being healthcare, retail,
education, food, lodging and government.

Redding is well- positioned to remain
economically vibrant in the years ahead.

The utility must continue to adapt to
changes in our natural environment, new
state and federal regulations, technology
advancements and evolving customer
expectations.

For example, the wildfire “ season” is nearly
a year- round issue now. We recognize the
important role we must play in planning for and
responding to fires that may impact our service
territory. In 2021, technology and human
resources in the Redding Fire Department
and Parks Division have been provided
extraordinary tools to battle the wildfires
that continue to impact California. A stateof-the- art emergency operations center was established at our headquarters building
to allow first responders and leaders within
Packet Pg. 1516 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services 06 our community to work closely together
to prevent loss of life and property due
to catastrophic events. We work closely
with other Redding departments and rst
responders to ensure public safety.

Numerous other technological tools
are being implemented, including new
communication systems, IQ FireWatch
cameras, security cameras in and around
electric infrastructure and aerial imagery
for assessing the vegetation canopy. All of
these tools are congregated in the City of
Redding’ s new emergency operations center.

Looking within the utility, REU’s infrastructure,
reliability, and operations are generally in
good shape. However, many years of
deferred maintenance are resulting in more
frequent outages of longer duration. We
are at a pivotal time regarding our aging
distribution system, and signicant capital
maintenance and upgrades are needed in
order for us to continue providing reliable
community.
but we contend with higher wages at
utilities in Northern California which draw
from our workforce.

Financially, the utility is in solid shape,
with strong city council leadership and
diversied revenue.

REU’s system reliability is among the highest
in the state. Yet maintaining system reliability
is a never-ending process, and REU must
continue to evaluate its infrastructure and
ensure upgrades and technology are
manner.

In concert with a robust power generation,
transmission and distribution system, REU’s
Customer Services Division provides
outstanding service, continually going
above and beyond to help our customers.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic,
our Customer Services team developed an
extensive community outreach program,
the Comprehensive Community Assistance
Program to inform our customers about
available resources.

These technologies improve operations,
reliability, safety and customer service.

By providing funding for reghters and
vegetation management personnel, we
have been able to carefully identify and
mitigate potential re hazards that could
impact or be caused by our utility. In
addition, we have funded a large goat
program as part of vegetation management.

Through proactive measure and working
closely with other city departments, we will
continue to reduce the large risks wildres
pose to our beautiful area.

Proud of Our History,
Preparing for
the Future
Packet Pg. 1517 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services 07 Vision, Mission
Core Values
Vision
an ideal future for the utility as it serves the
community. It can be thought of as a destination; we hope an ambitious one. With this as our responsibility, our vision statement reads:

REU makes Redding better by connecting
with our customers and being their trusted
and reliable, community-owned utility
High reliability, competitive rates, and excellent customer service are the foundation of our values proposition to the community. Yet
there is much more we can and will do as
we embrace this vision.

Mission
If a vision statement describes a destination,
the mission statement describes how an
organization will get there. What will we do
to attain that vision? Our mission reads:

REU, in partnership with the Redding
community, is committed to improving the
public’s safety and providing reliable,
We very much view our role in the community as a partnership, whether this is with other city departments or outside agencies
or organizations. For example, REU and the
Redding Fire Department and Parks Department coordinate their wildre prevention and business customers, REU must deliver
ally exploring ways to improve all aspects
of our operations.
its enduring mission, vision, and values.

Central to Redding Electric Utility’s planning for the future is ensuring all eorts align with Packet Pg. 1518 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services 08 Core Values
The vision and mission describe what we do
in order to support the Redding community.

But how will the utility act as it fulfills these
priorities? Establishing our core values is a
key part of defining who we are, how we will
serve our customers and how we will treat
each other. These are expectations we have
of ourselves, and to which we will hold each
other accountable. Below are outlined six
core values with corresponding behaviors
and actions.

Safety
We promote ownership and accountability
for safety within the department
We have an uncompromising commitment
for the public and employees’ safety
Through our safety committee, programs,
activities and other initiatives, we promote
a culture of safety
We promote public safety through
ongoing education, training, awareness
and compliance
We support an environment in which the
public can be served safely
Integrity
We are accountable, ethical, honest, and
transparent in everything we do
We will protect and maintain the goodwill
and trust our community has placed in us
We are loyal to the public interest and
fairness to all ratepayers
Customer Focus
REU employees consider the customer
first in every decision we make so that we
consistently exceed customer expectations
We listen to, anticipate and proactively
serve customer wants and needs
We focus on delivering what is most
beneficial to our internal and external
customers
Customers and their safety and
satisfaction are our highest priority
Teamwork
Our team consists of employees of the
Electric Utility, the City, the Redding
community and Joint Powers Agencies
We demonstrate the principles of Hungry,
Humble and Smart as explained by the
best- selling author Patrick Lencioni in his
book The Ideal Team Player
We are a cohesive unit that exists solely
for the benefit of the community we serve
We believe Teamwork is vital for success
We feel, act and behave as one big team
Open Communication
By actively listening to the needs of the
community, we provide timely responses,
create understanding of other’ s
perspectives and show we care
Through transparent communication,
we keep all stakeholders informed,
avoid unnecessary surprises and reduce
confusion
We are committed to action and follow up
when necessary, to help provide closure
for our stakeholders
Stewardship
We strive to represent and incorporate the
values and needs of the community in the
management of the utility
We focus on maximizing value for all
customers over the long term
We manage our physical assets to
maximize safety and reliability at the
lowest possible cost
We offer programs and education to help
our customers save money and/ or reduce
their impacts on the environment
We continuously decrease our impacts on
the environment while striving to maintain
affordable electric rates for our customers
Vision, Mission
Core Values
Packet Pg. 1519 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services 09 Strategic
Priorities
Three strategic priorities have been identied as points of emphasis in our strategic planning process. To take advantage of our organizational strengths and to address opportunities for growth and improvement, the following strategic priorities serve as the framework for our strategic plan.
01 Manage risk necessary to protect
our customers from physical and
nancial harm.

From wildres to pandemics, change is
the new normal. We continue to assess
the impacts, risks – and opportunities
that this change brings.
02 Provide best in class safety,
reliability and services to support
the needs of our community.

We will continue to take the steps
necessary to maintain and upgrade
our distribution system. Reliability
also means being a good corporate
citizen, acting in the best interests
of the community, being responsive
to customer needs, and continuing
to build trust among our many
stakeholders.
03 To comply with all mandated
regulations in a manner
to maximize reliability and
As the state and federal regulatory
landscape continues to change, the
comply with these regulations while
ensuring customer needs for reliability
Packet Pg. 1520 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services 10 Below are our initial goals that will be critical in allowing REU to successfully fulfill its vision to “make Redding better.” For most of these, related metrics will allow the utility to keep staff, the City Council, our customers and our community updated on their progress. We look forward to sharing that progress with you.

Goals
GOAL 1
Complete Critical Wildfire
Mitigation Projects
GOAL 2
Replace Aging Distribution
System Infrastructure
GOAL 3
Initiate Distribution
Modernization Program Element

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
In order to continually manage wildfire risk and the threat to public safety, our Wildfire Mitigation Plan identified several technology and distribution system improvements as significant mitigating factors to the detection and prevention of future wildfires in our service territory. Due to the long lead time for planning and construction, several critical projects remain outstanding with targeted completion within the 5-year horizon. The majority of the technology improvements have been deployed, with the remainder focusing on vegetation inspection systems. Distribution system improvements range from circuit hardening and strategic underground to developing a more coordinated vegetation management program.

With a focus on reliability and completion of an internal aging infrastructure assessment, we identified several distribution system elements that require replacement as part of ongoing routine operations. The projects will center on underground, overhead and meter system replacement to ensure a solid platform is established for future modernization efforts. Key performance indicators such as total customers and outage minutes are used to gauge the effectiveness of aging asset replacement. Replacement of at- risk elements will reduce outage events while providing customers with a higher degree of reliable service.

New technologies are available for deployment on our system to provide faster outage detection, real- time situational awareness and modernized software solutions for system operators. By modernizing our distribution system, we can ensure outage times are minimized by faster detection and response by pinpointing the outage and focusing resources on the needed repairs. Communication systems will be bolstered by the deployment of fiber optic lines on our system with additional spare capacity for future use. Power quality will be enhanced with projects aimed at line capacity upgrades and power factor improvement. mitigate risk
mitigate risk
meet regulations
maximize reliability
maximize reliability
maximize reliability
Packet Pg. 1521 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services 11 GOAL 5
Complete Energy Trading
Modernization and Integrated
Resource Plans
GOAL 6
Minimize Compliance Failures
and Penalties

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
Our recent overhaul of the Energy Risk Management Policy requires detailed processes to ensure all policy requirements are achieved. To align the policy with day-to-day staff duties, a set of business rules will be developed to identify modeling and analytical methods used to provide energy trading and hedging recommendations to the Energy Risk and Risk Oversight Committees. Key performance indicators from this project will center on the ability to keep our energy portfolio metrics in compliance with the Energy Risk Policy. Separately, updated Integrated Resource Plans will be needed to address the future energy landscape in California, with particular focus paid to electrification of transportation and buildings. In addition to focusing on load growth from carbon reduction efforts, additional renewable energy resources will be required to maintain compliance with the State’s Renewable Portfolio Standard requirements.

As part of our North American Electric Reliability Corporation registration as a Transmission Owner and Operator, we are continually striving to develop a culture of compliance with a particular focus on regulatory best practices. To support a culture of compliance and the development of best practices, a Regulatory Compliance Internal Controls project will be completed to ensure any compliance failures are minimized. With the recent requirement to provide enhanced system security by SB699, we will be focusing on bolstering the security at our substations by adding additional layers of protection from sabotage or break- ins. mitigate risk
mitigate risk
meet regulations
meet regulations
maximize reliability
GOAL 4
Implement Distribution Risk
Management Plan

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
Upon completion of our internal Operational Risk Assessment, we discovered several opportunities to improve our internal working systems to minimize risk from organization structures, inventory and workflow management techniques. In tandem with replacing aging equipment and installing new technologies to modernize the system, several projects have been selected to ensure the support systems are intact to minimize system risk. This includes a new inventory control system, workflow management systems and software, and organizational structure and staffing changes to reflect a more streamlined operations team. mitigate risk maximize reliability
Goals
Packet Pg. 1522 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services 12 Goals
GOAL 7
Align Revenue Collection with
Cost-Of-Service
GOAL 8
Enhance Communication with
Customers and the Community
GOAL 9
Enhance Employee Development,
Attraction and Retention

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
Aligning revenues with the cost of providing electric service is imperative to mitigate risks.

REU will implement two projects to analyze and recommend a rate structure. The first project will consist of a cost- of-service study that analyzes electric consumption patterns of service. To garner support for the rate structure recommendation, a second project will ensure significant outreach and community engagement to gather comments, provide education and develop consensus.

Our Customer Focus Core Value is intended on meeting the needs of our customers and fostering an ownership relationship with the community. To support this core value, we must increase our communication channels, frequency of outreach and inclusion with our customers as we move through this Strategic Plan cycle. Two projects have been developed to meet this goal. A customer needs survey project will help us identify the areas requiring more attention and communication, while an updated communications plan project will ensure we are more effective at stakeholder processes and customer outreach. Future surveys will be used to gauge the effectiveness of these projects.

Because we value our employees, REU identified several employee training and procedure management projects to ensure our teams understand their roles and responsibilities in serving our customers. Furthermore, in order to attract and retain quality and dedicated team members, ongoing labor market analysis must occur to ensure the working environment of REU is one that attracts and maintains employees. This will include studies of pay and benefits and working conditions. These workforce initiatives are imperative to deliver the strategic plan successfully.
mitigate risk
mitigate risk
meet regulations
maximize reliability
mitigate risk
meet regulations
maximize reliability
Packet Pg. 1523 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services 13 Acknowledgements
We wish to acknowledge the many contributions of Redding City Council Members and members of the public. This is a better strategic plan because of extensive discussion, debate and challenges that arose throughout this process. Our process relied heavily on an advisory team of stakeholders from within the City and the community for their perspectives. We thank all of you for your commitment and diligence.

ADVISORY TEAM
Chuck Aukland
Public Works Director
Steve Bade
Deputy City Manager
Tim Danielson
Salvation Army Captain
Nate Fairchild
Director of Science and Charter
School Administration
Jake Mangas
President & CEO, Chamber
of Commerce
Mark Mezzano
City Council
Kristen Schreder
City Council
Chad Scott
CEO of the Builder’s
Exchange
Jerrod Vanlandingham
Fire Chief
Packet Pg. 1524 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services For more information:

City of Redding Electric Utility
3611 Avtech Parkway
Redding, CA 96002
530.339.7300
www.reupower.com
Packet Pg. 1525 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Services

9.5(c) 2026 Strategic Plan
Presented to the Redding City Council
August 17, 2021
Presented by: Electric Utility Director Dan Beans
Packet Pg. 1526 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's 100 Years of Redding Electric Utility
The City of Redding purchased the electric utility
from a predecessor of PG&E on December 21, 1921
for $57,356.18.
o In the first year ofoperations, the Citymade a
net gain of $29,820 and had a lower kWh rate
set than before being publiclyowned
o Redding was the first city in Northern California
to acquire a public electric utilitythrough
eminent domain proceedings
REUcontinues to create value and deliver
exceptional service through the challenges of
meeting an uncertain regulatory future.

Packet Pg. 1527 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic Plan Development Process
Packet Pg. 1528 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Vision
REU makes Redding better by connecting
with our customers and being their trusted
and reliable, community-owned utility
Mission
REU, in partnership with the Redding
community, is committed to improving the
public’s safety and providing reliable, costeffective service.

Packet Pg. 1529 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Core Values
Establishing core values isa key part of
defining who we are, how we will serve our
customers and how we will treat each other. o Safety o Integrity o Customer Focus o Teamwork o Communication o Stewardship These organizational values playa keyrole
in how we willfulfill our mission and values.

Packet Pg. 1530 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Priorities
Three strategic priorities have been
identified as points of emphasis in our
strategic planning process.
o Mitigate Risk
o Maximize Reliability
o Meet Regulations
These Strategic Priorities serve as the
framework for our Strategic Plan.

Risk
Reliability
Regulation
Packet Pg. 1531 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic Plan Goals
o Complete Critical Wildfire Mitigation Projects
o Replace Aging Distribution System Infrastructure
o Initiate Distribution Modernization Program Element
o Implement Distribution Risk Management Plan
o Complete Energy Trading Modernization and Integrated
Resource Plans
o Minimize Compliance Failures and Penalties
o Align Revenue Collection with Cost- ofService
o Enhance Communication with Customers and the
Community
o Enhance Employee Development, Attraction and Retention Packet Pg. 1532 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Thank you to our Strategic Plan Advisory Team
for your commitment and contributions
o Council Member MarkMezzano
o Council Member KristenSchreder
o Chuck Aukland, Public Works Director
o Steve Bade, Deputy City Manager
o Tim Danielson, Salvation Army Captain
o Nate Fairchild, Director of Science and Charter School Administration, Shasta County Office of Education
o JakeMangas, President & CEO, Chamber of Commerce
o Chad Scott, CEO, Shasta Builders’ Exchange
o JerrodVanlandigham, Fire Chief
Packet Pg. 1533 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's Approve Redding Electric Utility’s 2026 Strategic Plan establishing new vision and mission statements, identifying core organizational values, and setting goals.

Recommendation
Packet Pg. 1534 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(c)--Redding Electric Utility's

CITY OF REDDING

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL
Recommendation
Authorize the following actions relative to Redding Electric Utility (REU):
1) Accept the Five- Year Capital Improvement Plan; and
2) Adopt Resolution approving and adopting the 6th Amendment to the City Budget Resolution No. 2021- 078 authorizing the creation of four additional line personnel positions for Redding Electric Utility.

Fiscal Impact
There is no fiscal impact associated with accepting the Five-Year Capital Improvement Plan.

Staff will return to the City Council ( Council) with a contract for Engineering Services as identified in the Five-Year Capital Improvement Plan along with the necessary budget resolution. Additionally, Redding Electric Utility (REU) will return to the Council with project specific budget resolutions as design services are completed.

The annual cost of the four additional Lineman positions is estimated at $ 800, 000 per year subject to change based on future labor agreements). Budgetary savings from current vacant positions is anticipated to cover the cost of filling the new positions for the current budget cycle, with the ongoing annual cost of the positions included as part of REU’ s biennial budget requests.

For reference, in Fiscal Year 2020-21 REU realized personnel savings due to vacancies of approximately $2.5 million, which resulted in personnel savings net of salary adjustments and overtime of approximately $ 900,000. However, depending on actual savings, REU may be seeking additional budget authorization at future mid-year or mid-cycle budget updates.

Alternative Action
The Council could choose to adopt any combination of the recommendations above, and/ or provide additional direction to staff.

MEETING DATE: August 17, 2021
ITEM NO. 9.5(d)
FROM:

APPROVED BY***
dbeans@cityofredding. org btippin@cityofredding. org
SUBJECT: 9.5(d)--Consider Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year Capital Improvement Plan; and Resolution authorizing additional line personnel positions.

Daniel Beans, Director of
Electric Utility
Packet Pg. 1535 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Report to Redding City Council August 10, 2021
Re: 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility' s Five- Year Capital Improvement Plan Page 2 Background/Analysis
The Five-year Capital Improvement Plan ( CIP), created by Ulteig Engineers, Inc. ( Ulteig), provides an overview of the current state of REU ’s distribution system and provides a roadmap that will assist REU in achieving its goal of providing safe and reliable power to its customers while preparing the distribution system for future transportation and building electrification load growth.

The Five-Year CIP is a subset of REU’s Distribution Modernization Program. The Distribution Modernization Program is a ten- year integrated outlook factoring in wildfire mitigation and system hardening, replacement of aging distribution assets ( both overhead and underground), efforts to increase system reliability by reducing system outage events and durations, and greater situational awareness to increase visibility of outages providing reduced response time and repair. These critical system improvements have been prioritized based on the strategic priorities outlined in REU’s Five-Year Strategic Plan: maximize reliability, mitigate risk, and meet regulations.

The entire Distribution Modernization Program, including cost estimates, workforce assessments, schedule projections, available resources, and description of improvements, is available for review by contacting REU.

Based upon Ulteig’ s and REU staff’ s workforce assessment, the current REU staffing level is insufficient to complete the necessary improvements in the required timeline. However, REU does not recommend filling this need solely from hiring new full-time staff to supplement a large scale, short-term project uplift. Alternatively, REU is recommending four additional Line personnel and the use of third- party contractor support to supplement existing REU crew capabilities. Contracting the work will require coordination and cooperation with IBEWElectric.

As the resources needed to implement the Five- Year CIP and other Strategic Plan items, including meeting increased regulations and mitigating risk, are addressed, REU will embark on a process to review rates for future recommendations to the Council. This process will include public outreach, a cost-of-service study, and a communication plan. REU will work with the City of Redding Equity Officer to ensure outreach and communication is available and understandable to all REU customers. This process will be targeted to begin in September and be completed by the end of 2021.

Council Priority/ City Manager Goals
Government of the 21st Century – “Be relevant and proactive to the opportunities and challenges of today’ s residents and workforce. Anticipate the future to make better decisions today.”
Attachments
Resolution
REU's Five-Year Capital Improvement Plan (available online) Packet Pg. 1536 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year (9.5(c)--Consider Construction RESOLUTION NO. 2021-____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF REDDING APPROVING AND ADOPTING THE 6TH AMENDMENT TO CITY BUDGET RESOLUTION NO. 2021-078 APPROPRIATING 0 FOR THE CREATION OF FOUR ADDITIONAL LINE PERSONNEL POSITIONS FOR REDDING ELECTRIC UTILITY FOR FISCAL YEAR 2021-22

BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF REDDING THAT Budget Resolution No. 2021-078 be and is hereby amended as follows:

FUND DIVISION DESCRIPTION INCREASE DECREASE
142 853 ELECTRIC $ 0
THAT account titles and numbers requiring adjustments by this Resolution are as follows:

PERSONNEL FY 2020-21
Lineman ( Certification Rate) 4 FTE
THAT the purpose is to appropriate $ 0 for the creation of four additional line personnel positions for Redding Electric Utility for fiscal year 2021-22.

I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing resolution was introduced at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Redding on the 17th day of August, 2021, and was duly adopted at said meeting by the following vote:

AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ABSTAIN: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ERIN D. RESNER, Mayor
ATTEST: FORM APPROVAL:

PAMELA MIZE, City Clerk BARRY E. DeWALT, City Attorney
Packet Pg. 1537 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year (9.5(c)--Consider Construction Confidential
5-Year Capital Improvement Plan
Last printed 8/ 4/ 2021
5-Year Capital Improvement Plan
Project Name: 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan
Ulteig Project Number: 20.02208
Department: Technical Services – Transmission and Distribution Prepared For:

Document Owner( s) Project/ Organization Role
Redding Electric Utility Municipal Utility
Ulteig Engineers, Inc.
3350 38th Avenue South
Fargo, North Dakota
701.280.8500
www.ulteig.com
Revision History
Revision Date Description
1 8/ 3/ 2021 100% Submittal
Packet Pg. 1538 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year (9.5(c)--Consider Construction 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan Redding Electric Utility Confidential 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) ........................................................................... 3

1.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................... 3

1.2 5-Year CIP Results ................................................................................................................. 5

LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: 5-Year CIP - Project Cost and Duration Estimates ......................................................................... 5 Table 2: 5-Year CIP - Estimated Spend per Year ......................................................................................... 6 Table 3: 5-Year CIP - Estimated Project Execution Timeline ...................................................................... 7 Table 4: 5-Year CIP - Estimated Total Labor Hour Breakout ...................................................................... 8 Table 5: 5-Year CIP - Estimated Labor Breakout per Year .......................................................................... 9 Table 6: 5-Year CIP - Estimated Total Engineering Hour Breakout .......................................................... 10 Table 7: 5-Year CIP - Estimated Labor Breakout per Year ........................................................................ 11 Packet Pg. 1539 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year (9.5(c)--Consider Construction 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan Redding Electric Utility Confidential 3
1 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan (CIP)

1.1 Overview
REU’ s 5-year Strategic Plan sets the goals and the expectation of an electric grid which is more reliable, resilient to natural disasters, and more flexible for the increased installation of Distributed Energy Resources ( DERs) and transportation and building electrification load growth. However, through years of deferred maintenance, REU’ s extensive infrastructure continues to age and decreasing reliability statistics confirm this. This Capital Improvement Plan outlines the necessary improvements over the next five years to address the highest priority items identified. It is imperative that REU acts quickly to make these significant infrastructure improvements outlined herein while working towards the goal of a more modern grid and to meet the needs of continued electrification. With the immense workload that will be required to accomplish this objective, ensuring these efforts commence promptly will be vital to ensuring that our manpower is best utilized performing proactive improvements rather than emergency repairs and power restorations.

The 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan was formed from an in-depth look at the first 5 years of the Distribution Modernization Program ( DMP), a separate document. Each project was analyzed against the goals outlined in REU’ s Strategic Plan using analytical scoring techniques and priority projects were determined which could best be accomplished within this 5-year period. This involved evaluating capital vs engineering only projects, assessing the total number of hours anticipated to complete the work, determining the existing backlog of existing work and projecting cost and labor that would be required for any new construction projects. These construction labor hours were then evaluated against the historic available construction labor hours within REU.

Table 1 shows that to initiate construction, a great deal of engineering design efforts will need to take place. The total spending in the first year is lower than the remaining years for this reason. As designs are prepared and construction ramps up, the capital spend is expected to significantly increase in year 2 and beyond as can be seen in Table 2. Through multiple prioritization discussions, the overall 5-year CIP schedule, Table 3, was developed to layout the required timeline for the 5-Year CIP to accomplish the goals set forth in the DMP.

Historic records show that REU Line staff can only commit approximately 12,480 hours/ year to new Capital Improvement Projects over and above any day-to-day activities such as new construction & emergency repairs. This approximation includes 2,080 hours for overtime associated with these projects. When evaluating the total number of construction labor hours required to complete the effort proposed within this plan, it is apparent that contract labor is required to supplement REU staffing in order to meet the goals of this plan. Tables 4 & 5 below show a breakdown of the total projected hours required per year and the amount of estimated internal labor hours. Additionally, this table illustrates the effect of REU hiring an additional 4-person line crew within the first year of this plan.

Prior to initiating many of these improvement projects, an engineering evaluation of the distribution system model as described in the DMP must be performed. This necessary engineering effort will better identify system weaknesses, determine critical construction project phasing, and develop improved construction standards. These estimated prerequisite Packet Pg. 1540 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year (9.5(c)--Consider Construction 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan Redding Electric Utility Confidential 4
engineering hours and dollars were then rolled into the associated capital projects as part of their overall scope. The estimated values are listed in the tables below and the tables in the DMP. In addition to the system evaluation, engineering design and construction services will also be required prior to and during execution of each construction project. This engineering services effort was estimated at 15% of the cost for each project. One exception to this estimate is the Aging Asset – Underground Cable Replacements project where this service was calculated at 7.5%. Current availability of REU engineering staff is limited to an estimated 2,200 hours per year to work on these projects over and above day-to-day base workload. As can be seen in Tables 6 & 7 below, the estimated engineering labor required to complete this work is significantly greater than the hours available through current REU staff.

Packet Pg. 1541 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year (9.5(c)--Consider Construction 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan Redding Electric Utility Confidential 5

1.2 5-Year CIP Results
TASK NAME Total Cost 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Circuit Hardening $ 2,167,951 $ 694,500 $ 722,280 $ 751,171 - - Install reclosers at T1 boundary $ 477,360 Design Only $ 234,000 $ 243,360 - - Install switches at T1 boundary/ Feeder
Reconfiguration to T1 only $ 226,481 Design Only $ 111,020 $ 115,461 - - Transmission Hardening $ 844,081 Design Only Design Only $ 270,400 $ 281,216 $ 292,465 1-Phase Recloser Deployment $ 332,735 - - Design Only $ 163,105 $ 169,629 Aging Asset - Pole Replacements $ 10,332,645 $ 1,500,000 $ 2,080,000 $ 2,163,200 $ 2,249,728 $ 2,339,717 Switch Replacement Program $ 742,036 $ 137,000 $ 142,480 $ 148,179 $ 154,106 $ 160,271 Aging Asset - Underground Cable Replacements $ 29,497,935 $ 3,000,000 $ 6,240,000 $ 6,489,600 $ 6,749,184 $ 7,019,151 Strategic Undergrounding $ 3,610,896 Design Only $ 850,330 $ 884,343 $ 919,717 $ 956,506 Fiber Optic Backbone $ 4,773,600 Design Only $ 2,340,000 $ 2,433,600 - - Substation Security $ 938,469 Design Only $ 221,000 $ 229,840 $ 239,034 $ 248,595 Faulted Circuit Indicator and Line Sensor
Deployment $ 402,558 $ 150,000 $ 104,000 $ 47,590 $ 49,494 $ 51,474 Line Capacity Upgrades/ VVO $ 1,463,073 Design Only - $ 468,693 $ 487,441 $ 506,939 New Construction/ Backlog ( Labor Only) $ 7,670,022 $ 1,416,094 $ 1,472,738 $ 1,531,647 $ 1,592,913 $ 1,656,630 Facilities Field Verification $ 575,000 $ 575,000 - - - - Engineering Design and Construction Services $ 7,395,881 $ 2,690,649 $ 854,839 $ 939,921 $ 1,426,702 $ 1,483,770 Total $ 71,450,723 $ 10,163,243 $ 15,372,686 $ 16,717,007 $ 14,312,640 $ 14,885,146 Table 1: 5-Year CIP - Project Cost and Duration Estimates LEGEND
Fire Mitigation
Overhead
Underground
Substation
Operational Efficiency/ Reliability
Other
Packet Pg. 1542 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan Redding Electric Utility Confidential 6
Table 2: 5-Year CIP - Estimated Spend per Year
10,163,243
15,372,686
16,717,007
14,312,640 $
14,885,146
0 2,000,000
4,000,000
6,000,000
8,000,000
10,000,000
12,000,000
14,000,000
16,000,000
18,000,000
2026SPENDING ($) 2022 2023 2024 2025
YEAR
Spending Per Year
Packet Pg. 1543 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan Redding Electric Utility Confidential7
Table 3: 5-Year CIP - Estimated Project Execution Timeline LEGEND
Fire Mitigation
Overhead
Underground
Substation
Operational Efficiency/ Reliability
Other
Packet Pg. 1544 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan Redding Electric Utility Confidential 8

TASK NAME
Total
Individual
Labor Hours
2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Circuit Hardening 5,840 1,947 1,947 1,947 - -
Install reclosers at T1 boundary 234 - 117 117 - -
Install switches at T1 boundary/ Feeder
Reconfiguration to T1 only 540 - 270 270 - -
Transmission Hardening 4,750 - - 1,583 1,583 1,583
1-Phase Recloser Deployment 150 - - - 75 75
Aging Asset - Pole Replacements 30,750 4,855 6,474 6,474 6,474 6,474 Switch Replacement Program 4,275 855 855 855 855 855
Aging Asset - Underground Cable
Replacements 37,100 4,122 8,244 8,244 8,244 8,244
Strategic Undergrounding 12,600 - 3,150 3,150 3,150 3,150 Fiber Optic Backbone 10,800 - 5,400 5,400 - -
Substation Security 1,080 - 270 270 270 270
Faulted Circuit Indicator and Line Sensor
Deployment 750 295 196 86 86 86
Line Capacity Upgrades/ VVO 4,388 - - 1,463 1,463 1,463 New Construction/ Backlog ( Labor Only) 51,902 10,380 10,380 10,380 10,380 10,380 Facilities Field Verification 2,475 2,475 - - - -
Engineering Design and Construction
Services - - - - - -
AVG per year 167,634 24,929 37,303 40,239 32,580 32,580 Table 4: 5-Year CIP - Estimated Total Labor Hour Breakout Packet Pg. 1545 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan Redding Electric Utility Confidential9
Table 5: 5-Year CIP - Estimated Labor Breakout per Year 0 5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
40,000
45,000
2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Construction Labor Hour Breakout
REU Hours Available Additional Crew Hire Total Hours Req Packet Pg. 1546 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan Redding Electric Utility Confidential 10

TASK NAME
Total
Engineering
Hours
2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Circuit Hardening 450 225 225 - - -
Install reclosers at T1 boundary 160 80 80 - - -
Install switches at T1 boundary/ Feeder
Reconfiguration to T1 only 420 210 210 - - -
Transmission Hardening 0 - - - - -
1-Phase Recloser Deployment 500 - - 500 - -
Aging Asset - Pole Replacements 0 - - - - -
Switch Replacement Program 0 - - - - -
Aging Asset - Underground Cable
Replacements 0 - - - - -
Strategic Undergrounding 0 - - - - -
Fiber Optic Backbone 0 - - - - -
Substation Security 225 100 125 - - -
Faulted Circuit Indicator and Line Sensor
Deployment 0 - - - - -
Line Capacity Upgrades/ VVO 0 - - - - -
New Construction/ Backlog ( Labor Only) 0 - - - - -
Facilities Field Verification 0 - - - - -
Engineering Design and Construction
Services 36,979 13,453 4,274 4,700 7,134 7,419
Total 38,734 14,068 4,914 5,200 7,134 7,419
Table 6: 5-Year CIP - Estimated Total Engineering Hour Breakout Packet Pg. 1547 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan Redding Electric Utility Confidential 11
Table 7: 5-Year CIP - Estimated Labor Breakout per Year 0 2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Engineering Hour Breakout
REU Eng Available Total Eng Hours Req
Packet Pg. 1548 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Five-Year

9.5(d) Five-Year Capital
Improvement Plan
Packet Pg. 1549 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Strategic Priorities
Risk
Reliability
Regulation
Packet Pg. 1550 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Customers Impacted by Outages
5,652 5,161 4,842 3,311 2,592 3,046
11,641
4,203
6,543
8,645
8,119 8,347 8,853 10,162
18,864
6,626
11,626
13,229
23,486 20,087
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
FY11 FY12 FY13 FY14 FY15 FY16 FY17 FY18 FY19 FY20
Customer
Count
Underground
Overhead
Packet Pg. 1551 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Total Customer Outage Minutes
488,559 552,440 676,921
411,425 332,211 506,776
1,427,111
379,065
994,762
766,621
578,203
768,391
1,029,456
811,560
1,613,489
660,337
1,002,635
823,580
1,890,865
1,740,887
500,000
1,000,000
1,500,000
2,000,000
2,500,000
3,000,000
FY11 FY12 FY13 FY14 FY15 FY16 FY17 FY18 FY19 FY20
Minutes
FY 19 excludes Carr Fire and Snow Storm outage minutes
Underground
Overhead
Packet Pg. 1552 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Reliability Trend – Number of Sustained Events
8 16
10 7
16 99
18 9
0 2
4 6
8 10
12 14
16 18
20 Equipment - Overhead Equipment - Underground Tree-Related 5 Year Average 3 Year Average 2020
Packet Pg. 1553 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Project Cost Estimates
Engineering hours included with other
Task Name
Total
Engineering
Hours
Total Labor
Hours Total Cost
Fire Mitigation 1030 11,364 $ 3,715,873
Overhead 500 35,175 $ 11,407,416
Underground 0* 49,700 $ 33,108,831
Substation 225 11,880 $ 5,712,069
Operational Efficiency/ Reliability 0* 5,138 $ 1,865,631 Other 36,979 54,377 $ 15,640,903
Total 38,734 167,634 $ 71,450,723
Packet Pg. 1554 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Construction Labor Hours Breakout
Historic records show that
REU Line staff can only
commit approximately
12,480 hours/year
to new Capital
Improvement Projects
over and above any dayto -day activities such as
new construction &
emergency repairs.
12,480 12,480 12,480 12,480 12,480
6,240 6,240 6,240 6,240 6,240
6,209
18,583
21,519
13,860 13,860
0 5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
40,000
45,000
2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
REU Hours Available Four Additional Line Personnel Contract Hours Required Packet Pg. 1555 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's 23 23
20 22
20 19
176
44 3
1 3
4 05
10 15
20 25
30 6/30/2014 6/30/2015 6/30/2016 6/30/2017 6/30/2018 6/30/2019 6/30/2020 Available Inspector Vacant
Decreasein Line Positions
Packet Pg. 1556 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Engineering Hours Breakout
Current availability of REU
engineering staff is limited
to an estimated 2,200
hours per year to work on
these projects over and
above day-to -day base
workload.

The estimated engineering
labor required to complete
this work is significantly
greater than the hours
available through current
REU staff.
1,100 1,100
2,200 2,200 2,200
12,353
3,814
3,000
4,934 5,219
0 2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
REU Hours Available Total Engineering Hours Required
Packet Pg. 1557 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Rate Process
Revenue assumptions required to support the Plan were largely accounted for in the 5-Year Financial Plan included in REU’s biennial budget adopted by the Council on June 15, 2021.

Rates currently being designed for Council’s consideration this winter will be:
o Based on an updated cost-of-service study
o Reviewed bya Director’s Committee
o Shared at public workshops
o Communicated to all customers via public outreach and education including diversity, equity, and inclusion efforts)
Packet Pg. 1558 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Recommendations
Authorize the following relative to Redding Electric Utility:
1) Accept the Five-Year Capital Improvement Plan; and
2) Adopt Resolution approving and adopting the6thAmendment to the City Budget Resolution No. 2021- 078 authorizing the creation of four additional line personnel positions for Redding Electric Utility.

Packet Pg. 1559 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Public Power Week –October 3 -9
Join us on Friday, October 8th
for REU’s 100 Years of Public
Power Celebration in Downtown
Redding from 4-7PM!
o Raffle prizes
o Demos
o High voltage safety trailer
o Free ice cream & drinks
o Bucket truck rides & more!
Packet Pg. 1560 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's Thank You!
Packet Pg. 1561 Attachment: Previous Staff Report - August 17, 2021, item no. 9.5(d)--Redding Electric Utility's

CITY OF REDDING

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL
Recommendation
Authorize and approve the following actions:
(1) Offer Ordinance amending Redding Municipal Code Title 14 (Utilities), Chapter

14.16 (Sewers) amending Section 14.16.246, amending Section 14.16.300, amending Section 14.16.340, amending Section 14.16.350, and amending Section 14.16.560 for first reading by title only, and waive the full reading; (2) Direct the City Attorney to prepare, and the City Clerk to publish a summary of the ordinance according to law; and
(3) Find that the action is exempt from environmental review under the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to 14 CCR 15601(b)(3) (Common Sense Exemption).

Fiscal Impact
There is no direct fiscal impact in adopting the proposed modifications.

Alternative Action
The City Council (Council) may choose not to offer the ordinance as presented and direct staff to investigate alternatives.

Background/ Analysis
City of Redding (City) staff regularly reviews the Redding Municipal Code (RMC) and offers language clarification and minor adjustments to keep the code relevant and updated for current practices and regulations. Staff recommends the following proposed changes to the relevant sections of RMC Chapter 14.16:

MEETING DATE: July 18, 2023
ITEM NO. 9.11(f)
FROM:
***APPROVED BY***
[email protected] [email protected]
SUBJECT: 9.11(f)--Consider Ordinance to update Redding Municipal Code (RMC) Chapter

14.16 (Sewers).

Chuck Aukland, Public
Works Director
Packet Pg. 1562
Report to Redding City Council July 10, 2023
Re: 9.11(f)--Ordinance to Update Municipal Code Section 14.16 Sewers Page 2 • 14.16.246 – Clarifies the billing of sewer charges when the premises is outside of the City’s water service boundary and is provided water from an outside water district; • 14.16.300 – Clarifies that modification to any portion of a septic system, not simply the tank, requires connection to the City sewer system where available; • 14.16.340(A) – Clarifies maintenance of sewer laterals is the responsibility of the owner of the premises;
• 14.16.350(B) – Provides an allowance for video inspection of abandoned connections prior to reinstallation, rather than physically exposing the pipe for inspection; and • 14.16.560 – Outlines and clarifies the authority of City personnel to perform inspections.

The ordinance has been approved as to form by the City Attorney.

Environmental Review
Staff has determined that the action is exempt from environmental review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to 14 CCR 15061(b)(3) - Common Sense Exemption. The action has been reviewed and it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity may have a significant effect on the environment; therefore, the activity is not subject to CEQA and no further action is required.

Council Priority/ City Manager Goals
• Government of the 21st Century – “Be relevant and proactive to the opportunities and challenges of today’s residents and workforce. Anticipate the future to make better decisions today.”
Attachments
^Ordinance
^Strikeout Ordinance
^Notice of Exemption
Packet Pg. 1563

DRAFT NEW ORDINANCE
ORDINANCE NO. _______
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF REDDING AMENDING TITLE 14
(UTILITIES), CHAPTER 14.16 (SEWERS) BY AMENDING SECTIONS

14.16.246 (OBLIGATION TO PAY SEWER SERVICES AND RELATED FEES FOR SERVICE OUTSIDE CITY), 14.16.300 (CONNECTION
REQUIRED), 14.16.340 (MAINTENANCE OF SEWER CONNECTIONS),

14.16.350 (ABANDONED CONNECTIONS), AND 14.16.560 (INSPECTION AND SAMPLING), AND REPEALING 14.16.232 (DEFERRED PAYMENT

OF SEWER CONNECTION CHARGES FOR A PORTION OF THE

PREMISES), ALL RELATING TO UPDATING SANITARY SEWER

REQUIREMENTS TO CURRENT STANDARDS AND MAKING

CLARIFICATIONS TO THE SAME
THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF REDDING DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

Section 1. Title 14 (Utilities), Chapter 14.16 (Sewers), Section 14.16.246 is amended to read as follows:

14.16.246 - Obligation to pay sewer service and related fees for service outside city limits or city water service boundary.

The primary responsibility for payment of all sewer service and related fees and charges authorized by this chapter for services outside of the City limits or City water service boundary shall be with the property owner. When water service to properties is either outside the City limits or is provided by an outside water district, the property owner of the premise will receive monthly sewer service billing until such time as a tenant establishes a sewer billing account at the City's customer service department. The responsibility for payment of all sewer service and related fees and charges will be reassigned to the property owner whenever a tenant terminates their monthly sewer service account with the City. The minimum sewer service fee shall be due and payable in the amount established pursuant to Section 14.16.240 and other applicable provisions of this chapter regardless of whether or not the premise which is connected to the sewer collection system is vacant.

Section 2. Title 14 (Utilities), Chapter 14.16 (Sewers), Section 14.16.300 is hereby amended to read as follows:

14.16.300 - Connection required.

The owner of any premises within the limits of the City, which has a public sewer located within two hundred feet of the nearest exterior boundary of the premises measured along publicly owned right-of-way or sewer easement, shall not install, replace, upgrade, expand, or repair any septic system component or waste disposal leach field thereon nor use any means of disposing of domestic wastewater or industrial waste other than through a sewer connection to a public sewer.

The owner shall be required to connect the premises with available public sewer pursuant to and within the time limits specified in this chapter, and to pay in advance all sewer connection charges.

Packet Pg. 1564 Attachment: ^Ordinance (9.11(f)--Ordinance to Update Municipal Code Section 14.16 Sewers) Section 3. Title 14 (Utilities), Chapter 14.16 (Sewers), Section 14.16.340 of the Redding Municipal Code is hereby amended to read as follows:

14.16.340 - Maintenance of sewer connections.

A. Maintenance of sewer connections and laterals, whether on public or private property, is the responsibility of the owner of the premises.

B. Sewer laterals and connections deemed to be causing a public nuisance or negatively impacting the POTW, shall be video inspected and all repairs made to comply with City construction standards at the owner's expense.

Section 4. Title 14 (Utilities), Chapter 14.16 (Sewers), Section 14.16.350 of the Redding Municipal Code is hereby amended to read as follows:

14.16.350 - Abandoned connections.

A. Any abandoned sewer connection shall be plugged or capped at the expense of the owner of the premises which the connection serves at a point in the connection and in a manner approved by the municipal utilities department of the City.

B. Any abandoned sewer connection shall not be restored to service by the owner of the premises to which it runs unless and until the owner has provided a video inspection and has received approval of the line from the municipal utilities department of the City. The restored use of an abandoned sewer connection shall not be approved by the municipal utilities department if the line or the connections thereto do not meet construction standards existing at the time of application for reuse.

C. If, in the course of normal inspection processes by the municipal utilities department, an existing sewer connection is found to be in an insanitary condition, the city manager may order the sewer connection to be repaired, modified, or replaced. It shall be the obligation of the owner of the premises served by the connection to comply with the order at the owner's expense.

Section 5. Title 14 (Utilities), Chapter 14.16 (Sewers), Section 14.16.560 of the Redding Municipal Code is hereby amended to read as follows:

14.16.560 - Inspection and sampling.

The officers, employees, and inspectors of the City shall have the right to inspect the facilities of any industrial user to ascertain whether or not the provisions of this chapter are being or have been complied with. The permit holder shall allow the City or its agents access at all reasonable times to all portions of the owner's premises for the purposes of inspection, sampling, records examination and copying, and the performance of additional duties.

A. Where an industrial user has security measures in force which require proper identification and clearance before entry into his premises, the industrial user shall make necessary arrangements with his security guards so that, upon presentation of suitable identification, personnel from the City, state, and EPA will be permitted to enter without delay for the purposes of performing their specific responsibilities.

Packet Pg. 1565 Attachment: ^Ordinance (9.11(f)--Ordinance to Update Municipal Code Section 14.16 Sewers) B. The City, state, and EPA shall have the right to set up on the industrial user's property, or require the installation of, such devices as are necessary to conduct sampling and/or metering of the industrial user's operations.

C. The City may require the industrial user to install monitoring equipment as necessary.

The industrial user's sampling and monitoring equipment shall be maintained at all times in a safe and proper operating condition by the industrial user at his own expense. All devices used to measure wastewater flow and quality shall be calibrated periodically to ensure their accuracy.

D. Any temporary or permanent obstruction to safe and easy access to the premises to be inspected and/or sampled shall be promptly removed by the industrial user at the written or verbal request of the city manager and shall not be replaced. The costs of clearing such obstruction shall be borne by the industrial user.

E. Unreasonable delays in allowing City personnel access to the industrial user's premises shall be a violation of this chapter.

F. The City inspects and/or samples IUs at least once per year.

Section 6. Severability. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of the ordinance. The City Council of the City of Redding hereby declares that it would have passed this Ordinance and each section, subsection, sentence, clause and phrase thereof irrespective of the fact that one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses or phrases may be held invalid or unconstitutional.

Section 7. The passage of this Ordinance is exempt from review pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) because it has no potential for resulting in either a direct physical change in the environment or a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment. This Ordinance is exempt from CEQA pursuant to the “common sense” exemption (14 CCR 15061(b)(3)), as it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the adoption of the Ordinance will have a significant effect on the environment.

Section 8. This Ordinance shall take effect thirty (30) days after the date of its adoption, and the City Clerk shall certify to the adoption thereof and cause publication according to law.

I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing Ordinance was introduced and read by the City Council of the City of Redding at a regular meeting on the ____ day of _________, 2023, and was duly read and adopted at a regular meeting on the ____ day of __________, 2023, by the following vote:

AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ABSTAIN: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

Packet Pg. 1566 Attachment: ^Ordinance (9.11(f)--Ordinance to Update Municipal Code Section 14.16 Sewers) __________________________________
MICHAEL DACQUISTO, Mayor
ATTEST: FORM APPROVED:
_____________________________ __________________________________ PAMELA MIZE, City Clerk BARRY E. DeWALT, City Attorney
DATE ATTESTED: ____________, 2023
Packet Pg. 1567 Attachment: ^Ordinance (9.11(f)--Ordinance to Update Municipal Code Section 14.16 Sewers)

STRIKEOUT ORDINANCE
DELETED LANGUAGE: STRUCK OUT
ADDED LANGUAGE: UNDERLINED
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF REDDING AMENDING TITLE 14
(UTILITIES), CHAPTER 14.16 (SEWERS) BY AMENDING SECTIONS

14.16.246 (OBLIGATION TO PAY SEWER SERVICES AND RELATED FEES FOR SERVICE OUTSIDE CITY), 14.16.300 (CONNECTION
REQUIRED), 14.16.340 (MAINTENANCE OF SEWER CONNECTIONS),

14.16.350 (ABANDONED CONNECTIONS), AND 14.16.560 (INSPECTION AND SAMPLING), AND REPEALING 14.16.232 (DEFERRED PAYMENT

OF SEWER CONNECTION CHARGES FOR A PORTION OF THE

PREMISES), ALL RELATING TO UPDATING SANITARY SEWER

REQUIREMENTS TO CURRENT STANDARDS AND MAKING

CLARIFICATIONS TO THE SAME

14.16.246 - Obligation to pay sewer service and related fees for service outside city limits or city water service boundary.

The primary responsibility for payment of all sewer service and related fees and charges authorized by this chapter for services outside of the City limits or City water service boundary shall be with the property owner. When water service to properties is either outside the City limits or is provided by an outside water district, the property owner of the premise will receive monthly sewer service billing until such time as a tenant establishes a sewer billing account at the City's customer service department. The responsibility for payment of all sewer service and related fees and charges will be reassigned to the property owner whenever a tenant terminates their monthly sewer service account with the City. The minimum sewer service fee shall be due and payable in the amount established pursuant to Section 14.16.240 and other applicable provisions of this chapter regardless of whether or not the premise which is connected to the sewer collection system is vacant.

14.16.300 - Connection required.

The owner of any premises within the limits of the City, which has a public sewer located within two hundred feet of the nearest exterior boundary of the premises measured along publicly owned right-of-way or sewer easement, shall not install, replace, upgrade, expand, or repair any septic tank system component or waste disposal leach field thereon nor use any means of disposing of domestic wastewater or industrial waste other than through a sewer connection to a public sewer. The owner shall be required to connect the premises with available public sewer pursuant to and within the time limits specified in this chapter, and to pay in advance all sewer connection charges.

14.16.340 - Maintenance of sewer connections.

A. Maintenance of sewer connections and laterals, whether on public or private property, is the responsibility of the owner of the premises.

Packet Pg. 1568 Attachment: ^Strikeout Ordinance (9.11(f)--Ordinance to Update Municipal Code Section 14.16 Sewers) B. Sewer laterals and connections deemed to be causing a public nuisance or negatively impacting the POTW, shall be video inspected and all repairs made to comply with City construction standards at the owner's expense.

14.16.350 - Abandoned connections.

A. Any abandoned sewer connection shall be plugged or capped at the expense of the owner of the premises which the connection serves at a point in the connection and in a manner approved by the municipal utilities department of the City.

B. Any abandoned sewer connection shall not be restored to service by the owner of the premises to which it runs unless and until the owner has caused no less than three sections of the abandoned sewer connection to be exposed and has obtained an provided a video inspection and has received approval of the line from the municipal utilities department of the City. The restored use of an abandoned sewer connection shall not be approved by the municipal utilities department if the line or the connections thereto do not meet construction standards existing at the time of application for reuse.

C. If, in the course of normal inspection processes by the municipal utilities department, an existing sewer connection is found to be in an insanitary condition, the city manager may order the sewer connection to be repaired, modified, or replaced. It shall be the obligation of the owner of the premises served by the connection to comply with the order at the owner's expense.

14.16.560 - Inspection and sampling.

The officers, employees, and inspectors of the City shall have the right to inspect the facilities of any industrial user to ascertain whether or not the provisions of this chapter are being or have been complied with. The permit holder shall allow the city or its agents access at all reasonable times to all portions of the owner's premises for the purposes of inspection, sampling, records examination and copying, and the performance of additional duties.

A. Where an industrial user has security measures in force which require proper identification and clearance before entry into his premises, the industrial user shall make necessary arrangements with his security guards so that, upon presentation of suitable identification, personnel from the city, state, and EPA will be permitted to enter without delay for the purposes of performing their specific responsibilities.

B. The City, state, and EPA shall have the right to set up on the industrial user's property, or require the installation of, such devices as are necessary to conduct sampling and/or metering of the industrial user's operations.

C. The City may require the industrial user to install monitoring equipment as necessary.

The industrial user's sampling and monitoring equipment shall be maintained at all times in a safe and proper operating condition by the industrial user at his own expense. All devices used to measure wastewater flow and quality shall be calibrated periodically to ensure their accuracy.

D. Any temporary or permanent obstruction to safe and easy access to the premises to be inspected and/or sampled shall be promptly removed by the industrial user at the written Packet Pg. 1569 Attachment: ^Strikeout Ordinance (9.11(f)--Ordinance to Update Municipal Code Section 14.16 Sewers) or verbal request of the city manager and shall not be replaced. The costs of clearing such obstruction shall be borne by the industrial user.

E. Unreasonable delays in allowing City personnel access to the industrial user's premises shall be a violation of this chapter.

F. The City inspects and/or samples IUs at least once per year.

Packet Pg. 1570 Attachment: ^Strikeout Ordinance (9.11(f)--Ordinance to Update Municipal Code Section 14.16 Sewers) Packet Pg. 1571
Attachment: ^Notice of Exemption (9.11(f)--Ordinance to Update Municipal Code Section 14.16 Sewers)

CITY OF REDDING

REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL
Recommendation
Authorize and approve the following:
(1) Accept the Water Utility Master Plan 2023; and
(2) Find that the action is statutorily exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines, pursuant to Section 15262 - Feasibility and Planning Studies.

Fiscal Impact
There are no direct funding impacts in accepting the Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (Plan). If accepted, the cost estimates for infrastructure repairs and improvements identified in the Plan will be used for future rate and impact fee studies. Also, future capital improvement programs and related Public Works budgets will rely on the plan and its ongoing updates. The cost to complete the planning effort was approximately $190,000 and funded by the Water Utility.

Alternative Action
The City Council may choose not to accept the Plan, and provide alternate direction to staff. It will be challenging for staff to proceed with planning, funding, and implementing future water infrastructure improvements in the City of Redding (City) Water Utility without use of the Plan.

Background/Analysis
The City has owned and operated its own water utility since 1939 when it incorporated the old California Water Service Company system. Since that time, the City has grown with major annexations of the Buckeye County Water System in 1967, and the Cascade and Enterprise special districts in 1977. The City’s Water Utility provides service to most, but not all of the General Plan Primary Growth Areas within the City limits, and some areas outside of the City limits in the Buckeye area. The water service area (WSA) boundary does not match the City corporate boundary exactly. Some parts of the City are served by neighboring water systems (Bella Vista Water District and Centerville Community Services District), and the City serves water to some areas outside of the City boundary.

MEETING DATE: July 18, 2023
ITEM NO. 9.11(g)
FROM:
***APPROVED BY***
[email protected] [email protected]
SUBJECT: 9.11(g)--Consider the City of Redding Water Utility Master Plan 2023.

Chuck Aukland, Public
Works Director
Packet Pg. 1572
Report to Redding City Council July 11, 2023
Re: 9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023 Page 2 The Public Works Department maintains a master plan for the water system as a utility infrastructure planning tool, which is essentially a “blueprint” for infrastructure needs designed to meet existing and projected service demands within the City’s WSA. A Master Plan for the City’s water system was first developed in 1958. The last time a Master Plan was prepared for the water utility was the Water Utility Master Plan dated May 2012, followed by a modified update in 2016.

The Plan provides a planning-level overview and recommendations for the preservation and expansion of the City’s Water Utility treatment and distribution system. It also provides staff with a tool to proceed with planning, funding, and implementing water infrastructure improvements in the Water Utility. The preparation of this Plan, is a coordinated effort between the City’s engineering and water utility staff. Engineering staff assumed the project lead including updating a computer model of the water distribution system to better identify existing and future system limitations. The Plan relies significantly on previously prepared master plans, as well as the existing facilities plan for the Foothill Water Treatment Plant (FWTP), and detailed engineering evaluations of the Buckeye Water Treatment Plant (BWTP) and the major components of the City’s water system, including groundwater wells, storage tanks, distribution piping, pump stations, and valve stations.

The City’s water treatment infrastructure consists of two treatment plants. The FWTP, located on Foothill Boulevard above Hwy 299/Eureka Way, produces up to 29 million gallons per day (MGD). The BWTP, located in Old Shasta, west of Redding, produces up to 14 MGD. The City’s groundwater supply comes from its 17 groundwater wells separated into two groups in its respective pressure zones, the Enterprise wells and the Cascade wells. On average, approximately 70 percent of the City’s water supply comes from surface water, with the remaining 30 percent coming from groundwater. Both surface water and groundwater are used throughout the year and peak during high water demands in the summer.

The FWTP was initially constructed in 1920. It went through significant upgrades in 1959 and 1981 to increase capacity, improve treatment operations and meet regulatory standards. The BWTP was commissioned in 1995, and upgraded with capacity expansion in 2008.

The City’s water storage system includes 12 storage tanks with a total capacity of 33 million gallons and the distribution system consists of more than 565 miles of water main and over 30,600 service connections. The distribution system delivers treated water to the utility’s customers.

Much of the City’s existing water system infrastructure is dated and in need of preservation efforts to continue meeting demands. The Plan identifies needs and recommends improvements for the water supply and distribution system. The City’s water system is generally in acceptable condition. Nevertheless, various improvements and significant funds will be required, as demonstrated in the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP), to address noted deficiencies, replace aging facilities, and ensure that the City can continue to meet water demands for the foreseeable future with redundancies in place for emergencies and equipment failures. Furthermore, to mitigate uncertainties regarding future development, potential water usage restrictions or reductions, and potential future regulatory requirements, it is recommended that the Plan and CIP be updated on relatively frequent intervals.

Key areas of need are summarized as follows:

Packet Pg. 1573
Report to Redding City Council July 11, 2023
Re: 9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023 Page 3 Supply Needs: An analysis of the City’s current annual water supply was performed to assess its ability to meet annual water demands during normal and drought years through Ultimate Build Out (UBO). The following are key preservation recommendations concerning the City’s water treatment plants and groundwater wells:
• Replace and relocate Pump House 1 to increase reliability and supply capacity to the FWTP. Currently under design.
• Increase groundwater supply capacity by installing additional wells in the Enterprise Zone. Also, evaluate adding treatment to existing wells that cannot operate regularly because of issues with water quality, including Enterprise Wells 11 and 13.

Treatment Needs: An analysis of the City’s daily water treatment production capacity compared to maximum day demands was performed through UBO. The following are key preservation recommendations concerning the City’s water treatment plants:
• New Control Building at the FWTP, including supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) upgrade and new programmable logic controllers. • Install flocculation basins at the FWTP to operate as a conventional treatment plant. • Install a wash water recovery system at FWTP for improved water efficiency. • Rebuild Pump Station 2 at FWTP, which was built in 1959. • Replace and upgrade the SCADA system at the BWTP.

Storage Needs: Evaluations of City’s existing storage, provided from its twelve existing storage reservoirs, and storage needs in each pressure zone through UBO were performed to identify deficiencies and recommend improvements. The following are key preservation and improvement recommendations concerning the City’s water storage facilities:
• Replace or Rehabilitate the Hill 900 Reservoir 1 and Cascade Reservoir by 2035 as they are nearing the end of their service lives.
• Install an additional 2 million-gallon (MG) reservoir in the Hill 900 Zone near the existing reservoirs.
• New Booster Pump Station at the Buckeye 2 MG Reservoir: A booster pump station is recommended to avoid the large pressure drop in the Buckeye Zone and high flow velocities from the reservoir that currently occurs when the Keswick Valve Station valves close.
• Install an additional 2 MG reservoir in the Cascade Zone adjacent to the existing Redding Ranchettes Reservoir by 2035.
• Decommission Buckeye 0.2 MG reservoir and replace with a 2 MG by 2040.

Packet Pg. 1574
Report to Redding City Council July 11, 2023
Re: 9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023 Page 4 Distribution Needs: A general condition assessment of the City’s water services and mains was performed to assess recent performance and deficiencies, as well as provide a recommended replacement schedule for water mains. A hydraulic evaluation of the City’s water distribution was also performed to identify hydraulic deficiencies in water mains, assess improvement alternatives, and provide recommendations for improvements. The following are key preservation and improvement recommendations concerning the City’s water collections facilities:
• The City has over 565 miles of aging water main pipes. It is recommended to continue to expand the City’s pipe replacement program to address pipe age, material, and existing hydraulic issues. The City should plan and budget for increasing its annual program for replacing aging water mains to approximately 11 miles per year by the year 2040. Costs are estimated between $10 million and $23 million per year over the next 10 years.

Water System Future Growth Needs: The City’s current treatment capacity is adequate for projected max-day demands through UBO with approximately 15 percent excess. For added redundancy and to account for future uncertainties, the City should continue with recommended improvements to replace Pump House 1 to increase capacity at the FWTP, and to increase groundwater well capacity in the Enterprise Zone with additional wells or treatment, as previously noted. These improvements will increase the City’s production capacity to approximately 72 MGD.

Water demand at UBO estimated in the Plan are significantly lower than estimates provided in the previous Water Utility Master Plan 2016. The Plan estimates a citywide max day water demand at UBO of 52 MGD, while the previous estimate was 87.5 MGD. But the previous master plan estimate was based on the General Plan 2000, which estimated over a 4 percent annual growth rate and buildout population of 201,000 for the City and 163,000 within the WSA.

The City’s most recent draft General Plan indicates a much lower growth rate and a City population of only 101,588 by the year 2045, significantly less than what the General Plan 2000 estimated.

With the unprecedented drought in years 2019 through 2022 and concerns of climate change, it is likely that the State of California will implement regulations requiring water reductions in the future, which would reduce future demands from those estimated in the Plan. However, because the timeline and specifics of any future reductions are currently not known, and to be conservative with future supply needs, demand projections in the Plan do not consider future water use reductions that could be imposed by the State.

Additional information concerning the recommended repairs, improvements, and associated costs can be found in the attached Executive Summary, from the Water Master Plan 2023. The draft Plan is also attached and can be viewed online at the City of Redding Public Works Department website: http://www.cityofredding.org/departments/public-works.

Environmental Review
Staff has determined that the action is Statutorily Exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines, per Section 15262 - Feasibility and Planning Studies. A project involving only feasibility or planning studies for possible future actions which the agency, board, or commission has not approved, adopted, or funded does not require the Packet Pg. 1575
Report to Redding City Council July 11, 2023
Re: 9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023 Page 5 preparation of an Environmental Impact Report or Negative Declaration but does require consideration of environmental factors. The updated plan includes strategies and potential future efficiency actions; however, each of these actions would require separate review under the CEQA. Acceptance of the Plan would not result in physical alteration of the environment, and the action has no potential to have a significant effect on the environment.

Council Priority/City Manager Goals
• Budget and Financial Management – “Achieve balanced and stable 10-year Financial Plans for all funds.”
• Government of the 21st Century – “Be relevant and proactive to the opportunities and challenges of today’s residents and workforce. Anticipate the future to make better decisions today.”
Attachments
^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary
^Notice of Exemption
Water Utility Master Plan 2023
Packet Pg. 1576
WATER UTILITY MASTER PLAN 2023

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
ES-1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
ES-1 Introduction........................................................................................................ 1 ES-2 Water System Facilities and Operations.......................................................... 2 ES-3 Water System Demands..................................................................................... 4 ES-4 Water Supplies ................................................................................................... 5 ES-5 Water System Evaluation.................................................................................. 6 ES-5.1 Water Supply .................................................................................................... 6 ES-5.2 Treatment .......................................................................................................... 7 ES-5.3 Storage ............................................................................................................ 10 ES-5.4 Distribution Piping.......................................................................................... 11 ES-5.5 Pump Stations................................................................................................. 16 ES-5.6 Valve Stations................................................................................................. 17 ES-5.8 Fire Suppression.............................................................................................. 18 ES-6 Capital Improvement Plan.............................................................................. 18 ES-1 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of the Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (WMP) is to provide a comprehensive evaluation of the City of Redding (City) water system, as well as a program for improvements needed to meet anticipated water demands, provide redundancies to reduce risks, replace aging facilities, and address operations and maintenance needs. The goal of the WMP is to assist and guide the Redding’s Water Utility Division (Utility) with decision-making, planning, and budgeting for the management and development of its water infrastructure for the foreseeable future.

The WMP was prepared by the City of Redding Public Works Engineering Division with assistance from the Utility. It is an update to the City’s previous water master plans, including the City of Redding Water Utility Master Plan 2012, and the most recent City of Redding Water Utility Master Plan 2016 update, which were also prepared by the City Engineering Division.

Some of the key tasks performed by the City’s Engineering Division and Water Utility staff for preparation of the WMP include the following:

Packet Pg. 1577 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-2
• Data collection and review of the existing water system facilities and operations; • Assessment of current and future water demands and supplies; • Update and calibration of the computer-based hydraulic model of the water system; • Evaluation of the City’s water system and its ability to consistently distribute water, with redundancies, to meet current and projected future demands; • Identification of deficiencies in the water system;
• Selection of improvement projects to address the identified deficiencies; • Development of a capital improvement plan through the year 2032 with prioritized projects and preliminary cost estimates for the recommended projects.

ES-2 WATER SYSTEM FACILITIES AND OPERATIONS
The City of Redding's water system includes two water treatment plants (WTPs) with surface water supplies from the Sacramento River and Whiskeytown Lake, seventeen groundwater wells, twelve storage reservoirs, eleven pump stations, and approximately 2.98 million feet (565 miles) of conveyance and distribution pipelines. The City's water system is licensed with the California Department of Public Health under System Number #4510005.

The City of Redding water service area (WSA) provides water to the majority of residents and businesses within the City. The City of Redding Water Utility is responsible for developing, managing, and maintaining its water system to ensure reliability for all of its customers within the WSA. The City’s water system has grown steadily since it was originally incorporated with the old California Water Service Company system in 1941. The incorporation was followed by annexations of several special water districts, with major annexations including the Buckeye County Water System in 1967 and the Cascade and Enterprise special districts in 1977.

The WSA boundary does not match the City corporate boundary exactly. Some parts of the City are served by neighboring water systems, and the City serves water to some areas outside of the City boundary. The City’s WSA is divided into six primary pressure zones, including the following:
• Buckeye Zone
• Cascade Zone
• Enterprise Zone
• Foothill Zone
• Hill 900 Zone
• Hilltop Dana Zone
A map of the City’s water service area, pressure zones, and key water facilities is provided in Figure ES-1.

Packet Pg. 1578 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-3
Figure ES-1 City of Redding Water Service Area
Packet Pg. 1579 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-4
ES-3 WATER SYSTEM DEMANDS
Recent water demands and growth in the WSA were evaluated and future water demands were estimated for planning horizons in 2025, 2030, 2035, 2040, and ultimate buildout (UBO). The term “ultimate buildout” refers to the planning condition under which the maximum level of development and population has been reached, based on the long-term land use plan. Water demands were assessed systemwide and independently within each pressure zone. Demands were also evaluated seasonally for the average day demand (ADD) and maximum day demand (MDD) daily usage, as well as for hourly trends (diurnal patterns).

Water demands for future planning periods through 2040 were estimated based on the Shasta Regional Transportation Agency (SRTA) Travel Demand Model, community outreach discussions with developers, engineers, and major land owners, as well as internal coordination with City of Redding staff regarding pending projects in the development community. The City’s General Plan was used to estimate water demands at ultimate buildout.

Recorded water demands from 2010 through 2020 and projected water demands through UBO in the WSA are summarized in Table ES-1, with annual demands shown in acre-feet per year (AFY) and daily demands shown in million gallons per day (MGD).

Table ES-1 Water System Demands
Year/
Planning
Horizon
Annual
Demand
(AFY)
ADD
(MGD)
MDD
(MGD)
2010 24,098 21.5 44.0
2015 21,401 19.1 30.5
2020 25,534 22.7 39.9
2025 26,452 23.6 42.1
2030 27,000 24.1 42.9
2035 27,538 24.6 43.8
2040 28,213 25.2 45.0
UBO 33,283 29.7 52.1
The City’s water service area has experienced relatively slow growth over the past decade, with an annual growth rate of only approximately 0.5 percent citywide. Also, reductions in water usage per capita have offset much of the growth since 2010. As a result, yearly water production has only increased by approximately 3 percent and the City’s total maximum day water demand has actually decreased since the year 2010. Future projections indicate an average annual growth rate of only 0.6 percent citywide through 2040, consistent with recent growth trends since 2010.

Water demand at UBO estimated in this WMP are significantly lower than estimates provided in the previous Water Utility Master Plan 2016, which estimated a max day demand of 87.5 MGD at UBO. But the previous master plan estimate was based on the General Plan 2000, which estimated over a 4 percent annual growth rate and buildout population of 201,000 for the City and 163,000 within the WSA. The City’s most recent draft General Plan indicates a much lower Packet Pg. 1580 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-5
growth rate and a City population of only 101,588 by the year 2045, significantly less than what the General Plan 2000 estimated.

Also, with the unprecedented drought in years 2019 through 2022 and concerns of climate change, it is likely that the State of California will implement regulations requiring water reductions in the future, which would reduce future demands from those shown above. However, because the timeline and specifics of any future reductions are currently not known, and to be conservative with future supply needs, demand projections in the WMP do not consider future water use reductions that could be imposed by the State.

ES-4 WATER SUPPLIES
The City of Redding uses both surface water and groundwater supplies to meet water demands within its water service area. Surface water supplies are governed under two separate contracts with the United States Bureau of Reclamation (USBR) and one with the Anderson Cottonwood Irrigation District (ACID). Surface water is pumped from the Sacramento River from Pump House 1 to the Foothill WTP, or diverted to the Buckeye WTP from the Spring Creek Tunnel, which conveys water from Whiskeytown Lake to the Spring Creek Power Plant at the Keswick Reservoir. The City’s groundwater supply comes from its seventeen groundwater wells separated into two groups in their respective pressure zones, the Enterprise wells and the Cascade wells. A graph of average monthly supply volumes from the City’s four primary water sources from 2017 through 2021 is provided in Figure ES-2.

Figure ES-2 Average Monthly Supply Volumes Per Source
On average, approximately 70 percent of the City’s water supply comes from surface water, with the remaining 30 percent coming from groundwater. Both surface water and groundwater are used throughout the year and peak during high water demands in the summer. 0 500
1,000
1,500
2,000
Jan Feb March April May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Average Monthly Supply (Acre-Feet)
Month
Foothill WTP
Buckeye WTP
Enterprise Wells
Cascade Wells
Packet Pg. 1581 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-6
ES-5 WATER SYSTEM EVALUATION
Detailed evaluations of the major aspects of the City’ water system were performed for preparation of the WMP, including water supply, treatment, storage, distribution piping, pump stations, and valve stations. Evaluations for current conditions, as well as for future planning horizons in 2025, 2030, 2035, 2040, and UBO were performed and used to identify existing and expected future deficiencies, assess improvement options, and provide recommendations.

ES-5.1 WATER SUPPLY
An analysis of the City’s current annual water supply was performed to assess its ability to meet annual water demands during normal and drought years through UBO. A summary graph for the analysis is provided in Figure ES-3.

Figure ES-3 Annual Water Supply and Demand
The analysis indicates that the City’s existing annual water supply is adequate during normal and drought years through UBO, with approximately 4 percent excess at UBO. Although the existing water supply is currently adequate, it is recommended that the City continue to add redundancies and additional supply for the event that USBR is required to reduce its contract water supply by more than anticipated during critical drought years in the future.

The following actions are recommended for the City to increase its available water supply and improve redundancies:
• Replace and relocate Pump House 1 to increase reliability and supply capacity to the Foothill WTP, also for additional deficiencies noted in Section ES-5.5. 0 5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
40,000
Current 2025 2030 2035 2040 UBO
Supply/Demand (Acre--feet )
Year
Annual Demand
Normal Year
Supply
Drought Year
Supply
Packet Pg. 1582 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-7
• Increase groundwater supply capacity by installing additional wells in the Enterprise Zone. Also, evaluate adding treatment to existing wells that cannot operate regularly because of issues with water quality, including Enterprise Wells 11 and 13. • Consider securing additional surface water supply.

ES-5.2 TREATMENT
Water treatment for the City water system includes two water treatment plant facilities, the Foothill WTP and Buckeye WTP, as well as some treatment at its Enterprise Wells.

An analysis of City’s daily water treatment production capacity compared to maximum day demands was performed through UBO. The analysis considered existing/current production capacity, as well as the increased production capacity assuming that the improvements recommended in the WMP are constructed within the recommended timeframes. A summary graph of the analysis is provided in Figure ES-4.

Figure ES-4 Max Day Demands and Treatment Capacity
The City’s current treatment capacity is adequate for projected max day demands through UBO with approximately 15 percent excess. For added redundancy and to account for future uncertainties, the City should continue with recommended improvements to replace Pump House 1 to increase capacity at the Foothill WTP, and to increase groundwater well capacity in the Enterprise Zone with additional wells or treatment, as previously noted. These improvements will increase the City’s production capacity to approximately 72 MGD, which should provide adequate capacity for the projected max day demands through UBO with roughly 38 percent excess.
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 Current 2025 2030 2035 2040 UBO
Demand/Capacity (MGD)
Year
Max Day
demand
Existing
Production
Capacity
Improved
Production
Capacity
Packet Pg. 1583 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-8
ES-5.2.1 Foothill Water Treatment Plant
The Foothill WTP provides the City’s largest and primary water supply during average and peak demands. It provides more than half of the City’s water supply during high water demand periods by treating water from the Sacramento River pumped from Pump House 1. The City’s Pump Station 2 (PS-02) is also located inside the Foothill WTP. PS-02 is the only regular source of water to the Hill 900 Zone, providing treated water from the Foothill WTP.

At the allowable filter surface loading rate, the Foothill WTP’s firm capacity is 36 MGD, but it is currently limited by the supply capacity from Pump House 1, which is 29 MGD. The Foothill WTP does not typically operate during winter months because of low water levels and elevated turbidity in the Sacramento River.

A detailed assessment of the Foothill WTP was not performed in the effort for this WMP. The 2011 Facilities Plan for the Foothill WTP, prepared in 2011 by Pace Engineering, provides the most recent comprehensive assessment for the treatment plant and it is outdated. Some known deficiencies and recommendations for the Foothill WTP are provided in Table ES-2 below.

However, the City should work with a consulting firm to update the Foothill WTP Facilities Plan to develop an up to date and detailed assessment of deficiencies and needed improvements.

Table ES-2 Foothill WTP Deficiencies and Recommendations # Deficiency Recommendation
1 There is no standby generator for emergency
backup and the main switchgear has reached
the end of its service life.

Install a standby generator and replace the
switchgear. Project is scheduled to start
construction in 2023.
2 The programmable logic controllers (PLC’s)
need to be replaced, and the Supervisory
Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system
is obsolete.

Install a new control building to house complete
replacements of the PLC’s and SCADA system.
3 There is currently no wash water recovery
system and solids from WTP operation are
discharged into the sewer.

Install wash water recovery system for improved
efficiency and water savings.
4 The current in-line treatment process during
higher water demands is not feasible if
turbidity in the Sacramento River is elevated
and there is no individual filter rate and flow
measurement and control.

Install flocculation basins to operate as a
conventional treatment plant.
5 PS-02 is near the end of its service life. Completely replace PS-02 in a new building.

ES-5.2.2 Buckeye Water Treatment Plant
The Buckeye WTP is a conventional filtration water treatment facility with a treatment capacity of up to 14 MGD. It treats water from Whiskeytown Lake, which is conveyed through the Spring Creek Tunnel then through a 48-inch and 36-inch raw water pipeline to the treatment plant. The Buckeye WTP typically provides more than half of the City’s water supply during winter months, and approximately 20 percent of the City’s total supply during the summer.

Packet Pg. 1584 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-9
A detailed evaluation inside the Buckeye WTP was not performed in the effort for this WMP.

The most recent comprehensive evaluation of the Buckeye WTP is included in the 2000 Water Master Plan and is outdated. The City should work with a consulting firm to update the Buckeye WTP Facilities Plan to determine current deficiencies and needed improvements. Without a current facilities plan, the most pressing deficiency that has been identified at the Buckeye WTP is its SCADA system. The SCADA system is obsolete and new replacement parts and equipment for it are no longer readily available. The City should replace and upgrade the SCADA system at the Buckeye WTP as soon as possible.

ES-5.2.3 Treatment at Groundwater Wells
Some treatment is required for the City’s Enterprise wells. At each Enterprise well head, chlorine gas, a chlorinator, and a chlorine injection system are used to provide disinfection residual to the system. In addition, Enterprise Well (EW) 6A, EW-07, EW-10, and EW-14 have injection of blended ortho/polyphosphate to reduce iron and manganese and improve taste and odor issues.

The City is also working towards construction of a wellhead treatment system at EW-12 to treat iron, manganese and arsenic and construction is expected to start in 2023. The Cascade wells do not currently require treatment or chlorine injection because water quality testing shows sufficient chlorine residual in the system resulting from blending. Table ES-3 provides identified deficiencies and recommended improvements associated with treatment at the City’s groundwater wells.

Table ES-3 Well Treatment Deficiencies and Recommendations # Deficiency Recommendation
1 There is some concern regarding chlorine gas
supply reliability, price stability, and a slightly
higher risk of accident with chlorine gas.

Continue to assess disinfection methods and
chemical costs and availability. Stay informed on
current disinfection technologies to minimize
operation and maintenance costs and risks.
2 Existing ortho/polyphosphate systems are labor
intensive to maintain. They also block access to
other facilities and equipment in the well
buildings.

Upgrade the ortho/polyphosphate systems at EW6A, EW-7, EW-10, and EW-14 and add ortho/polyphosphate at EW-9. Improve delivery
and storage methods, new self-priming pumps.

Locate systems in new separate buildings/sheds.
3 EW-11 and EW-13 exceed maximum allowable
contaminant level (MCL) for arsenic and are
inactive. During droughts and high usage, other
wells are also near the MCL for Arsenic. Future
State regulations for other metals, such as
manganese, or other contaminants could require
additional treatment at most Enterprise Wells.

Complete the water treatment system at EW-12,
then evaluate its operations and maintenance
costs to determine if use of similar treatment
systems would be practical at other wells, perhaps
in lieu of adding new wells in the future.
4 Groundwater supply/treatment capacity should
be improved for added redundancy.

Construct two new groundwater wells at the
southeast end of the Enterprise Zone, or install
wellhead treatment systems to allow EW-11 and
EW-13 to operate regularly, if determined that it is
more practical from the EW-12 evaluation.
5 The Cascade wells do not produce enough water
to justify costs to upgrade or maintain them.

Operate the Cascade Wells until their equipment
starts failing, then decommission the wells.

Packet Pg. 1585 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-10
There are currently some uncertainties that could have major impacts on improvements needed at the City’s Enterprise Wells, including the following:
• Potential regulatory changes from the State Water Board concerning manganese monitoring and recording limits could require additional treatment for operation of most or all of the City’s wells.
• Future well capacity and groundwater quality at potential well sites is unknown. • The City does not have any well head filtration/treatment systems completed yet, so actual operations, maintenance, and disposal costs for such a system have not been assessed yet.

The City should follow developments concerning revisions to the manganese limits closely and plan accordingly for its well operations and treatment. However, no actions from the State Water Board have been performed yet and the recommendations provided in the WMP assumed that regulatory requirements for manganese limits will not change in the foreseeable future.

The City should perform further investigation into potential future well sites to determine probable well capacity and water quality at the sites, and verify that new wells will be practical and feasible. The City should also evaluate operations and maintenance costs associated with the well head filtration/treatment system at EW-12 after it is completed to determine whether the addition of new wells or installation of treatment to existing wells, such as existing EW-11 or EW-13, will be most practical. Recommendations in the WMP assumed that installation of new groundwater wells will be more cost effective than the capital and operational costs associated with installation of well head treatment systems at existing wells.

ES-5.3 STORAGE
Evaluations of City’s existing storage, provided from its twelve existing storage reservoirs, and storage needs in each pressure zone through UBO were performed to identify deficiencies and recommend improvements. Storage capacity and requirements for each pressure zone were evaluated based on three categories/components of storage, including equalization storage, fire suppression storage, and emergency standby storage.

Equalization/operational storage balances fluctuations between water supplies and demands during daily operation. Fire suppression storage is needed to ensure that adequate water supply is available to provide fire flows in accordance with the California Fire Code (CFC) requirements.

Emergency standby storage is used to provide water supply during emergency conditions that disrupt the normal water system supply or system operations. Noted deficiencies and recommendations for the water storage in each pressure zone are summarized in Table ES-4.

The City has performed cleaning and inspection in each of its reservoirs on an approximately five-year interval recently. In the most recent cleaning and inspection effort performed in 2020 there were no significant deficiencies noted or repairs on the interior of the reservoirs/tanks, but the WMP does not include a detailed condition assessment of the reservoirs. Only an age analysis with an assumed reservoir service life of 75 years was performed for the WMP. The age analysis indicates that the Buckeye 0.2 million-gallon (MG) reservoir, which was recently Packet Pg. 1586 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-11
decommissioned, has exceeded its service life and should be replaced. Also, that the Hill 900 Reservoir 1 and Cascade Reservoir 1 are nearing the end of their service lives and should be replaced or rehabilitated before 2034 and 2035, respectively.

Table ES-4 Storage Deficiencies and Recommendations
Zone Deficiencies Recommendations
Buckeye • The Keswick Valve Station,
used to cycle the Buckeye 2
MG reservoir, causes a large
pressure drop in Buckeye
Zone and high flow velocities
through piping from the
reservoir.
• Analysis shows storage in the
Buckeye Zone will be
deficient by 2040 and an
additional 2.5 MG required
storage at ultimate buildout.
• Install a booster pump station and actuated
valves at the existing 2 MG reservoir to regularly
cycle water in the Buckeye 2 MG reservoir,
instead of the existing Keswick Valve Station.
• Replace the decommissioned 0.2 MG reservoir
with a new 2 MG reservoir. Re-evaluate UBO
storage requirements with regular WMP
updates.

Cascade • Storage is currently deficient
by 1.36 MG and will be

1.8 MG deficient by UBO.
• Replace the South Bonnyview Valve/Pump
Station, also add a booster pump at the existing
Railroad valve station to improve redundancies
from the Enterprise and Foothill zones,
decreasing emergency storage requirements.
• Replace existing 1 MG Cascade Reservoir and
add 2 MG storage near the Redding Ranchettes
Reservoir by 2035.

Enterprise
& Hilltop
Dana
• Analysis indicates that
storage is adequate through
UBO, but reservoirs need to
be recoated.
• Storage analysis should be updated in future
master planning efforts, or if significantly more
development than anticipated occurs.
• Recoat the reservoirs as soon as possible.

Foothill • None noted. • Storage analysis should be updated in future master planning efforts, or if significantly more
development than anticipated occurs.

Hill 900 • Storage is currently deficient. • Add an additional 2 MG near existing reservoirs and rehabilitate existing Hill 900 Reservoir 1
It is also recommended that the City implement a program for regular inspection and maintenance of reservoir coatings/linings, associated facilities, and the general condition of its reservoirs on a regular basis to maximize reservoir service lives.

ES-5.4 DISTRIBUTION PIPING
A general condition assessment of the City’s water services and mains was performed to assess recent performance and deficiencies, as well as provide a recommended replacement schedule for water mains. A hydraulic evaluation of the City’s water distribution was also performed to identify hydraulic deficiencies in water mains, assess improvement alternatives, and provide recommendations for improvements.

Packet Pg. 1587 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-12
ES-5.4.1 Water Service Condition Assessment
Water Utility service records from 2012 through 2022 were reviewed to assess the recent overall performance of the City’s water services. The records indicate an annual repair rate of less than two repairs per thousand service connections, which is acceptable per industry and State Water Resources Control Board standards.

The City’s existing copper water services are performing relatively well, but are somewhat expensive. The City could consider and assess the use of high-density polyethylene (HDPE) service lines as a standard in the future to reduce costs.

ES-5.4.2 Water Main Condition Assessment
An assessment of the inventory, age, and maintenance and repair activities associated with the City’s water mains was performed to evaluate the condition of the water distribution network, determine patterns in failures, and develop a general replacement program.

A review of City’s recent maintenance and repair activities for the various water main materials was performed to gauge the overall recent performance for each pipe material, also to determine whether general pipe conditions are growing worse or improving. It determined that the majority of water main breaks have occurred in steel, cast-iron, and unknown piping. The City’s asbestos cement, ductile iron, and PVC piping appear to still be performing relatively well. It also appears that the reliability of the City’s water main piping has improved slightly since the late 1990s and early 2000s.

Based on the City’s piping network inventory, approximately 43 percent of the City’s water main piping is older than 50 years or of unknown age. Piping of unknown age, with little information recorded for it, is likely relatively old. The typical life expectancy of water mains can depend on a wide variety of factors, including the pipe material, soil characteristics, quality of construction/installation, flow velocities, and other factors. Average life expectancies recommended by pipe manufacturers and commonly assumed by water suppliers generally ranges from 50 to 100 years. For planning purposes in this WMP, an average life expectancy of 75 years was assumed for the City’s water piping.

The following Figure ES-5 provides a bar graph for lengths of the City’s water mains that will expire yearly within time ranges through 2097, with the assumed pipe life expectancy of 75 years. The graph also provides recommended yearly replacement lengths to address the expiring water main piping.

Packet Pg. 1588 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-13
Figure ES-5 Expiring Water Mains and Replacement Schedule In recent years, the City has averaged approximately four miles of water main replacements per year. The pipe age analysis performed indicates that the City will need to replace significantly more piping annually in the coming years to avoid having water mains in service beyond the assumed average service life of 75 years. Increasing replacement lengths to approximately eleven miles per year by the year 2040 will be needed. The City should also conduct a detailed inventory and evaluation of the older steel and cast-iron mains, focusing on the larger mains (12- inch and larger) and those that are critical links in the distribution system. The result of this evaluation should be a prioritized pipe replacement program that is based on past repair records, as well as the pipe age, size, location, and consequences of failure.

ES-5.4.3 Hydraulic Evaluation
The City’s computer model of the water system was utilized to evaluate the general hydraulic performance of the water system piping in terms of flow velocity, head loss rates, and the system's ability to provide the necessary flows and pressures to meet average day and max day demands in current conditions and future planning horizons through UBO.

In general, conveyance improvements are recommended where the modeled flow velocities regularly exceed 6 feet per second (FPS) during max day demands, in order to reduce frictional head losses, maintain adequate pressures, and extend pipe lifespans. Conveyance improvements are identified with a project tag “CONV” followed by a unique project number for ranking and listing purposes in the Capital Improvement Plan. Table ES-5 summarizes the recommended conveyance improvement projects that were identified from the hydraulic evaluation through 2040.

Packet Pg. 1589 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-14
Table ES-5 Recommended Conveyance Improvement Projects
Project ID
Number Project Description
Construction
Year
CONV-01 Outlet from Hill 900 Reservoirs: Replace existing 12-inch with 2,400 linear feet (LF) of new 24-inch piping, realign from easements into streets. 2025 CONV-02
Foothill Blvd. Bottleneck Replacement: Upsize an approximately 60 ft long segment of 24-inch pipe near Foothill 4 MG reservoir to 36-inch pipe.
2025
CONV-03 Westside Road Bridge Over Canyon Hollow Creek: Replace existing 16- inch main with new 20-inch main during bridge replacement project. 2025 CONV-04
Ranchettes Area Second Supply Main: Install approximately 4,100 LF of new 12-inch piping for a second supply and redundancy to the Ranchettes Area, at the southwest end of the Cascade Zone. Install the Clear Creek crossing during Westside Wastewater Interceptor construction, while the creek is bypassed.
2026
CONV-05 Ranchettes Area Supply Main Rehabilitation/Replacement: Replace and/or rehabilitate 3,800 LF of aging 16-inch pipe to the Ranchettes area. 2028
CONV-06 Benton Drive Water Main: Replace approximately 1,000 LF of 12-inch main in Benton Dr, west of Pump House 4, with new 16-inch. 2028 CONV-07 West Street and Court Street: Install 950 LF of parallel 12-inch mains. 2029 CONV-08
Twin View Blvd. Main: Install 6,000 LF 16-inch pipe in Twin View Blvd. to Oasis Rd for proposed future development, including section of jack and bore from Caterpillar Rd. under I-5 to Twin View Blvd.
2029
CONV-09 Stillwater Business Park loop: Install 11,300 LF of 16-inch main in proposed Venture Parkway extension. 2030
CONV-10 Eureka Way Crossing: Replace 100 LF of undersized 8-inch main in Eureka Way at Buenaventura Blvd. with new 12-inch. By 2040
CONV-11 Foothill Blvd. Water Main: Replace 1,200 LF of undersized 12-inch main in Foothill Blvd., west of the Foothill WTP, with new 18-inch pipe. By 2040 CONV-12 Manzanita Hills Transmission Main: Replace 1,400 LF of existing 30-inch transmission main in Manzanita Hills Ave. with 36-inch or larger pipe.

By 2040
CONV-13 Railroad Ave. Water Main: Replace 3,900 LF of 16-inch main in Railroad Ave., south of the Railroad Valve Station, with new 20-inch main. By 2040 An evaluation of the distribution system under projected max day demands at UBO was performed and no major deficiencies in the distribution system pipe network were observed, assuming the conveyance improvements noted in the above table are performed. Some additional conveyance improvement projects will likely be required to maintain flow velocities below 6 FPS at UBO demands, but the UBO demands and the locations and extents of future development that will occur were deemed too speculative and uncertain at this time to warrant performing extensive effort identifying specific projects or infrastructure improvements for UBO conditions.

Approximate locations of the recommended conveyance projects through the 2040 planning horizon are shown, in red, in the following Figure ES-6.

Packet Pg. 1590 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-15
Figure ES-6 Recommended Conveyance Projects Map
Packet Pg. 1591 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-16
ES-5.5 PUMP STATIONS
Facility evaluations for each of the City’s existing pump stations were performed by the City’s engineering and operations staff to identify deficiencies and needs. A hydraulic evaluation for the pump stations was also performed for current and future planning horizon demands.

Deficiencies and recommendations for the existing pump stations are summarized in Table ES-6.

Table ES-6 Existing Pump Station Deficiencies and Recommendations Station Deficiencies Recommendations
Pump
House 1
(PS-01)
• Intake located in a shallow area of the
Sacramento River, limiting capacity.
• Existing intake and screens depart from
standard design criteria and may not
meet long term regulations.
• Existing capacity of 28.9 MGD limits
Foothill WTP capacity.
• Per General Plan seismic hazard map,
station in high seismic liquefaction area.

Completely replace Pump House 1 and
relocate to approximately 1,600 ft upriver, in
a deeper location on the Sacramento River.

The new pump station should have a firm
capacity of 42 MGD to not limit Foothill WTP
production.

Pump
Station 2
(PS-02)
• Pump station building, electrical
facilities, and suction and discharge
piping are old and should be replaced.
• Completely replace the pump station.

Relocate, if needed, for operation of the
existing station during construction.

Pump
Station 3
(PS-03)
• Existing firm capacity of 3 MGD is
deficient to serve Buckeye Zone with
Buckeye WTP out of service.
• SCADA signal is deficient.
• Poor site security and access.
• Replace pumps, motors, and electrical
facilities for firm capacity of at least

5.25 MGD.
• Install SCADA tower.
• Install security gate and site paving.

Pump
Station 4
(PS-04)
• Existing firm capacity of 2 MGD is
deficient to serve Buckeye Zone with
Buckeye WTP out of service.
• SCADA signal is deficient.
• Poor site security and access.
• Install fourth Pump for firm capacity of 3
MGD. Relocate PRV outside of building.
• Install SCADA tower.
• Install fencing and site paving.

Pump
Station 5
(PS-05)
• No significant deficiencies noted. • No capital improvement projects recommended at this time.

Goodwater
(PS-06)
• No significant deficiencies noted. • No capital improvement projects recommended at this time.

Mary Lake
(PS-08)
• No significant deficiencies noted. • No capital improvement projects recommended at this time.

El Reno
(PS-08)
• Capacity is deficient.
• Building is old and undersized.
• Electrical facilities do not meet code.
• No SCADA signal available in area.
• Demolish pump station and install a
replacement pump off Linden Ave., for
improved supply piping and SCADA
signal.

Mercy
Hospital
(PS-09)
• Station is generally in poor condition
• Stairs to station make access difficult
• Site security is poor
• Demolish pump station and install a
replacement station off Linden Ave., for
improved access.

Cypress
(PS-10)
• Temporary station in place until
permanent station is completed. Project
is in the design phase.
• Complete design and construction for
permanent pump station to pump up to
12 MGD in both directions.

Packet Pg. 1592 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-17
In addition to improvements to existing pump stations noted above, new pumps/pump stations are recommended at three locations, including the following:

1. Booster Pump Station at the Buckeye 2 MG Reservoir (RS-07): A booster pump station is recommended near the existing Buckeye 2 MG reservoir to avoid the large pressure drop in the Buckeye Zone and high flow velocities from the reservoir that currently occurs when the Keswick Valve Station valves close.

2. Booster Pump at the Railroad Avenue Valve Station (FS-03): To facilitate transfer of more water from the Foothill Zone to the Cascade Zone and to provide redundancy for the South Bonnyview Pump Station, the addition of a booster pump inside the existing Railroad Valve Station building is recommended.

3. Linden Avenue Pump Station: A new pump station off of Linden Avenue is recommended to provide a backup supply to the Hill 900 Zone for an emergency event where Pump Station 2 is out of operation, and to replace the aging El Reno and Mercy Hospital pump stations with a single new pump station.

ES-5.6 VALVE STATIONS
Evaluations of the City’s major flow control and pressure reducing valve stations were performed by City Engineering and Water Utility staff to identify deficiencies and needs. Table ES-7 summarizes identified deficiencies and recommended improvements for the valve stations.

Table ES-7 Existing Valve Stations Deficiencies and Recommendations Station Deficiencies Recommendations
Keswick
Valve
(FS-01)
• Connections and hoses for pumping
reverse direction (to Buckeye WTP) are
not rated for adequate pressure
• Operation causes large changes in
pressures and high flow velocities
throughout Buckeye Zone
• City staff should replace connections and
hoses for higher pressure rating to pump in
reverse direction to Buckeye WTP
• Proposed booster pump station at Buckeye
2 MG reservoir should address issues with
pressure changes and flow velocities
Cypress
Valve
(FS-02)
• Existing valve station will be replaced with
the Cypress Pump Station, currently in the
design phase
• Complete the design and construction for
permanent pump station to pump up to
12 MGD in both directions
Railroad
Valve
(FS-03&15
• No major deficiencies noted, except a
pump should be added to increase flows
from Foothill Zone to Cascade Zone
• Add booster pump, as previously noted
South
Bonnyview
(FS-04)
• Located in vault at side of busy street and
maintenance requires confined space
entry and a lane closure
• Single pump with no standby/backup
• Completely replace station and locate in a
new building further off the street
• Include standby pump in new station
Palisades
No. 1
(FS-13)
• Unauthorized people inside fencing
• Sun/weather decreasing service life
• Vehicle access should be improved
• Install more secure fencing
• Add building or shade structure
• Replace vertical curbs with rolled curbs
Palisades
No. 2
(FS-14)
• Flow meter is old and likely inaccurate
• Hatch is heavy and does not lock open
• Station not connected to SCADA
• Replace flow meter with mag meter
• Replace access hatch
• Add electrical service and SCADA
Packet Pg. 1593 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-18
ES-5.8 FIRE SUPPRESSION
An analysis of the water system for fire suppression was performed by utilizing the computer hydraulic model and assessing the largest fire flow requirements within each pressure zone. The analysis included fire flows peak hour demands during current conditions, as well as peak hour demands during planning horizon years 2030 and 2040.

The analysis for current fire suppression requirements determined that the City’s water system has adequate capacity to provide fire flows to meet the requirements for the buildings that currently have the largest fire flow demands in each pressure zone, except in the Buckeye Zone, which is located on Caterpillar Road. The Lake Boulevard Transmission Water Main project, which is currently in construction, will significantly increase fire flow available to Caterpillar Road. It is also recommended that the City Water Utility disconnect the existing fire hydrant nearest 4361 Caterpillar Road from the 8-inch water main and connect it to the parallel and adjacent 12-inch water main in Caterpillar Road to further increase the available fire flow well above the requirements.

The analysis performed for future fire flow demands in the 2030 and 2040 planning horizons assumed fire flow requirements from the existing buildings that currently have the largest fire flow requirements in each pressure zone. The analysis also assumed that improvement projects recommended in the WMP will be completed within the recommended timeframes (i.e. conveyance, storage, and pump station projects will be completed when recommended). Current hydraulic modeling indicates that fire flows to the largest demand buildings will be sufficient through 2040, but detailed evaluations will be required for fire flows associated with specific future developments.

ES-6 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Evaluation of the City of Redding water system found that numerous improvements will be required over the next ten years to replace aging pipes and facilities, improve water system operations, and increase storage and capacity.

Capital improvement projects were identified, planning level cost estimates for the identified projects were prepared, and the projects were ranked and prioritized to develop a capital improvement plan for the water system through the year 2032. The Capital Improvement Plan project listing is limited to projects recommended through the year 2032. Attempting to refine or delineate specific projects beyond 2032 was not performed, given the level of uncertainty regarding growth, potential water usage restrictions/reductions, and potential regulatory requirements. However, the City should plan and budget for increasing its annual program for replacing aging water mains to approximately eleven miles per year by the year 2040, as detailed in ES5.4.2.

The following Table ES-8 summarizes the recommended capital improvement projects, project prioritization and recommended years to start construction, and estimated project and annual costs from the developed Capital Improvement Plan. All costs provided are in 2023 dollars.

Packet Pg. 1594 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-19
Table ES-8 Capital Improvement Plan Summary
Year
Construction
Facility/
Project ID Identified Projects
Estimated
Cost
2023 PPR-2023 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 22,000 LF. $10,118,000 Total: $10,118,000
2024 PPR-2024 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 22,000 LF. $10,118,000 BWTP-01 Buckeye WTP SCADA Upgrades. $1,000,000
EW-01 Enterprise Wells 6, 7, 9, 10, and 14 Ortho/
polyphosphate system upgrades.
$600,000
Total: $11,718,000
2025 PPR-2025 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 25,000 LF. $11,497,200 CONV-01 Outlet pipe from Hill 900 Reservoirs to Placer St. $1,730,000 CONV-02 Foothill Blvd. bottleneck upsize. $270,000
RS-07-01 New pump station at Buckeye 2 MG Reservoir. $1,440,000 CONV-03 Westside Rd Bridge over Canyon Hollow Creek. $290,000 EW-24 New well southeast end of Enterprise zone and 18-inch piping to connect to water system.
$7,350,000
FWTP-01 Foothill WTP Control Building. $4,780,000
Total: $27,357,200
2026 PPR-2026 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 30,000 LF. $13,796,640 CONV-04 Ranchettes area second supply 12-inch main. $1,500,000 PS-01 Pump House 1 Replacement. $39,000,000
Total: $54,296,640
2027 PPR-2027 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 30,000LF. $13,796,640 PS-04 Pump Station 4 upgrades for capacity and access. $400,000 PS-03 Pump Station 2 upgrades for capacity and access. $1,400,000 RS-02 Hill 900 Reservoirs. Add third 2 MG reservoir and rehabilitate Reservoir 1.
$5,970,000
FS-03 Railroad Valve Station booster pump. $490,000
FWTP-02 Foothill WTP upgrade. Install floc basins, wash water recovery, and replace Pump Station 2.
$16,160,000
Total: $38,216,640
Packet Pg. 1595 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-20
Year
Construction
Facility/
Project ID Identified Projects
Estimated
Cost
2028 PPR-2028 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 35,000LF. $16,096,080 FS-04 South Bonnyview Valve/ Pump Station replacement. $1,290,000 CONV-05 Ranchettes area supply main rehab/replacement. $1,390,000 CONV-06 Benton Dr water main. $440,000
EW-02 Enterprise Wells 3A, 6, 7, 8, and 10 roof replacement. $1,250,000 PS-11 Replace El Reno and Mercy Pump Stations w/ single new station on Linden Ave.
$2,220,000
Total: $22,686,080
2029 PPR-2029 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 40,000LF. $18,395,520 RS-07-02 Install second Buckeye 2 MG reservoir near existing. $4,680,000 CONV-07 West St and Court Street water mains. $670,000
CONV-08 Twin View Blvd. water main to Oasis Rd. $3,130,000 Total: $26,875,520
2030 PPR-2030 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 44,000LF. $20,235,072 CONV-09 Stillwater Business Park water main completion. $4,240,000 EW-25 New Enterprise well near Fig Tree Ln. $4,320,000
Total: $28,795,072
2031 PPR-2031 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 48,000LF. $22,074,624 FS-13 Palisades PRV #1 upgrades for access and security. $260,000 FS-14 Palisades PRV #2 upgrades. $70,000
Total: $22,404,624
2032 PPR-2032 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 50,000LF. $22,994,400 Total: $22,994,400
The City’s water system is generally in acceptable condition. Nevertheless, various improvements and significant funds will be required, as demonstrated in the CIP, to address noted deficiencies, replace aging facilities, and ensure that the City can continue to meet water demands for the foreseeable future with redundancies in place for emergencies and equipment failures. Furthermore, to mitigate uncertainties regarding future development, potential water usage restrictions or reductions, and potential future regulatory requirements, it is recommended that the WMP and CIP be updated on relatively frequent intervals.

Packet Pg. 1596 Attachment: ^Water Master Plan 2023-Executive Summary (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Packet Pg. 1597
Attachment: ^Notice of Exemption (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility

MASTER PLAN
JULY 2023

CITY OF

REDDING

CALIFORNIA

PREPARED BY CITY OF REDDING

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT - ENGINEERING DIVISION
Packet Pg. 1598 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 1599 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

WATER UTILITY
MASTER PLAN 2023
July 2023
Prepared by:

City of Redding Public Works Department
Engineering Division
Packet Pg. 1600 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 1601 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) WATER UTILITY MASTER PLAN 2023

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
ES-1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
ES-1 Introduction........................................................................................................ 1 ES-2 Water System Facilities and Operations.......................................................... 2 ES-3 Water System Demands..................................................................................... 4 ES-4 Water Supplies ................................................................................................... 5 ES-5 Water System Evaluation.................................................................................. 6 ES-5.1 Water Supply .................................................................................................... 6 ES-5.2 Treatment .......................................................................................................... 7 ES-5.3 Storage ............................................................................................................ 10 ES-5.4 Distribution Piping.......................................................................................... 11 ES-5.5 Pump Stations................................................................................................. 16 ES-5.6 Valve Stations................................................................................................. 17 ES-5.8 Fire Suppression.............................................................................................. 18 ES-6 Capital Improvement Plan.............................................................................. 18 ES-1 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of the Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (WMP) is to provide a comprehensive evaluation of the City of Redding (City) water system, as well as a program for improvements needed to meet anticipated water demands, provide redundancies to reduce risks, replace aging facilities, and address operations and maintenance needs. The goal of the WMP is to assist and guide the Redding’s Water Utility Division (Utility) with decision-making, planning, and budgeting for the management and development of its water infrastructure for the foreseeable future.

The WMP was prepared by the City of Redding Public Works Engineering Division with assistance from the Utility. It is an update to the City’s previous water master plans, including the City of Redding Water Utility Master Plan 2012, and the most recent City of Redding Water Utility Master Plan 2016 update, which were also prepared by the City Engineering Division.

Some of the key tasks performed by the City’s Engineering Division and Water Utility staff for preparation of the WMP include the following:

Packet Pg. 1602 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-2
• Data collection and review of the existing water system facilities and operations; • Assessment of current and future water demands and supplies; • Update and calibration of the computer-based hydraulic model of the water system; • Evaluation of the City’s water system and its ability to consistently distribute water, with redundancies, to meet current and projected future demands; • Identification of deficiencies in the water system;
• Selection of improvement projects to address the identified deficiencies; • Development of a capital improvement plan through the year 2032 with prioritized projects and preliminary cost estimates for the recommended projects.

ES-2 WATER SYSTEM FACILITIES AND OPERATIONS
The City of Redding's water system includes two water treatment plants (WTPs) with surface water supplies from the Sacramento River and Whiskeytown Lake, seventeen groundwater wells, twelve storage reservoirs, eleven pump stations, and approximately 2.98 million feet (565 miles) of conveyance and distribution pipelines. The City's water system is licensed with the California Department of Public Health under System Number #4510005.

The City of Redding water service area (WSA) provides water to the majority of residents and businesses within the City. The City of Redding Water Utility is responsible for developing, managing, and maintaining its water system to ensure reliability for all of its customers within the WSA. The City’s water system has grown steadily since it was originally incorporated with the old California Water Service Company system in 1941. The incorporation was followed by annexations of several special water districts, with major annexations including the Buckeye County Water System in 1967 and the Cascade and Enterprise special districts in 1977.

The WSA boundary does not match the City corporate boundary exactly. Some parts of the City are served by neighboring water systems, and the City serves water to some areas outside of the City boundary. The City’s WSA is divided into six primary pressure zones, including the following:
• Buckeye Zone
• Cascade Zone
• Enterprise Zone
• Foothill Zone
• Hill 900 Zone
• Hilltop Dana Zone
A map of the City’s water service area, pressure zones, and key water facilities is provided in Figure ES-1.

Packet Pg. 1603 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-3
Figure ES-1 City of Redding Water Service Area
Packet Pg. 1604 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-4
ES-3 WATER SYSTEM DEMANDS
Recent water demands and growth in the WSA were evaluated and future water demands were estimated for planning horizons in 2025, 2030, 2035, 2040, and ultimate buildout (UBO). The term “ultimate buildout” refers to the planning condition under which the maximum level of development and population has been reached, based on the long-term land use plan. Water demands were assessed systemwide and independently within each pressure zone. Demands were also evaluated seasonally for the average day demand (ADD) and maximum day demand (MDD) daily usage, as well as for hourly trends (diurnal patterns).

Water demands for future planning periods through 2040 were estimated based on the Shasta Regional Transportation Agency (SRTA) Travel Demand Model, community outreach discussions with developers, engineers, and major land owners, as well as internal coordination with City of Redding staff regarding pending projects in the development community. The City’s General Plan was used to estimate water demands at ultimate buildout.

Recorded water demands from 2010 through 2020 and projected water demands through UBO in the WSA are summarized in Table ES-1, with annual demands shown in acre-feet per year (AFY) and daily demands shown in million gallons per day (MGD).

Table ES-1 Water System Demands
Year/
Planning
Horizon
Annual
Demand
(AFY)
ADD
(MGD)
MDD
(MGD)
2010 24,098 21.5 44.0
2015 21,401 19.1 30.5
2020 25,534 22.7 39.9
2025 26,452 23.6 42.1
2030 27,000 24.1 42.9
2035 27,538 24.6 43.8
2040 28,213 25.2 45.0
UBO 33,283 29.7 52.1
The City’s water service area has experienced relatively slow growth over the past decade, with an annual growth rate of only approximately 0.5 percent citywide. Also, reductions in water usage per capita have offset much of the growth since 2010. As a result, yearly water production has only increased by approximately 3 percent and the City’s total maximum day water demand has actually decreased since the year 2010. Future projections indicate an average annual growth rate of only 0.6 percent citywide through 2040, consistent with recent growth trends since 2010.

Water demand at UBO estimated in this WMP are significantly lower than estimates provided in the previous Water Utility Master Plan 2016, which estimated a max day demand of 87.5 MGD at UBO. But the previous master plan estimate was based on the General Plan 2000, which estimated over a 4 percent annual growth rate and buildout population of 201,000 for the City and 163,000 within the WSA. The City’s most recent draft General Plan indicates a much lower Packet Pg. 1605 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-5
growth rate and a City population of only 101,588 by the year 2045, significantly less than what the General Plan 2000 estimated.

Also, with the unprecedented drought in years 2019 through 2022 and concerns of climate change, it is likely that the State of California will implement regulations requiring water reductions in the future, which would reduce future demands from those shown above. However, because the timeline and specifics of any future reductions are currently not known, and to be conservative with future supply needs, demand projections in the WMP do not consider future water use reductions that could be imposed by the State.

ES-4 WATER SUPPLIES
The City of Redding uses both surface water and groundwater supplies to meet water demands within its water service area. Surface water supplies are governed under two separate contracts with the United States Bureau of Reclamation (USBR) and one with the Anderson Cottonwood Irrigation District (ACID). Surface water is pumped from the Sacramento River from Pump House 1 to the Foothill WTP, or diverted to the Buckeye WTP from the Spring Creek Tunnel, which conveys water from Whiskeytown Lake to the Spring Creek Power Plant at the Keswick Reservoir. The City’s groundwater supply comes from its seventeen groundwater wells separated into two groups in their respective pressure zones, the Enterprise wells and the Cascade wells. A graph of average monthly supply volumes from the City’s four primary water sources from 2017 through 2021 is provided in Figure ES-2.

Figure ES-2 Average Monthly Supply Volumes Per Source
On average, approximately 70 percent of the City’s water supply comes from surface water, with the remaining 30 percent coming from groundwater. Both surface water and groundwater are used throughout the year and peak during high water demands in the summer. 0 500
1,000
1,500
2,000
Jan Feb March April May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Average Monthly Supply (Acre-Feet)
Month
Foothill WTP
Buckeye WTP
Enterprise Wells
Cascade Wells
Packet Pg. 1606 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-6
ES-5 WATER SYSTEM EVALUATION
Detailed evaluations of the major aspects of the City’ water system were performed for preparation of the WMP, including water supply, treatment, storage, distribution piping, pump stations, and valve stations. Evaluations for current conditions, as well as for future planning horizons in 2025, 2030, 2035, 2040, and UBO were performed and used to identify existing and expected future deficiencies, assess improvement options, and provide recommendations.

ES-5.1 WATER SUPPLY
An analysis of the City’s current annual water supply was performed to assess its ability to meet annual water demands during normal and drought years through UBO. A summary graph for the analysis is provided in Figure ES-3.

Figure ES-3 Annual Water Supply and Demand
The analysis indicates that the City’s existing annual water supply is adequate during normal and drought years through UBO, with approximately 4 percent excess at UBO. Although the existing water supply is currently adequate, it is recommended that the City continue to add redundancies and additional supply for the event that USBR is required to reduce its contract water supply by more than anticipated during critical drought years in the future.

The following actions are recommended for the City to increase its available water supply and improve redundancies:
• Replace and relocate Pump House 1 to increase reliability and supply capacity to the Foothill WTP, also for additional deficiencies noted in Section ES-5.5. 0 5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
40,000
Current 2025 2030 2035 2040 UBO
Supply/Demand (Acre--feet )
Year
Annual Demand
Normal Year
Supply
Drought Year
Supply
Packet Pg. 1607 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-7
• Increase groundwater supply capacity by installing additional wells in the Enterprise Zone. Also, evaluate adding treatment to existing wells that cannot operate regularly because of issues with water quality, including Enterprise Wells 11 and 13. • Consider securing additional surface water supply.

ES-5.2 TREATMENT
Water treatment for the City water system includes two water treatment plant facilities, the Foothill WTP and Buckeye WTP, as well as some treatment at its Enterprise Wells.

An analysis of City’s daily water treatment production capacity compared to maximum day demands was performed through UBO. The analysis considered existing/current production capacity, as well as the increased production capacity assuming that the improvements recommended in the WMP are constructed within the recommended timeframes. A summary graph of the analysis is provided in Figure ES-4.

Figure ES-4 Max Day Demands and Treatment Capacity
The City’s current treatment capacity is adequate for projected max day demands through UBO with approximately 15 percent excess. For added redundancy and to account for future uncertainties, the City should continue with recommended improvements to replace Pump House 1 to increase capacity at the Foothill WTP, and to increase groundwater well capacity in the Enterprise Zone with additional wells or treatment, as previously noted. These improvements will increase the City’s production capacity to approximately 72 MGD, which should provide adequate capacity for the projected max day demands through UBO with roughly 38 percent excess.
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 Current 2025 2030 2035 2040 UBO
Demand/Capacity (MGD)
Year
Max Day
demand
Existing
Production
Capacity
Improved
Production
Capacity
Packet Pg. 1608 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-8
ES-5.2.1 Foothill Water Treatment Plant
The Foothill WTP provides the City’s largest and primary water supply during average and peak demands. It provides more than half of the City’s water supply during high water demand periods by treating water from the Sacramento River pumped from Pump House 1. The City’s Pump Station 2 (PS-02) is also located inside the Foothill WTP. PS-02 is the only regular source of water to the Hill 900 Zone, providing treated water from the Foothill WTP.

At the allowable filter surface loading rate, the Foothill WTP’s firm capacity is 36 MGD, but it is currently limited by the supply capacity from Pump House 1, which is 29 MGD. The Foothill WTP does not typically operate during winter months because of low water levels and elevated turbidity in the Sacramento River.

A detailed assessment of the Foothill WTP was not performed in the effort for this WMP. The 2011 Facilities Plan for the Foothill WTP, prepared in 2011 by Pace Engineering, provides the most recent comprehensive assessment for the treatment plant and it is outdated. Some known deficiencies and recommendations for the Foothill WTP are provided in Table ES-2 below.

However, the City should work with a consulting firm to update the Foothill WTP Facilities Plan to develop an up to date and detailed assessment of deficiencies and needed improvements.

Table ES-2 Foothill WTP Deficiencies and Recommendations # Deficiency Recommendation
1 There is no standby generator for emergency
backup and the main switchgear has reached
the end of its service life.

Install a standby generator and replace the
switchgear. Project is scheduled to start
construction in 2023.
2 The programmable logic controllers (PLC’s)
need to be replaced, and the Supervisory
Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system
is obsolete.

Install a new control building to house complete
replacements of the PLC’s and SCADA system.
3 There is currently no wash water recovery
system and solids from WTP operation are
discharged into the sewer.

Install wash water recovery system for improved
efficiency and water savings.
4 The current in-line treatment process during
higher water demands is not feasible if
turbidity in the Sacramento River is elevated
and there is no individual filter rate and flow
measurement and control.

Install flocculation basins to operate as a
conventional treatment plant.
5 PS-02 is near the end of its service life. Completely replace PS-02 in a new building.

ES-5.2.2 Buckeye Water Treatment Plant
The Buckeye WTP is a conventional filtration water treatment facility with a treatment capacity of up to 14 MGD. It treats water from Whiskeytown Lake, which is conveyed through the Spring Creek Tunnel then through a 48-inch and 36-inch raw water pipeline to the treatment plant. The Buckeye WTP typically provides more than half of the City’s water supply during winter months, and approximately 20 percent of the City’s total supply during the summer.

Packet Pg. 1609 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-9
A detailed evaluation inside the Buckeye WTP was not performed in the effort for this WMP.

The most recent comprehensive evaluation of the Buckeye WTP is included in the 2000 Water Master Plan and is outdated. The City should work with a consulting firm to update the Buckeye WTP Facilities Plan to determine current deficiencies and needed improvements. Without a current facilities plan, the most pressing deficiency that has been identified at the Buckeye WTP is its SCADA system. The SCADA system is obsolete and new replacement parts and equipment for it are no longer readily available. The City should replace and upgrade the SCADA system at the Buckeye WTP as soon as possible.

ES-5.2.3 Treatment at Groundwater Wells
Some treatment is required for the City’s Enterprise wells. At each Enterprise well head, chlorine gas, a chlorinator, and a chlorine injection system are used to provide disinfection residual to the system. In addition, Enterprise Well (EW) 6A, EW-07, EW-10, and EW-14 have injection of blended ortho/polyphosphate to reduce iron and manganese and improve taste and odor issues.

The City is also working towards construction of a wellhead treatment system at EW-12 to treat iron, manganese and arsenic and construction is expected to start in 2023. The Cascade wells do not currently require treatment or chlorine injection because water quality testing shows sufficient chlorine residual in the system resulting from blending. Table ES-3 provides identified deficiencies and recommended improvements associated with treatment at the City’s groundwater wells.

Table ES-3 Well Treatment Deficiencies and Recommendations # Deficiency Recommendation
1 There is some concern regarding chlorine gas
supply reliability, price stability, and a slightly
higher risk of accident with chlorine gas.

Continue to assess disinfection methods and
chemical costs and availability. Stay informed on
current disinfection technologies to minimize
operation and maintenance costs and risks.
2 Existing ortho/polyphosphate systems are labor
intensive to maintain. They also block access to
other facilities and equipment in the well
buildings.

Upgrade the ortho/polyphosphate systems at EW6A, EW-7, EW-10, and EW-14 and add ortho/polyphosphate at EW-9. Improve delivery
and storage methods, new self-priming pumps.

Locate systems in new separate buildings/sheds.
3 EW-11 and EW-13 exceed maximum allowable
contaminant level (MCL) for arsenic and are
inactive. During droughts and high usage, other
wells are also near the MCL for Arsenic. Future
State regulations for other metals, such as
manganese, or other contaminants could require
additional treatment at most Enterprise Wells.

Complete the water treatment system at EW-12,
then evaluate its operations and maintenance
costs to determine if use of similar treatment
systems would be practical at other wells, perhaps
in lieu of adding new wells in the future.
4 Groundwater supply/treatment capacity should
be improved for added redundancy.

Construct two new groundwater wells at the
southeast end of the Enterprise Zone, or install
wellhead treatment systems to allow EW-11 and
EW-13 to operate regularly, if determined that it is
more practical from the EW-12 evaluation.
5 The Cascade wells do not produce enough water
to justify costs to upgrade or maintain them.

Operate the Cascade Wells until their equipment
starts failing, then decommission the wells.

Packet Pg. 1610 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-10
There are currently some uncertainties that could have major impacts on improvements needed at the City’s Enterprise Wells, including the following:
• Potential regulatory changes from the State Water Board concerning manganese monitoring and recording limits could require additional treatment for operation of most or all of the City’s wells.
• Future well capacity and groundwater quality at potential well sites is unknown. • The City does not have any well head filtration/treatment systems completed yet, so actual operations, maintenance, and disposal costs for such a system have not been assessed yet.

The City should follow developments concerning revisions to the manganese limits closely and plan accordingly for its well operations and treatment. However, no actions from the State Water Board have been performed yet and the recommendations provided in the WMP assumed that regulatory requirements for manganese limits will not change in the foreseeable future.

The City should perform further investigation into potential future well sites to determine probable well capacity and water quality at the sites, and verify that new wells will be practical and feasible. The City should also evaluate operations and maintenance costs associated with the well head filtration/treatment system at EW-12 after it is completed to determine whether the addition of new wells or installation of treatment to existing wells, such as existing EW-11 or EW-13, will be most practical. Recommendations in the WMP assumed that installation of new groundwater wells will be more cost effective than the capital and operational costs associated with installation of well head treatment systems at existing wells.

ES-5.3 STORAGE
Evaluations of City’s existing storage, provided from its twelve existing storage reservoirs, and storage needs in each pressure zone through UBO were performed to identify deficiencies and recommend improvements. Storage capacity and requirements for each pressure zone were evaluated based on three categories/components of storage, including equalization storage, fire suppression storage, and emergency standby storage.

Equalization/operational storage balances fluctuations between water supplies and demands during daily operation. Fire suppression storage is needed to ensure that adequate water supply is available to provide fire flows in accordance with the California Fire Code (CFC) requirements.

Emergency standby storage is used to provide water supply during emergency conditions that disrupt the normal water system supply or system operations. Noted deficiencies and recommendations for the water storage in each pressure zone are summarized in Table ES-4.

The City has performed cleaning and inspection in each of its reservoirs on an approximately five-year interval recently. In the most recent cleaning and inspection effort performed in 2020 there were no significant deficiencies noted or repairs on the interior of the reservoirs/tanks, but the WMP does not include a detailed condition assessment of the reservoirs. Only an age analysis with an assumed reservoir service life of 75 years was performed for the WMP. The age analysis indicates that the Buckeye 0.2 million-gallon (MG) reservoir, which was recently Packet Pg. 1611 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-11
decommissioned, has exceeded its service life and should be replaced. Also, that the Hill 900 Reservoir 1 and Cascade Reservoir 1 are nearing the end of their service lives and should be replaced or rehabilitated before 2034 and 2035, respectively.

Table ES-4 Storage Deficiencies and Recommendations
Zone Deficiencies Recommendations
Buckeye • The Keswick Valve Station,
used to cycle the Buckeye 2
MG reservoir, causes a large
pressure drop in Buckeye
Zone and high flow velocities
through piping from the
reservoir.
• Analysis shows storage in the
Buckeye Zone will be
deficient by 2040 and an
additional 2.5 MG required
storage at ultimate buildout.
• Install a booster pump station and actuated
valves at the existing 2 MG reservoir to regularly
cycle water in the Buckeye 2 MG reservoir,
instead of the existing Keswick Valve Station.
• Replace the decommissioned 0.2 MG reservoir
with a new 2 MG reservoir. Re-evaluate UBO
storage requirements with regular WMP
updates.

Cascade • Storage is currently deficient
by 1.36 MG and will be

1.8 MG deficient by UBO.
• Replace the South Bonnyview Valve/Pump
Station, also add a booster pump at the existing
Railroad valve station to improve redundancies
from the Enterprise and Foothill zones,
decreasing emergency storage requirements.
• Replace existing 1 MG Cascade Reservoir and
add 2 MG storage near the Redding Ranchettes
Reservoir by 2035.

Enterprise
& Hilltop
Dana
• Analysis indicates that
storage is adequate through
UBO, but reservoirs need to
be recoated.
• Storage analysis should be updated in future
master planning efforts, or if significantly more
development than anticipated occurs.
• Recoat the reservoirs as soon as possible.

Foothill • None noted. • Storage analysis should be updated in future master planning efforts, or if significantly more
development than anticipated occurs.

Hill 900 • Storage is currently deficient. • Add an additional 2 MG near existing reservoirs and rehabilitate existing Hill 900 Reservoir 1
It is also recommended that the City implement a program for regular inspection and maintenance of reservoir coatings/linings, associated facilities, and the general condition of its reservoirs on a regular basis to maximize reservoir service lives.

ES-5.4 DISTRIBUTION PIPING
A general condition assessment of the City’s water services and mains was performed to assess recent performance and deficiencies, as well as provide a recommended replacement schedule for water mains. A hydraulic evaluation of the City’s water distribution was also performed to identify hydraulic deficiencies in water mains, assess improvement alternatives, and provide recommendations for improvements.

Packet Pg. 1612 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-12
ES-5.4.1 Water Service Condition Assessment
Water Utility service records from 2012 through 2022 were reviewed to assess the recent overall performance of the City’s water services. The records indicate an annual repair rate of less than two repairs per thousand service connections, which is acceptable per industry and State Water Resources Control Board standards.

The City’s existing copper water services are performing relatively well, but are somewhat expensive. The City could consider and assess the use of high-density polyethylene (HDPE) service lines as a standard in the future to reduce costs.

ES-5.4.2 Water Main Condition Assessment
An assessment of the inventory, age, and maintenance and repair activities associated with the City’s water mains was performed to evaluate the condition of the water distribution network, determine patterns in failures, and develop a general replacement program.

A review of City’s recent maintenance and repair activities for the various water main materials was performed to gauge the overall recent performance for each pipe material, also to determine whether general pipe conditions are growing worse or improving. It determined that the majority of water main breaks have occurred in steel, cast-iron, and unknown piping. The City’s asbestos cement, ductile iron, and PVC piping appear to still be performing relatively well. It also appears that the reliability of the City’s water main piping has improved slightly since the late 1990s and early 2000s.

Based on the City’s piping network inventory, approximately 43 percent of the City’s water main piping is older than 50 years or of unknown age. Piping of unknown age, with little information recorded for it, is likely relatively old. The typical life expectancy of water mains can depend on a wide variety of factors, including the pipe material, soil characteristics, quality of construction/installation, flow velocities, and other factors. Average life expectancies recommended by pipe manufacturers and commonly assumed by water suppliers generally ranges from 50 to 100 years. For planning purposes in this WMP, an average life expectancy of 75 years was assumed for the City’s water piping.

The following Figure ES-5 provides a bar graph for lengths of the City’s water mains that will expire yearly within time ranges through 2097, with the assumed pipe life expectancy of 75 years. The graph also provides recommended yearly replacement lengths to address the expiring water main piping.

Packet Pg. 1613 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-13
Figure ES-5 Expiring Water Mains and Replacement Schedule In recent years, the City has averaged approximately four miles of water main replacements per year. The pipe age analysis performed indicates that the City will need to replace significantly more piping annually in the coming years to avoid having water mains in service beyond the assumed average service life of 75 years. Increasing replacement lengths to approximately eleven miles per year by the year 2040 will be needed. The City should also conduct a detailed inventory and evaluation of the older steel and cast-iron mains, focusing on the larger mains (12- inch and larger) and those that are critical links in the distribution system. The result of this evaluation should be a prioritized pipe replacement program that is based on past repair records, as well as the pipe age, size, location, and consequences of failure.

ES-5.4.3 Hydraulic Evaluation
The City’s computer model of the water system was utilized to evaluate the general hydraulic performance of the water system piping in terms of flow velocity, head loss rates, and the system's ability to provide the necessary flows and pressures to meet average day and max day demands in current conditions and future planning horizons through UBO.

In general, conveyance improvements are recommended where the modeled flow velocities regularly exceed 6 feet per second (FPS) during max day demands, in order to reduce frictional head losses, maintain adequate pressures, and extend pipe lifespans. Conveyance improvements are identified with a project tag “CONV” followed by a unique project number for ranking and listing purposes in the Capital Improvement Plan. Table ES-5 summarizes the recommended conveyance improvement projects that were identified from the hydraulic evaluation through 2040.

Packet Pg. 1614 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-14
Table ES-5 Recommended Conveyance Improvement Projects
Project ID
Number Project Description
Construction
Year
CONV-01 Outlet from Hill 900 Reservoirs: Replace existing 12-inch with 2,400 linear feet (LF) of new 24-inch piping, realign from easements into streets. 2025 CONV-02
Foothill Blvd. Bottleneck Replacement: Upsize an approximately 60 ft long segment of 24-inch pipe near Foothill 4 MG reservoir to 36-inch pipe.
2025
CONV-03 Westside Road Bridge Over Canyon Hollow Creek: Replace existing 16- inch main with new 20-inch main during bridge replacement project. 2025 CONV-04
Ranchettes Area Second Supply Main: Install approximately 4,100 LF of new 12-inch piping for a second supply and redundancy to the Ranchettes Area, at the southwest end of the Cascade Zone. Install the Clear Creek crossing during Westside Wastewater Interceptor construction, while the creek is bypassed.
2026
CONV-05 Ranchettes Area Supply Main Rehabilitation/Replacement: Replace and/or rehabilitate 3,800 LF of aging 16-inch pipe to the Ranchettes area. 2028
CONV-06 Benton Drive Water Main: Replace approximately 1,000 LF of 12-inch main in Benton Dr, west of Pump House 4, with new 16-inch. 2028 CONV-07 West Street and Court Street: Install 950 LF of parallel 12-inch mains. 2029 CONV-08
Twin View Blvd. Main: Install 6,000 LF 16-inch pipe in Twin View Blvd. to Oasis Rd for proposed future development, including section of jack and bore from Caterpillar Rd. under I-5 to Twin View Blvd.
2029
CONV-09 Stillwater Business Park loop: Install 11,300 LF of 16-inch main in proposed Venture Parkway extension. 2030
CONV-10 Eureka Way Crossing: Replace 100 LF of undersized 8-inch main in Eureka Way at Buenaventura Blvd. with new 12-inch. By 2040
CONV-11 Foothill Blvd. Water Main: Replace 1,200 LF of undersized 12-inch main in Foothill Blvd., west of the Foothill WTP, with new 18-inch pipe. By 2040 CONV-12 Manzanita Hills Transmission Main: Replace 1,400 LF of existing 30-inch transmission main in Manzanita Hills Ave. with 36-inch or larger pipe.

By 2040
CONV-13 Railroad Ave. Water Main: Replace 3,900 LF of 16-inch main in Railroad Ave., south of the Railroad Valve Station, with new 20-inch main. By 2040 An evaluation of the distribution system under projected max day demands at UBO was performed and no major deficiencies in the distribution system pipe network were observed, assuming the conveyance improvements noted in the above table are performed. Some additional conveyance improvement projects will likely be required to maintain flow velocities below 6 FPS at UBO demands, but the UBO demands and the locations and extents of future development that will occur were deemed too speculative and uncertain at this time to warrant performing extensive effort identifying specific projects or infrastructure improvements for UBO conditions.

Approximate locations of the recommended conveyance projects through the 2040 planning horizon are shown, in red, in the following Figure ES-6.

Packet Pg. 1615 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-15
Figure ES-6 Recommended Conveyance Projects Map
Packet Pg. 1616 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-16
ES-5.5 PUMP STATIONS
Facility evaluations for each of the City’s existing pump stations were performed by the City’s engineering and operations staff to identify deficiencies and needs. A hydraulic evaluation for the pump stations was also performed for current and future planning horizon demands.

Deficiencies and recommendations for the existing pump stations are summarized in Table ES-6.

Table ES-6 Existing Pump Station Deficiencies and Recommendations Station Deficiencies Recommendations
Pump
House 1
(PS-01)
• Intake located in a shallow area of the
Sacramento River, limiting capacity.
• Existing intake and screens depart from
standard design criteria and may not
meet long term regulations.
• Existing capacity of 28.9 MGD limits
Foothill WTP capacity.
• Per General Plan seismic hazard map,
station in high seismic liquefaction area.

Completely replace Pump House 1 and
relocate to approximately 1,600 ft upriver, in
a deeper location on the Sacramento River.

The new pump station should have a firm
capacity of 42 MGD to not limit Foothill WTP
production.

Pump
Station 2
(PS-02)
• Pump station building, electrical
facilities, and suction and discharge
piping are old and should be replaced.
• Completely replace the pump station.

Relocate, if needed, for operation of the
existing station during construction.

Pump
Station 3
(PS-03)
• Existing firm capacity of 3 MGD is
deficient to serve Buckeye Zone with
Buckeye WTP out of service.
• SCADA signal is deficient.
• Poor site security and access.
• Replace pumps, motors, and electrical
facilities for firm capacity of at least

5.25 MGD.
• Install SCADA tower.
• Install security gate and site paving.

Pump
Station 4
(PS-04)
• Existing firm capacity of 2 MGD is
deficient to serve Buckeye Zone with
Buckeye WTP out of service.
• SCADA signal is deficient.
• Poor site security and access.
• Install fourth Pump for firm capacity of 3
MGD. Relocate PRV outside of building.
• Install SCADA tower.
• Install fencing and site paving.

Pump
Station 5
(PS-05)
• No significant deficiencies noted. • No capital improvement projects recommended at this time.

Goodwater
(PS-06)
• No significant deficiencies noted. • No capital improvement projects recommended at this time.

Mary Lake
(PS-08)
• No significant deficiencies noted. • No capital improvement projects recommended at this time.

El Reno
(PS-08)
• Capacity is deficient.
• Building is old and undersized.
• Electrical facilities do not meet code.
• No SCADA signal available in area.
• Demolish pump station and install a
replacement pump off Linden Ave., for
improved supply piping and SCADA
signal.

Mercy
Hospital
(PS-09)
• Station is generally in poor condition
• Stairs to station make access difficult
• Site security is poor
• Demolish pump station and install a
replacement station off Linden Ave., for
improved access.

Cypress
(PS-10)
• Temporary station in place until
permanent station is completed. Project
is in the design phase.
• Complete design and construction for
permanent pump station to pump up to
12 MGD in both directions.

Packet Pg. 1617 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-17
In addition to improvements to existing pump stations noted above, new pumps/pump stations are recommended at three locations, including the following:

1. Booster Pump Station at the Buckeye 2 MG Reservoir (RS-07): A booster pump station is recommended near the existing Buckeye 2 MG reservoir to avoid the large pressure drop in the Buckeye Zone and high flow velocities from the reservoir that currently occurs when the Keswick Valve Station valves close.

2. Booster Pump at the Railroad Avenue Valve Station (FS-03): To facilitate transfer of more water from the Foothill Zone to the Cascade Zone and to provide redundancy for the South Bonnyview Pump Station, the addition of a booster pump inside the existing Railroad Valve Station building is recommended.

3. Linden Avenue Pump Station: A new pump station off of Linden Avenue is recommended to provide a backup supply to the Hill 900 Zone for an emergency event where Pump Station 2 is out of operation, and to replace the aging El Reno and Mercy Hospital pump stations with a single new pump station.

ES-5.6 VALVE STATIONS
Evaluations of the City’s major flow control and pressure reducing valve stations were performed by City Engineering and Water Utility staff to identify deficiencies and needs. Table ES-7 summarizes identified deficiencies and recommended improvements for the valve stations.

Table ES-7 Existing Valve Stations Deficiencies and Recommendations Station Deficiencies Recommendations
Keswick
Valve
(FS-01)
• Connections and hoses for pumping
reverse direction (to Buckeye WTP) are
not rated for adequate pressure
• Operation causes large changes in
pressures and high flow velocities
throughout Buckeye Zone
• City staff should replace connections and
hoses for higher pressure rating to pump in
reverse direction to Buckeye WTP
• Proposed booster pump station at Buckeye
2 MG reservoir should address issues with
pressure changes and flow velocities
Cypress
Valve
(FS-02)
• Existing valve station will be replaced with
the Cypress Pump Station, currently in the
design phase
• Complete the design and construction for
permanent pump station to pump up to
12 MGD in both directions
Railroad
Valve
(FS-03&15
• No major deficiencies noted, except a
pump should be added to increase flows
from Foothill Zone to Cascade Zone
• Add booster pump, as previously noted
South
Bonnyview
(FS-04)
• Located in vault at side of busy street and
maintenance requires confined space
entry and a lane closure
• Single pump with no standby/backup
• Completely replace station and locate in a
new building further off the street
• Include standby pump in new station
Palisades
No. 1
(FS-13)
• Unauthorized people inside fencing
• Sun/weather decreasing service life
• Vehicle access should be improved
• Install more secure fencing
• Add building or shade structure
• Replace vertical curbs with rolled curbs
Palisades
No. 2
(FS-14)
• Flow meter is old and likely inaccurate
• Hatch is heavy and does not lock open
• Station not connected to SCADA
• Replace flow meter with mag meter
• Replace access hatch
• Add electrical service and SCADA
Packet Pg. 1618 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-18
ES-5.8 FIRE SUPPRESSION
An analysis of the water system for fire suppression was performed by utilizing the computer hydraulic model and assessing the largest fire flow requirements within each pressure zone. The analysis included fire flows peak hour demands during current conditions, as well as peak hour demands during planning horizon years 2030 and 2040.

The analysis for current fire suppression requirements determined that the City’s water system has adequate capacity to provide fire flows to meet the requirements for the buildings that currently have the largest fire flow demands in each pressure zone, except in the Buckeye Zone, which is located on Caterpillar Road. The Lake Boulevard Transmission Water Main project, which is currently in construction, will significantly increase fire flow available to Caterpillar Road. It is also recommended that the City Water Utility disconnect the existing fire hydrant nearest 4361 Caterpillar Road from the 8-inch water main and connect it to the parallel and adjacent 12-inch water main in Caterpillar Road to further increase the available fire flow well above the requirements.

The analysis performed for future fire flow demands in the 2030 and 2040 planning horizons assumed fire flow requirements from the existing buildings that currently have the largest fire flow requirements in each pressure zone. The analysis also assumed that improvement projects recommended in the WMP will be completed within the recommended timeframes (i.e. conveyance, storage, and pump station projects will be completed when recommended). Current hydraulic modeling indicates that fire flows to the largest demand buildings will be sufficient through 2040, but detailed evaluations will be required for fire flows associated with specific future developments.

ES-6 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Evaluation of the City of Redding water system found that numerous improvements will be required over the next ten years to replace aging pipes and facilities, improve water system operations, and increase storage and capacity.

Capital improvement projects were identified, planning level cost estimates for the identified projects were prepared, and the projects were ranked and prioritized to develop a capital improvement plan for the water system through the year 2032. The Capital Improvement Plan project listing is limited to projects recommended through the year 2032. Attempting to refine or delineate specific projects beyond 2032 was not performed, given the level of uncertainty regarding growth, potential water usage restrictions/reductions, and potential regulatory requirements. However, the City should plan and budget for increasing its annual program for replacing aging water mains to approximately eleven miles per year by the year 2040, as detailed in ES5.4.2.

The following Table ES-8 summarizes the recommended capital improvement projects, project prioritization and recommended years to start construction, and estimated project and annual costs from the developed Capital Improvement Plan. All costs provided are in 2023 dollars.

Packet Pg. 1619 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Executive Summary
ES-19
Table ES-8 Capital Improvement Plan Summary
Year
Construction
Facility/
Project ID Identified Projects
Estimated
Cost
2023 PPR-2023 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 22,000 LF. $10,118,000 Total: $10,118,000
2024 PPR-2024 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 22,000 LF. $10,118,000 BWTP-01 Buckeye WTP SCADA Upgrades. $1,000,000
EW-01 Enterprise Wells 6, 7, 9, 10, and 14 Ortho/
polyphosphate system upgrades.
$600,000
Total: $11,718,000
2025 PPR-2025 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 25,000 LF. $11,497,200 CONV-01 Outlet pipe from Hill 900 Reservoirs to Placer St. $1,730,000 CONV-02 Foothill Blvd. bottleneck upsize. $270,000
RS-07-01 New pump station at Buckeye 2 MG Reservoir. $1,440,000 CONV-03 Westside Rd Bridge over Canyon Hollow Creek. $290,000 EW-24 New well southeast end of Enterprise zone and 18-inch piping to connect to water system.
$7,350,000
FWTP-01 Foothill WTP Control Building. $4,780,000
Total: $27,357,200
2026 PPR-2026 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 30,000 LF. $13,796,640 CONV-04 Ranchettes area second supply 12-inch main. $1,500,000 PS-01 Pump House 1 Replacement. $39,000,000
Total: $54,296,640
2027 PPR-2027 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 30,000LF. $13,796,640 PS-04 Pump Station 4 upgrades for capacity and access. $400,000 PS-03 Pump Station 2 upgrades for capacity and access. $1,400,000 RS-02 Hill 900 Reservoirs. Add third 2 MG reservoir and rehabilitate Reservoir 1.
$5,970,000
FS-03 Railroad Valve Station booster pump. $490,000
FWTP-02 Foothill WTP upgrade. Install floc basins, wash water recovery, and replace Pump Station 2.
$16,160,000
Total: $38,216,640
Packet Pg. 1620 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Executive Summary Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ES-20
Year
Construction
Facility/
Project ID Identified Projects
Estimated
Cost
2028 PPR-2028 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 35,000LF. $16,096,080 FS-04 South Bonnyview Valve/ Pump Station replacement. $1,290,000 CONV-05 Ranchettes area supply main rehab/replacement. $1,390,000 CONV-06 Benton Dr water main. $440,000
EW-02 Enterprise Wells 3A, 6, 7, 8, and 10 roof replacement. $1,250,000 PS-11 Replace El Reno and Mercy Pump Stations w/ single new station on Linden Ave.
$2,220,000
Total: $22,686,080
2029 PPR-2029 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 40,000LF. $18,395,520 RS-07-02 Install second Buckeye 2 MG reservoir near existing. $4,680,000 CONV-07 West St and Court Street water mains. $670,000
CONV-08 Twin View Blvd. water main to Oasis Rd. $3,130,000 Total: $26,875,520
2030 PPR-2030 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 44,000LF. $20,235,072 CONV-09 Stillwater Business Park water main completion. $4,240,000 EW-25 New Enterprise well near Fig Tree Ln. $4,320,000
Total: $28,795,072
2031 PPR-2031 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 48,000LF. $22,074,624 FS-13 Palisades PRV #1 upgrades for access and security. $260,000 FS-14 Palisades PRV #2 upgrades. $70,000
Total: $22,404,624
2032 PPR-2032 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 50,000LF. $22,994,400 Total: $22,994,400
The City’s water system is generally in acceptable condition. Nevertheless, various improvements and significant funds will be required, as demonstrated in the CIP, to address noted deficiencies, replace aging facilities, and ensure that the City can continue to meet water demands for the foreseeable future with redundancies in place for emergencies and equipment failures. Furthermore, to mitigate uncertainties regarding future development, potential water usage restrictions or reductions, and potential future regulatory requirements, it is recommended that the WMP and CIP be updated on relatively frequent intervals.

Packet Pg. 1621 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Table of Contents
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page

1. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1-1 Background ....................................................................................................... 1-1 Goals and Objectives......................................................................................... 1-1

2. Water System Facilities and Operations................................................................ 2-1 Water Service Area Pressure Zones.................................................................. 2-1 Surface Water Treatment Facilities................................................................... 2-5 Groundwater Supply and Facilities................................................................... 2-6 Conveyance and Distribution Piping................................................................. 2-7 Pump Stations.................................................................................................... 2-9 Storage Reservoirs........................................................................................... 2-14 Flow Control and Pressure Reducing Valve Stations ..................................... 2-16 Inter-Agency Connections............................................................................... 2-17

3. Water System Demands .......................................................................................... 3-1 Current Water Demands and Recent Growth.................................................... 3-1 Fire Service Demands ....................................................................................... 3-8 Future Water Demands...................................................................................... 3-9 Water Demands Through 2040 ......................................................................... 3-9 Water Demands at Ultimate Buildout ............................................................. 3-10

4. Water Supplies......................................................................................................... 4-1 Surface Water Supply........................................................................................ 4-1 Groundwater Supply ......................................................................................... 4-3 Emergency Supply Connections ....................................................................... 4-5 Pressure Zone Supply Sources and Costs ......................................................... 4-5

5. Water System Evaluation........................................................................................ 5-1 Water Supply..................................................................................................... 5-1 Treatment .......................................................................................................... 5-5 Potential Water Treatment Regulations .......................................................... 5-11 Storage............................................................................................................. 5-12 Distribution Piping.......................................................................................... 5-25 Pump Stations.................................................................................................. 5-43 Packet Pg. 1622 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Table of Contents Water Utility Master Plan 2023
ii
Flow Control and Pressure Reducing Valve Stations ..................................... 5-51 Fire Suppression.............................................................................................. 5-53 Current Fire Suppression................................................................................. 5-53

6. Capital Improvement Plan...................................................................................... 6-1 Cost Estimates................................................................................................... 6-1 Project Ranking and Priority............................................................................. 6-1 Capital Improvement Projects........................................................................... 6-3 Project Summary............................................................................................... 6-7

APPENDICES
Appendix A Capital Improvement Project Cost Estimates
Appendix B Water System Facility Evaluations
Appendix C Demand Forecasting Tables and Calculations
Appendix D Hydraulic Modeling Background and Information TABLES
Title Page
Table 2-1 Pressure Zone Statistics................................................................................... 2-3 Table 2-2 Groundwater Well Data................................................................................... 2-6 Table 2-3 Water System Piping Inventory....................................................................... 2-8 Table 2-4 Pump Station Information ............................................................................... 2-9 Table 2-5 Storage Reservoir Information ...................................................................... 2-14 Table 2-6 Flow Control and Pressure Reducing Valve Stations.................................... 2-17 Table 2-7 Inter-Agency Connections............................................................................. 2-18 Table 3-1 Water Service Area Population and Demand Growth..................................... 3-2 Table 3-2 Historical Service Connections and Growth by Usage Type .......................... 3-2 Table 3-3 Historical Water Deliveries by Usage Type.................................................... 3-3 Table 3-4 Average Daily Water Deliveries Per Connection Type .................................. 3-3 Table 3-5 Pressure Zone Service Connections and Growth ............................................ 3-4 Table 3-6 Historical Demands and Seasonal Peaking Factors......................................... 3-5 Table 3-7 Pressure Zone Demands and Seasonal Peaking Factors.................................. 3-6 Table 3-8 Pressure Zone Peak-Hour Demand Factors..................................................... 3-8 Table 3-9 Pressure Zone Water Demands (MGD) Through 2040................................. 3-10 Packet Pg. 1623 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Table of Contents
iii
Table 3-10 Additional Land Use and Water Demands at Ultimate Buildout................ 3-11 Table 3-11 Ultimate Buildout Water Demands............................................................. 3-11 Table 4-1 Buckeye Contract Supply Costs...................................................................... 4-3 Table 4-2 Average Monthly Supply Volumes and Percent of Total Supply ................... 4-5 Table 4-3 Pressure Zone Supply Costs............................................................................ 4-6 Table 5-1 Annual Water Supply vs. Demand .................................................................. 5-2 Table 5-2 Existing Treatment Capacity vs. Max Day Demands ..................................... 5-9 Table 5-3 Improved Treatment Capacity vs. Max Day Demands................................. 5-10 Table 5-4 Existing Reservoir Ages and Expected Service Lives .................................. 5-13 Table 5-5 Buckeye Zone Equalization Storage Required.............................................. 5-15 Table 5-6 Cascade Zone Equalization Storage Required .............................................. 5-16 Table 5-7 Enterprise & Hilltop/Dana Zones Equalization Storage Required................ 5-17 Table 5-8 Foothill Zone Equalization Storage Required ............................................... 5-18 Table 5-9 Hill 900 Zone Equalization Storage Required............................................... 5-18 Table 5-10 Fire Suppression Storage Required ............................................................. 5-19 Table 5-11 Emergency Storage Requirements .............................................................. 5-20 Table 5-12 Pressure Zone Storage Requirements.......................................................... 5-22 Table 5-13 Pipe Lengths by Material and Age .............................................................. 5-27 Table 5-14 Fire Flow Evaluation During Current Peak Hour Demands ....................... 5-54 Table 5-15 Fire Flow Evaluation During Future Peak Hour Demands......................... 5-55 Table 6-1 Project Ranking Categories............................................................................. 6-2 Table 6-2 Project Ranking Category Weights and Scoring ............................................. 6-2 Table 6-3 Treatment Plant Improvement Projects........................................................... 6-3 Table 6-4 Enterprise Wells Improvement Projects.......................................................... 6-4 Table 6-5 Storage Improvement Projects ........................................................................ 6-4 Table 6-6 Programmatic Pipeline Replacement Costs..................................................... 6-5 Table 6-7 Pipeline Conveyance Improvement Projects................................................... 6-6 Table 6-8 Pump Station and Valve Station Improvements.............................................. 6-7 Table 6-9 Capital Improvement Plan Summary .............................................................. 6-9

FIGURES
Title Page
Figure 2-1 City of Redding Water Service Area Map ..................................................... 2-2 Packet Pg. 1624 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Table of Contents Water Utility Master Plan 2023
iv
Figure 2-2 Raw Water Pipelines from PS-01 to Foothill WTP ..................................... 2-10 Figure 2-3 Water System Schematic Profile of Main Facilities.................................... 2-19 Figure 3-1 Calculated Diurnal Patterns............................................................................ 3-7 Figure 5-1 Foothill WTP Aerial Photograph ................................................................... 5-6 Figure 5-2 Buckeye WTP Schematic Flow Diagram ...................................................... 5-8 Figure 5-3 Map of Water Service Breaks...................................................................... 5-26 Figure 5-4 Water Main Breaks by Pipe Material, 2012 through 2022 .......................... 5-28 Figure 5-5 Water Main Breaks Per Mile and Pipe Material, 2012 through 2022.......... 5-28 Figure 5-6 Map of Water Main Breaks, 2012 through 2022 ......................................... 5-29 Figure 5-7 Water Main and Service Breaks Per Year.................................................... 5-30 Figure 5-8 Expiring Water Mains and Replacement Schedule...................................... 5-31 Figure 5-9 CONV-01 Project Map ................................................................................ 5-33 Figure 5-10 CONV-02 Project Map .............................................................................. 5-33 Figure 5-11 CONV-03 Project Map .............................................................................. 5-34 Figure 5-12 CONV-04 Project Map .............................................................................. 5-35 Figure 5-13 CONV-05 Project Map .............................................................................. 5-36 Figure 5-14 CONV-06 Project Map .............................................................................. 5-37 Figure 5-15 CONV-07 Project Map .............................................................................. 5-37 Figure 5-16 CONV-08 Project Map .............................................................................. 5-38 Figure 5-17 CONV-09 Project Map .............................................................................. 5-39 Figure 5-18 CONV-10 Project Map .............................................................................. 5-40 Figure 5-19 CONV-11 Project Map .............................................................................. 5-41 Figure 5-20 CONV-12 Project Map .............................................................................. 5-41 Figure 5-21 CONV-13 Project Map .............................................................................. 5-42 Figure 5-22 Pump House 1 Proposed Replacement ...................................................... 5-44 Figure 5-23 Pump Station 4 Recommended Improvements.......................................... 5-45 Figure 5-24 Mercy Hospital Pump Station Photo.......................................................... 5-47 Figure 5-25 South Bonnyview Pump Station Concept.................................................. 5-48 Figure 5-26 Railroad Valve Station Pump Concept ...................................................... 5-49 Figure 5-27 Linden Avenue Pump Station Location Map............................................. 5-50 Figure 5-28 Palisades No. 1 Site Photo ......................................................................... 5-52 Figure 5-29 Palisades No. 2 Valve Station Photo.......................................................... 5-53 Packet Pg. 1625 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Acronyms and Abbreviation v
ACRONYMS and ABBREVIATIONS
AC Asbestos Cement
ACID Anderson Cottonwood Irrigation District
ADD Average Day Demand
AF Acre-Foot
AFY Acre-Feet per Year
Alt. Alternative
Approx. Approximately
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
Avg. Average
AWWA American Water Works Association
Blvd Boulevard
CCC Concrete Coated Cylinder
CF Cubic Feet
CFC California Fire Code
CI Cast Iron
CII Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional
CIP Capital Improvements Plan
CO Copper
Comm. Commercial
CVP Central Valley Project
CVPIA Central Valley Project Improvement Act
CWSRF Clean Water State Revolving Fund
DDW California Division of Drinking Water
Dia Diameter
DIP Ductile Iron Pipe
Dr. Drive
DRGHT Drought
Ea Each
FPS Feet per Second
Ft Feet
GIS Geographic Information System
GPD Gallons per Day
GPM Gallons per Minute
GSP Groundwater Sustainability Plan
HDPE High Density Polyethylene
HP Horsepower
Hr Hour
HWY Highway
ID Inside Diameter
Ind Industrial
LF Linear foot/feet
M&I Municipal and Industrial
MCL Maximum Contaminant Level
Packet Pg. 1626 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Acronyms and Abbreviations Water Utility Master Plan 2023 vi
ACRONYMS and ABBREVIATIONS (Continued)
MCLG Maximum Contaminant Level Goal
MDD Maximum Day Demand
MF Multi family
MG Million Gallons
MGD Million Gallons per Day
N/A Not Available
NL Notification Level
No. Number
O&M Operations and Maintenance
OEHHA Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment
PG&E Pacific Gas and Electric
PLC Programmable Logic Controller
PPB Parts per Billion
ppc Persons per Connection
pph Persons per Household
PRSV Pressure Reducing and Sustaining Valve
PRV Pressure Reducing Valve
PS Pump Station
PSI Pounds per Square Inch
PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
Rd. Road
REU Redding Electric Utility
RL Response Level
RR Railroad
RW Raw Water
SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
SFR Single Family Residential
SMCL Secondary Maximum Contaminant Level
STL Steel
TDH Total Dynamic Head
Temp. Temporary
UBO Ultimate Build-Out
ug/l Micrograms per Liter
Unk Unknown
USBR U.S. Bureau of Reclamation
UWMP Urban Water Management Plan
VFD Variable Frequency Drive
WAPA Western Area Power Administration
WMP Water Master Plan
WSA Water Service Area
WSCP Water Shortage Contingency Plan
WSL Water Surface Level
WTP Water Treatment Plant
WWTP Wastewater Treatment Plant
Packet Pg. 1627 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Introduction
1-1

1. INTRODUCTION
The City of Redding (City) is located at the northwest end of Northern California’s Central Valley, approximately 160 miles north of Sacramento and 100 miles south of the Oregon border.

It has a population of just over 95,000, a land area of approximately 60 square miles, and is one of three City’s located in Shasta County. The City’s water service area (WSA) provides water to the majority of residents and businesses within the City, and the Water Utility Division (Utility) is responsible for developing, managing, and maintaining its water system to ensure reliability for its customers within the WSA.

This Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (WMP) provides a comprehensive evaluation of the City’s water system to assist and guide the Utility with decision making, planning, and budgeting for the management and development of its water infrastructure for the foreseeable future. It provides a program for improvements needed to meet anticipated water demands, provide redundancy, replace aging facilities, and address operations and maintenance needs. It also includes a Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) through the year 2032 to assist the Utility with planning and budgeting for necessary improvements. However, this WMP is a planning level document and, as such, has inherent uncertainties and is not suitable for final design purposes. A detailed design process will be required for the projects and improvements recommended in this WMP to further develop and refine the planning level recommendations provided herein.

BACKGROUND
This WMP was prepared by the City of Redding Public Works Engineering Division, with assistance from the Utility. It is an update to the City’s previous water master plans, including the City of Redding Water Utility Master Plan 2012, and the most recent City of Redding Water Utility Master Plan 2016 Update, both of which were also prepared by the City of Redding Engineering Division. These previous plans were updates to the prior Water Master Plan 2000.

As part of the effort for the Water Master Plan 2000, a hydraulic model of the City’s water distribution system was developed and calibrated to simulate the operation of the water system with computer modeling software. Since the development of the hydraulic model, the City has continuously maintained and updated it by incorporating water system improvements from new development and public projects, verifying and updating water facility attributes and information, and upgrading and updating computer modeling software. In preparation for this WMP, the hydraulic model of the water system was updated for recent capital improvements to the water system and calibrated with historical data from the water system. It was also updated and utilized to model scenarios with expected demands for future conditions. Further description of the hydraulic modeling history, methods, scenarios and software are provided in Appendix D.

GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
The goal of this WMP is to provide a long-term plan to guide the City’s decision making concerning the development and management of its water system infrastructure. Some of the key tasks performed by the City’s Engineering Division and Utility staff during the preparation of this WMP to accomplish the goal include the following:

Packet Pg. 1628 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Introduction Water Utility Master Plan
1-2
• Data collection and review of the existing water system facilities and operations; • Assessment of current and future water demands and supplies in the City’s water service area and pressure zones;
• Update and calibration of the computer-based hydraulic model of the water system; • Evaluation of the City water system and its ability to consistently distribute water to meet current and expected future demands throughout the WSA, with adequate redundancies; • Identification of deficiencies in the water system and improvement projects needed; • Development of a capital improvement plan with prioritized projects and preliminary cost estimates for the projects determined necessary.

For preparation of this WMP, facility and operations information were collected and reviewed for all major components of the City’s water system. This includes water supplies, water treatment plants, groundwater wells, storage reservoirs, distribution piping, pump stations, and valve stations. The City’s Geographic Information System (GIS) data for the water system, along with the City’s historical data and recorded data trends for pump operation, flow meter readings, reservoir levels, and other records were reviewed and evaluated.

Historical water production, distribution, and demand data were collected and reviewed to determine current demands and patterns within each pressure zone. These current demands, along with growth projections and planned land use in the WSA, were then used to estimate future water demands in each pressure zone for future planning horizons in the years 2025, 2030, 2035, 2040, and ultimate buildout (UBO).

The computer-based hydraulic model for the City’s water system was updated and calibrated for current conditions, based on the facilities, operations, and demand evaluations performed. The model was also updated for future planning horizons. It was used to assess multiple scenarios with and without various improvement alternatives through the future planning horizons.

An evaluation of the City’s water supplies, treatment, storage, pipe network, pump stations, valve stations, and the water system as a whole was performed to assess ability to reliably supply water to meet current and expected future water demands in various scenarios, with adequate redundancies in place for emergencies or equipment failures. Field investigations and condition assessments were also performed to assess facility physical condition, operability, and life expectancy for the City’s water facilities.

The hydraulic modeling and evaluations of the City’s water system and its various components were used to identify deficiencies and develop alternatives to increase capacity and meet projected water demands, and to provide system redundancy for potential emergency scenarios.

A CIP through the year 2032 was developed to provide recommendations for specific capital improvements needed to address the identified deficiencies, including project costs, priority ranking, and year of construction. Anticipated long-term pipeline and reservoir replacement schedules were also developed to assist with planning efforts necessary to support their construction. It is anticipated that a cost of service and rate study will be performed by an independent team based on the results of this WMP.

Packet Pg. 1629 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Facilities and Operations 2-1

2. WATER SYSTEM FACILITIES AND OPERATIONS
The City of Redding's existing water system includes two water treatment plants (WTP’s) with Sacramento River and Whiskeytown Lake surface water resources for supply, seventeen groundwater wells, twelve storage reservoirs, eleven pump stations, and approximately 2.98 million feet (565 miles) of conveyance and distribution pipelines. The City's water system is licensed with the California Department of Public Health under System Number #4510005.

The City’s WSA is divided into six primary pressure zones and its boundary does not match the City's corporate boundary exactly. Some parts of the City are served by neighboring water systems, such as the Bella Vista Water District and Centerville Community Services District.

Also, the City’s WSA includes areas located outside the city limits in the Buckeye area. The City's water system currently has approximately 30,400 service connections and a WSA population of nearly 90,000 people, based on utility records projections from the City’s 2020 Urban Water management plan. The WSA and overall water system have grown steadily since the City's original water system incorporated with the old California Water Service Company system in 1941. The incorporation was followed by annexations of several special water districts, with major annexations including the Buckeye County Water System in 1967 and the Cascade and Enterprise special districts in 1977.

The City owns and operates two water treatment plants, including the Foothill WTP and Buckeye WTP, as well as two groups of groundwater wells. The groundwater wells include twelve Enterprise wells, which supply most of the City's groundwater, and five Cascade wells, which are a relatively minor supply.

A map of the City’s water service area, pressure zones, and key water facilities is provided in Figure 2-1, and Figure 2-3 at the end of this section provides a schematic profile of the main water system facilities. An interactive map viewer of the City’s water system is also available online at: https://gispub.cityofredding.org/reddingmap. With the layer for the water system turned on, the interactive mapping provides approximate locations and information for the City’s water main pipelines, treatment plants, reservoirs, pump stations, and pressure zone boundaries.

WATER SERVICE AREA PRESSURE ZONES
The City of Redding WSA is divided into six primary pressure zones for supply and distribution operations, including the following
• Buckeye Zone
• Cascade Zone
• Enterprise Zone
• Foothill Zone
• Hill 900 Zone
• Hilltop Dana Zone
General statistics, from 2021 data, for each pressure zone are provided in Table 2-1.

Packet Pg. 1630 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Facilities and Operations Water Utility Master Plan 2023 2-2
Figure 2-1 City of Redding Water Service Area Map
Packet Pg. 1631 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Facilities and Operations 2-3
Table 2-1 Pressure Zone Statistics
Pressure Zone
Area
(Acres) Primary Water Source(s)
Storage
(MG)
No. Service
Connections
Buckeye 9,828 Buckeye WTP 6.2 5,329
Cascade 5,009 South Bonnyview Valve Station,
Railroad Valve Station 3.0 3,528
Enterprise 9,553 Enterprise Wells and Cypress Valve
Station 9.5 9,151
Foothill 3,372 Foothill WTP 10.0 4,452
Hill 900 3,579 Foothill WTP via Pump Station 2 4.0 4,852 Hilltop Dana 2,148 Pump Station 5 and Palisades PRV’s 0.0 3,064 System Total: 33,489 32.7 30,376
Buckeye Zone
The Buckeye Zone is located at the northwest side of the City. Its primary supply is the Buckeye WTP via a 30-inch transmission main and the Keswick Valve Station (FS-01). The City’s Pump Station 3 (PS-03) and Pump Station 4 (PS-04) can also be used to supply the Buckeye Zone with water from the Foothill WTP through the Foothill Zone, when needed. Water from the Buckeye Zone is regularly conveyed to the Hilltop Dana Zone through the Palisades pressure reducing valve (PRV) stations (FS-13 and FS-14). Water can also be conveyed from the Buckeye Zone into the Foothill Zone through PRV bypasses at both PS-03 and PS-04, as needed.

The U.S. Bureau of Reclamation (USBR) contract water serving the Buckeye WTP also serves a small pressure sub-zone, located generally along Walker Mine Road west of Lake Blvd, called the Summit City Pressure Zone. Water serving the Summit City Pressure Zone is purchased by the City as part of the Buckeye Contract with USBR, but it is treated and delivered to customers by the City of Shasta Lake under a Water Delivery Agreement with the City of Redding. Water serving the Summit City Pressure Zone originates at Shasta Dam and is transferred by way of the 6-inch Toyon main pipeline. Water delivery to the zone by City of Shasta Lake is tracked by a 4-inch compound meter located at 12984 Beltline Road. For the purpose of this Master Plan, the Summit City Pressure Zone is treated as a subzone of the Buckeye Zone, since they share Buckeye Contract water and also an intertie connection.

Cascade Zone
The Cascade Zone is located at the southwest side of the City. Its water supply typically comes from the Foothill Zone via the Railroad Avenue Valve Station, and from the Enterprise well field via the South Bonnyview Valve Station and pump station (FS-04). A small portion of the supply in the southern portion of the zone is also provided from the Cascade Wells. During low demands, most of the water supply comes from the Foothill Zone. During high demands, flow from both Foothill and Enterprise Zones is required and the South Bonnyview pump must operate to meet peak demands. The Cascade Zone makes no regular transfers of water to other Packet Pg. 1632 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Facilities and Operations Water Utility Master Plan 2023 2-4
zones, but the El Reno Booster Pump can provide transfers from Cascade Zone to the Hill 900 Zone in an emergency.

Enterprise Zone
The Enterprise Zone is supplied water from both the Foothill WTP through the Cypress Valve Station (FS-02) and the Enterprise Wells. During low demand periods, most of its supply comes from the Foothill Zone because of lower net supply costs. During average to high water demands, the Enterprise Zone uses water from both the Foothill WTP supply and the Enterprise Wells. Water is conveyed from the Enterprise Zone into the Cascade Zone through the South Bonnyview Valve/Pump Station, and into the Hilltop Dana Zone via Pump Station 5 (PS-05).

The Goodwater Pump Station (PS-06) can also provide transfers from the Enterprise Zone to the Hilltop Dana Zone in an emergency, but it does not typically operate.

Foothill Zone
The Foothill WTP provides the regular water supply for the Foothill Zone during average and high demands. However, the Foothill WTP does not always operate during winter months because of low water levels and elevated turbidity in the Sacramento River. The Buckeye WTP is the primary source of water to the Foothill Zone during winter months, providing water through the PRV’s at PS-03 and PS-04.

Water from the Foothill Zone is regularly transferred to the Hill 900 Zone via Pump Station 2 (PS-02), and by gravity to the Cascade Zone via the Railroad Valve Station and to the Enterprise Zone via the Cypress Valve Station. Water is also transferred from the Foothill Zone to the Buckeye Zone, when needed, with PS-03 and PS-04.

Hill 900 Zone
The Hill 900 Zone receives all of its water supply from the Foothill WTP via PS-02, which is located inside the Foothill WTP. Limited secondary emergency supply can be provided via the El Reno Pump Station, which can pump water from the Cascade Zone into the southern end of the Hill 900 Zone. The Hill 900 Zone makes no regular transfers of water to other primary zones.

There is a small pressure sub-zone within the Hill 900 called the Mary Lake Zone. It includes an area with higher elevations near Mary Lake and its pressure is maintained by the Mary Lake Booster Pump Station (PS-07).

Hilltop Dana Zone
The Hilltop Dana Zone's primary water supply comes from the Enterprise Zone from PS-05 and the Enterprise Tanks. During average and high-water demand periods, the Palisades pressure reducing valves (FS-13 and FS-14) also supply water from the Buckeye Zone into the Hilltop Dana Zone. Emergency supply can be provided from the Enterprise Zone with the Goodwater Booster Pump Station. The Hilltop Dana Zone makes no regular transfers of water to other zones.

Packet Pg. 1633 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Facilities and Operations 2-5

SURFACE WATER TREATMENT FACILITIES
The City owns and operates two surface water treatment facilities, the Foothill WTP and the Buckeye WTP.

Foothill Water Treatment Plant
The Foothill WTP provides the City’s largest and primary water supply during average and peak water demands. It provides more than half of the City’s water supply during high demand periods by treating water pumped from the Sacramento River via Pump House 1. The Foothill WTP is located off Foothill Boulevard, on the west side of the City. The Foothill WTP was initially constructed in 1920, with one sedimentation basin and one open storage reservoir. The plant experienced modest upgrades in stages through the 1940s. In 1959, a major expansion was completed that included a concrete lined flocculation/sedimentation basin, a concrete lined reservoir, a building to house controls and chemical feed systems, and development of PS-02 for supply to the Hill 900 Pressure Zone. The last major facility upgrades occurred in 1981 when improvements were made to increase capacity and treatment operations, including filtration facilities and a covered storage reservoir. A filter-to-waste basin was also added in 2016.

Major features/facilities at the Foothill WTP include, a flocculation sedimentation basin, filtration system with filters and an air scour and backwash system, backwash waste handling facilities, a sludge drying bed, a control building, chemical feed systems, a chlorine building, and a 6 million gallon (MG) concrete clear well. PS-02 is also located inside the Foothill WTP.

At the time of the 1981 expansion, the treatment facilities were designed to meet the requirements of the State of California Department of Health Services and federal drinking water regulations. However, California Waterworks Standards as administered by California Division of Drinking Water (DDW) allows a higher surface loading rate than what was historically used at the treatment plant. At the allowable filter surface loading rate, the Foothill WTP’s firm capacity is 36 million gallons per day (MGD), making the limiting factor the firm capacity of PS-01, which is currently 29 MGD. Planned future expansion capacity for the Foothill WTP is 42 MGD.

Buckeye Water Treatment Plant
The Buckeye WTP was built in 1993 and is located on Benson Drive, northwest of the City boundary. It was designed with an initial capacity of 7 MGD and was expanded to 14 MGD in 2008. Source water to the Buckeye WTP comes from the 17-foot diameter Spring Creek Tunnel which draws raw water from Whiskeytown Lake, located approximately three miles west of the treatment plant. A 48-inch raw water pipe taps into the Spring Creek Tunnel and feeds the plant.

The treatment system at Buckeye WTP currently includes a rapid mixing chamber, flocculation basins, sedimentation basins, a filtration system including air scour and backwash system, backwash wastewater handling facilities including a wash water recovery basin and sludge drying beds, a control building, chemical feed systems, and other miscellaneous systems.

Packet Pg. 1634 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Facilities and Operations Water Utility Master Plan 2023 2-6
The Buckeye WTP is the City’s primary source of water during the winter, when the Foothill WTP does not operate regularly. It also typically accounts for close to 20 percent of the City’s water supply during high water demand periods. The Buckeye WTP is unmanned for much of the time and typically the key processes are monitored and controlled from the Foothill WTP.

GROUNDWATER SUPPLY AND FACILITIES
The City currently has 17 groundwater wells, including twelve in the Enterprise Pressure Zone, and five in the Cascade Pressure Zone. Well locations are approximately shown in the previous Figure 2-1.

General information for the City’s groundwater wells is provided in Table 2-2.

Table 2-2 Groundwater Well Data
Well
Install
Year
Update
Year
Depth
(ft)
Casing Dia.
(in)
Capacity
(GPM)
Pump
(HP) Status
Enterprise Wells
EW-03A 1962 1983 510 12 & 16 500 100 Active
EW-04 2001 2012 500 16 400 60 Inactive
EW-06A 1968 1983 510 16 550 75 Active
EW-07 1969 1993 600 16 1,200 200 Active
EW-08 1980 1985 410 14 1,100 200 Active
EW-09 1986 ----- 505 16 1,750 250 Active
EW-10 1986 2012 525 16 960 150 Active
EW-11 1991 2002 525 16 1,400 200 Standby
EW-12 2002 ----- 505 16 2,500 350 Active
EW-13 2002 ----- 505 16 1,500 250 Standby
EW-14 2006 ----- 410 16 1,800 350 Active
EW-23 2009 2013 420 16 1,500 300 Active
Cascade Wells
CW-01 1960 1981 172 10 165 30 Active
CW-05 1964 1984 358 16 95 20 Standby
CW-06 1967 2002 712 12 100 15 Active
CW-08 1971 1971 200 12 150 40 Active
CW-09 1974 1974 170 12 95 20 Active
Additional information concerning each well is provided in facility evaluations included in Appendix B.

Enterprise Wells
The Enterprise Wells provide approximately 96 percent of the City's groundwater supply. The active Enterprise Wells (not including EW-4, EW-11 and EW-13) can provide up to 17 MGD, which is slightly above 40 percent of the City’s water supply during max day demands. The wells vary substantially in their capacities, as shown in Table 2-2. The older wells (EW-3A, EW-4, EW6A, EW-7) are located in lower yielding areas of the aquifer, and the newer wells (EW-8 through EW-23) are located farther southeast, in the higher yielding area of the aquifer.

Packet Pg. 1635 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Facilities and Operations 2-7
During low demand periods, one or two of the larger wells (EW-8 through EW-23) are typically operated automatically to maintain water levels in the Enterprise reservoirs and to keep the water moving in the same general direction in order to not disrupt the water quality. During maximum demand periods, most of the active wells are typically running on manual operation.

The water quality from the Enterprise Wells is generally acceptable, but requires a certain amount of special treatment. Chlorination is provided at each wellhead. Wells EW-6A, EW-7, EW-10, and EW-14 also have injection of blended ortho/polyphosphate to reduce iron and manganese and improve taste and odor issues. In addition, the City typically employs an annual water main uni-directional flushing program to help remove solids in the mains supplied from the Enterprise Wells and improve water quality.

In general, the City has observed better water quality from the wells that are further south in Enterprise Zone. Wells EW-11, EW-12, and EW-13 have shown arsenic concentrations near or exceeding the maximum allowable contaminant level (MCL) of 10 parts per billion (PPB). The City is currently completing the design for a wellhead treatment system at EW-12 that is planned to start construction in 2023 to reduce its loading of iron, manganese, and arsenic into the water system. EW-11 and EW-13 are currently on backup “standby” status for emergency use only.

If state regulations for metals and arsenic levels become more stringent in the future, then additional treatment systems may be needed for several of the Enterprise Wells. The City plans to evaluate the costs and operations associated with the treatment system at EW-12, once completed, to determine whether additional treatment for other Enterprise Wells, or installation of new wells at the south end of the zone will be most practical.

Cascade Wells
The five Cascade Wells typically provide less than 4 percent of the City's annual groundwater supply, and have a combined pumping capacity of approximately 0.73 MGD (excluding CW05). The water from the Cascade Wells is generally of good quality. The Cascade Wells do not have chlorine injection at the wells because water quality testing shows sufficient chlorine residual in the system resulting from blending the well water with the supply from the Foothill WTP and Enterprise Wells. The Cascade Wells are run on manual control only and the City has only operated CW-01 and CW-08 on a regular bases recently.

The City has determined that the Cascade Wells do not produce enough water to justify costs to update or maintain them. The City will continue to operate them for the foreseeable future, but it plans to decommission them as their associated equipment reaches the end of its service life.

CONVEYANCE AND DISTRIBUTION PIPING
As of 2023, the City's water distribution system includes over 565 miles of conveyance and distribution pipe ranging in size from 1-inch to 48-inch. Table 2-3 summarizes the lengths of existing distribution system piping by size and material, based on the City’s GIS database.

Packet Pg. 1636 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Facilities and Operations Water Utility Master Plan 2023 2-8
Table 2-3 Water System Piping Inventory
Size Pipe Material and Length (ft)
(in) AC CCC CI CO DIP PVC STL Unk. Total %

0.75 - - - 200 - - - 14 214 0.0%
1 335 - 101 2,877 46 3,678 3,165 50,362 60,564 2.0%

1.5 - - - 115 43 116 - 144 417 0.0%
2 163 - 12,345 1,989 795 19,309 18,197 2,016 54,813 1.8% 3 5,327 - - - 270 5,765 13 223 11,597 0.4%
4 21,690 - 1,851 - 1,193 36,695 4,678 3,195 69,302 2.3% 6 498,006 - 135,189 103 56,489 319,547 36,895 17,457 1,063,686 35.6% 7 - - - - - - - 219 219 0.0%
8 217,728 - 42,583 - 46,583 665,040 7,229 2,189 981,353 32.9% 9 - - - - - 126 - - 126 0.0%
10 2,458 - 4,406 - 2,173 7,589 990 - 17,616 0.6%
12 106,663 4,763 84,300 - 236,437 17,339 7,588 161 457,250 15.3% 15 220 - - - - - - - 220 0.0%
16 4,013 - 6,307 - 95,921 - 3,299 - 109,540 3.7%
18 1,349 2,894 122 - 11,366 - 20,084 - 35,815 1.2%
20 - - - - 1,149 - 189 - 1,337 0.0%
24 - - 146 - 43,402 - 15,498 - 59,046 2.0%
30 - - - - 29,394 - 25,328 - 54,722 1.8%
36 - - - - 1,770 - 2,632 - 4,402 0.1%
42 - - - - 1,609 - - - 1,609 0.1%
48 - - - - 419 - - - 419 0.0%
Unk - - - - - - - 61 61 0.0%
Total 857,949 7,658 287,350 5,283 529,059 1,075,203 145,786 76,039 2,984,329 - % 28.7% 0.3% 9.6% 0.2% 17.7% 36.0% 4.9% 2.5% - -
Abbreviations:

AC- Asbestos Cement
CCC- Concrete Coated Cylinder
CI- Cast Iron
CO- Copper
DIP- Ductile Iron Pipe
PVC- Polyvinyl Chloride
STL- Steel
Unk.- Unknown
Most of the City's piping consists of materials with good corrosion and service properties (AC, PVC, and DIP). The current City Construction Standards require DIP for all pipe 12-inch or larger, and allows either PVC or DIP for main piping less than 12-inch. Further information concerning pipe age, life expectancy, and recorded issues and repairs is provided in Section 5.

Over 75 percent of the City’s piping is 8-inch or smaller, of which approximately 4 percent is 4- inch or smaller. This smaller piping is located primarily in older areas of the City and areas where the City annexed existing community water systems, such as the Buckeye County Water System and the Cascade Special District. The City’s current construction standards require a minimum water main pipe size of 8-inches and greater.

Packet Pg. 1637 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Facilities and Operations 2-9

PUMP STATIONS
The City’s water system includes twelve pump stations. Pump House 1 is used for raw water supply to the Foothill WTP, and the others are used for conveyance of treated water between pressure zones, as emergency backup sources, or to increase pressure for higher elevation areas.

Table 2-4 provides basic information for each of the pump stations.

Table 2-4 Pump Station Information
Tag
No. Station Name
Year
Installed/
Upgraded
# of
Pumps
Pump Size
(HP)
Firm
Capacity1
(MGD)
TDH at
Capacity
(ft)
Backup
Power
PS-01 Pump House 1
1937
1968
1981
1989
5 1- 400
2- 500
2- 700

28.9 310 Dual REU
Feeds
PS-02 Pump Station 2
1959
1978
2011
4 200 13 200 Dual REU
Feeds
PS-03 Pump Station 3 1968 4 75 3 340 None
PS-04 Pump Station 4 1985 3 75 2 340 Receptacle
PS-05 Pump Station 5 1993 4 75 6.5 120 None
PS-06 Goodwater 2003 1 125 3.6 125 None
PS-07 Mary Lake Booster 2000
2004 2
40 75 1.5 102 None
PS-08 El Reno Booster 1995 1 75 1.3 220 None
PS-09 Mercy Hospital 1979 1 10 0.3 350 None
PS-10 Cypress (temp.) 2019 1 200 3 50 None
PS-11 Southern Pacific 1943 2 25 0.6 180 None
FS-04 South Bonnyview 1995 1 40 3,500 25 None

1. Firm Capacity assumes that largest pump is out of service.

A brief description of each pump station and its operation is presented below. Further information concerning the pump stations is provided in their facility evaluations, included in Appendix B.

Pump House 1
The City’s Pump House 1 (PS-01) is located on the south bank of the Sacramento River, along the Sacramento River Trail and approximately 1/4 mile upstream of the Diestelhorst and Lake Redding Bridges. It pumps raw water from the Sacramento River to the Foothill WTP. PS-01 is the only source of raw water to the Foothill WTP, which provides more than half of the City’s drinking water during average and peak demands, making PS-01 a very critical component of the City’s water supply chain.

PS-01 was constructed in 1937 and has been in continual service since. Major modifications were performed in 1968, 1981, and 1989 to replace aging pumps and add new pumps to increase the station’s capacity. The station has five vertical turbine pumps, which operate automatically in Packet Pg. 1638 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Facilities and Operations Water Utility Master Plan 2023 2-10
a set sequence controlled by water levels in the Foothill WTP's 6 mg storage reservoir. Testing performed in 2010 indicates that PS-01 has a firm capacity of approximately 28.9 million gallons per day (MGD).

PS-01 discharges raw water through two 30-inch ductile iron pipelines, installed in 2010 and 1978. The pipelines are routed along different alignments from PS-01 to the Foothill WTP, as shown in Figure 2-2 below.

Figure 2-2 Raw Water Pipelines from PS-01 to Foothill WTP Water from PS-01 is typically conveyed through both 30-inch pipelines simultaneously. The two 30-inch pipelines combine to a single 36-inch ductile iron pipeline in Foothill Blvd near the entrance to the Foothill WTP, where chlorine is injected with a chemical injection static tube mixer. The raw water is typically routed directly to the Foothill WTP filters.

The City is currently in the design phase to replace and relocate PS-01 because of the following general deficiencies:
• Its intake is located in a shallow area of the river that impacts its operations depending on the status of the Anderson Cottonwood Irrigation District (ACID) dam, which is approximately one mile downstream. When the dam is removed, typically between November and April, water depths are too shallow to operate the pump station at its capacity. Four of the five pumps cannot operate and pumps must operate at reduced speeds to avoid cavitation.

Packet Pg. 1639 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Facilities and Operations 2-11
• The existing intake and screens depart from standard design criteria and might not meet long term state and federal criteria regarding protection of endangered fish species. • PS-01 limits Foothill WTP capacity. Foothill WTP capacity is currently 36 MGD, but PS-01 limits its capacity to only 28.9 MGD.
• Based on the City’s General Plan seismic hazard map, the pump station building and intake structure are located in an area of high seismic liquefaction potential and may not be adequate to withstand critical damage during a design earthquake.

The City performed evaluation studies into replacement of PS-01 in 2002 and 2022 and is currently proceeding with detailed design and environmental process to completely replace and relocate Pump House 1 and its intake/fish screen approximately 1,600 feet upriver from its current location, in a deeper portion of the Sacramento River. The new station will utilize the two existing raw water pipelines and its construction is expected to start in 2026.

Pump Station 2
The City’s Pump Station 2 (PS-02) is located inside the Foothill WTP. It provides treated water from the 6 MG clear well in the Foothill WTP to the Hill 900 Zone. It has four constant speed horizontal split case centrifugal pumps that pump directly into the Hill 900 Zone distribution system and to the two Hill 900 reservoirs, which are located atop the hill at the south side of the Foothill WTP. PS-02 is the only regular water supply to the Hill 900 Zone, with some marginal back up supply available from the El Reno Booster Pump Station in an emergency. The four constant speed pumps at PS-02 are controlled by the water level in the Hill 900 reservoirs.

The City is currently completing a project that will install a standby generator that can power both the Foothill WTP and PS-02 in an emergency. Construction is expected to be completed in 2024 or 2025.

Pump Station 3
Pump Station 3 (PS-03) is located on the west side of Market Street, adjacent to a Redding Electric Utility (REU) electrical sub-station and Sulfur Creek. It has four vertical turbine pumps and is used to supply water from the Foothill Zone into the Buckeye Zone, when needed. When in operation, PS-03 pumps operate sequentially based on the water level in the Buckeye 2 MG reservoir. The City recently installed variable frequency drives on all four pumps.

Following completion of the Buckeye WTP expansion to 14 MGD in 2008, PS-03 is no longer required to run on a regular basis. It does not operate when Buckeye WTP is operating, but it serves as a backup if Buckeye WTP cannot operate, or to conserve USBR contract water required for the Buckeye WTP to operate. In the summer of 2022, USBR contract water from Whiskeytown Lake was not available for much of the summer because of drought restrictions, so PS-03 was required to operate throughout the summer.

A 12-inch pressure PRV at PS-03 can also provide flow from the Buckeye Zone to the Foothill Zone. It is typically open during average and low water demands, when the Foothill WTP is not in operation. When sufficient USBR contract water is available, the City will also use this PRV Packet Pg. 1640 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Facilities and Operations Water Utility Master Plan 2023 2-12
during the summer to utilize as much water from the Buckeye WTP as possible. The PRV is set to operate based on the water level in either the Foothill 4 MG reservoir or the 6 MG clear well at the Foothill WTP.

Pump Station 4
Pump Station 4 (PS-04) is located on Benton Drive, near the intersection with Riverpark Drive.

Its design is similar to and based on the design of PS-03, with vertical turbine pumps. Like PS03, it no longer operates on a regular basis since the completion of the Buckeye WTP expansion in 2008, but it provides a backup supply to the Buckeye Zone if the Buckeye WTP cannot operate, or to conserve USBR contract water from Whiskeytown Lake. PS-04 was also required to operate throughout the summer of 2022 because USBR contract water to the Buckeye WTP was not available.

When in operation, the PS-04 constant speed pumps operate sequentially based on the water level in the Buckeye 2 MG reservoir. PS-04 originally had four pumps, but the fourth pump was removed to install an 8-inch PRV to provide flow from the Buckeye Zone to the Foothill Zone.

This PRV is typically operated in conjunction with the PRV at PS-03. It is typically open during average and low demands, when the Foothill WTP is not in operation. When sufficient USBR contract water is available, the City will also use this PRV during the summer to utilize as much water from the Buckeye WTP as possible. It is set to operate based on the water level in either the Foothill 4 MG reservoir or the 6 MG clear well at the Foothill WTP.

Pump Station 5
Pump Station 5 (PS-05) was relocated to near the Enterprise reservoirs in 1993, northeast of the intersection of Churn Creek Rd and Browning Street. It is the primary water supply into the Hilltop Dana Zone, pumping from the Enterprise reservoirs into the Hilltop Dana Zone distribution system. The City also has two PRV’s (the Palisades PRV’s) that supply the Hilltop Dana Zone from the Buckeye Zone, but PS-05 typically operates year-round and 24 hours per day to maintain pressure and meet demands in the Hilltop Dana Zone. The four vertical turbine pumps have variable speed drives and operate sequentially to maintain a setpoint pressure of approximately 60 pounds per square inch (psi) at their discharge.

Goodwater Pump Station
The Goodwater Pump Station (PS-06) is located on the north side of Goodwater Avenue, across from the intersection with Velia Street. It was constructed in 2003 and its single horizontal centrifugal pump is intended to provide a backup to PS-05, or be used to provide additional fire flow to the Hilltop Dana Zone in an emergency. It does not operate regularly, but when used it is operated manually.

Mary Lake Booster Pump Station
The Mary Lake Booster Pump Station (PS-07) was installed in 2000 to increase pressures in an isolated subzone within the higher elevations of Hill 900 Zone. The station is located on the southside of Mary Lake, off Lakeside Drive. It was upgraded in 2002 with a second pump and Packet Pg. 1641 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Facilities and Operations 2-13
check valves located at critical downstream locations to prevent recirculation of water back through the pump. The pumps are variable speed and run continuously to maintain a downstream pressure of approximately 100 psi.

El Reno Pump Station
The El Reno Pump Station is located between El Reno Lane and Riviera Drive. Its single vertical centrifugal pump is used to deliver up to 1.3 MGD from the Cascade Zone into the southern end of the Hill 900 Zone during an emergency. Its automatic operation is no longer functional and it can only be operated manually. At one time the station was needed to meet peak demands in the Hill 900 Zone. However, with improvements to the distribution piping in the Hill 900 Zone, the station is no longer needed under normal operation conditions. The pump may be useful to support fire flows at the south end of the Hill 900 Zone, but it can only provide for less than 4 percent of maximum day demands (MDD) for the Hill 900 Zone.

Mercy Hospital Booster Pump Station
The Mercy Hospital Booster Pump Station (PS-09) is located east of the hospital, off of West Street. It is intended to provide emergency backup supply to Mercy Medical Center, which is normally supplied from multiple feeds off of the Hill 900 Zone distribution piping. The pump station lacks a backup power supply, which reduces its reliability as an emergency supply.

Cypress Pump Station
The Cypress Pump Station is located near the City’s Cypress Valve Station, at the southeast side of City Hall and off of Parkview Dr. The existing station is a temporary installation that was constructed after the Carr fire to provide limited flow in an emergency from the Enterprise Zone to the Foothill Zone. The temporary station is currently utilizing a spare 200 HP pump from Pump Station 2. This temporary pump is not designed for use at this location and if operated at full speed the pump would operate outside of its recommended curve, which could result in damage to the pump.

The City is currently in the design phase to replace the temporary station with a permanent pump station that will be capable of pumping approximately 12 MGD in both directions. It will be capable of pumping from the Enterprise Zone to the Foothill Zone, as well as boosting flows from the Foothill Zone to the Enterprise Zone during peak demands. The permanent station is expected to start construction in 2024 and the City plans to use it regularly to boost flow from the Foothill Zone to the Enterprise during max day demands. It will only be used to pump from the Enterprise Zone to the Foothill Zone in an emergency, in which the Foothill WTP and Buckeye WTP cannot meet demands.

Southern Pacific Pump Station
The Southern Pacific Pump Station (PS-11) is located on the opposite side of the Sacramento River from the PS-01 intake and under elevated railroad tracks. It is used solely to pump raw river water to irrigate a golf course. Water rights for this pump station are covered under the Packet Pg. 1642 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Facilities and Operations Water Utility Master Plan 2023 2-14
City’s Sacramento River Contract with USBR. The facility is leased to the City by Union Pacific Railroad and maintained and operated under contract from the golf course property owner.

South Bonnyview Valve/Pump Station
The South Bonnyview Valve/Pump Station (FS-04) is located in a vault off South Bonnyview Road, west of the Sacramento River. It is used to transfer water from the Enterprise Zone to the Cascade Zone and the pump is used to increase flows, as necessary. During average water demands, actuated valves in the South Bonnyview Valve/Pump Station allow flow by gravity from the Enterprise Zone to the Cascade Zone and the pump does not operate. The pump typically only operates to increase flows to meet peak water demands, during mornings of summer days. The actuated valves and the pump are both controlled by the level in the Redding Ranchettes Reservoir, in the Cascade Zone.

The pump station currently only has a single pump. In the event that the pump fails, the flow rate through the station is limited to gravity flows, which are not sufficient for current max day demands.

STORAGE RESERVOIRS
The City's water system currently has twelve reservoirs and a total of 32.8 MG of storage for equalization of supply and demand flows, fire service supply, and emergency supply. Table 2-5 lists the individual reservoirs and key information for each.

Table 2-5 Storage Reservoir Information
Tag
No. Description
Pressure
Zone
Volume
(MG) Type
Dia.
(ft)
Max WSL
(ft)
Install
Year
RS-01 Foothill WTP Foothill 6
Concrete,
partially buried Varies 21.2 1980
RS-02 Hill 900 - 1 Hill 900 2 Concrete 100 35 1959
RS-02 Hill 900 - 2 Hill 900 2 Welded Steel 100 35 1984
RS-03 Foothill Foothill 4 Welded Steel 166 26.7 2007
RS-04 Cascade Cascade 1 Welded Steel 74 32.3 1964
RS-05 Redding Ranchettes Cascade 2 Welded Steel 103 32.5 1982 RS-06 Enterprise - 1 Enterprise 3.5 Welded Steel 120 42.4 1968 RS-06 Enterprise - 2 Enterprise 6 Welded Steel 172 42.2 1985 RS-07 Buckeye - 1 Buckeye 0.2 Welded Steel 41 23.5 1949 RS-07 Buckeye - 2 Buckeye 2 Welded Steel 100 34.5 1978
RS-08 Buckeye WTP - 3 Buckeye 4 Welded Steel 172 42.2 2004 RS-09 BWTP - Backwash Buckeye 0.1 Welded Steel 42 18.6 2000 Packet Pg. 1643 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Facilities and Operations 2-15
Buckeye Zone Storage
The Buckeye Zone has 6.3 MG of total storage, provided mostly by Buckeye Reservoirs 2 (RS07) and Buckeye Reservoir 3 (RS-08). A small amount of storage is also provided by the 86,000- gallon Buckeye backwash tank at the Buckeye WTP. Buckeye Reservoir 1 is near the end of its service life and is currently not being utilized. It should be decommissioned and removed soon.

The 4 MG RS-08 was completed in 2002 to provide secondary storage and to support the expansion of the Buckeye WTP from 7 MGD to 14 MGD capacity in 2008.

The Buckeye Zone has adequate storage to meet current conditions but will need additional storage by 2040. The more immediate issue related to the Buckeye Zone storage is the current operation strategy for use of RS-07. The water surface elevation of RS-07 is approximately 74 feet below the water service elevation in RS-08, so RS-07 reservoir will overflow and not regularly release flows back into the water system without some sort of valve or pump system in place. The Keswick Valve Station currently serves this purpose. It consists of two 24-inch actuated valves and piping that open and close to limit flow from the Buckeye WTP and RS-08 to the Buckeye Zone based on the level in RS-07. When the water surface level (WSL) in RS-07 reaches the high set level, the 24-inch valves close and water is rapidly released from RS-07 into the Buckeye Zone, resulting in a large pressure drop in most of the Buckeye Zone and excessive flow velocities through piping from RS-07. There is a 6-inch bypass at the Keswick Valve Station to convey reduced flows and maintain pressures when the larger 24-inch valves close, but there is still a significant pressure drop of up to 60 psi when the larger valves close. Construction of a pump station at RS-07 is recommended to address these operational issues. Further evaluation and recommendations associated with these storage and operational deficiencies are provided in Section 5.

Cascade Zone Storage
Storage in the Cascade Zone is provided by the Cascade Reservoir and the Redding Ranchettes Reservoir, with some backup storage available from the Enterprise and Foothill zones. Cascade Zone storage is currently deficient and improvements should be performed to improve capacity and redundancy for supplies from the Enterprise and Foothill Zones. The Cascade Reservoir currently needs to be recoated. It is also nearing the end of its service life and should be replaced before 2035. Additional information and recommendations concerning storage in the Cascade Zone are provided in Section 5.

Enterprise Zone Storage
The Enterprise Zone storage is provided by the Enterprise Reservoirs 1 and 2. Secondary storage can also be provided by the Foothill Zone via the Cypress Valve Station. The Enterprise Zone should have adequate storage through ultimate buildout. Both of the reservoirs have effective drain and fill patterns under the full range of annual demand conditions. The current deficiency noted for Enterprise reservoirs is that their coatings are in poor condition. The Enterprise Reservoirs should be recoated as soon as feasible to maintain their anticipated service lives.

Packet Pg. 1644 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Facilities and Operations Water Utility Master Plan 2023 2-16
Foothill Zone Storage
The Foothill Zone storage is provided by the Foothill WTP 6 MG clear well and the 4 MG Foothill reservoir. Secondary storage is available from the Hill 900 Zone reservoirs, which can gravity feed into various areas of the Foothill Zone if necessary. The Foothill Zone should have adequate storage through ultimate buildout. Each of the reservoirs generally have effective drain and fill patterns under the full range of annual demand conditions.

The 6 MG clear well at the Foothill WTP provides the supply to the plant’s backwash pumps and PS-02. A water level above 35 percent in the 6 MG clear well is required for the filter backwash pumps, and essentially the Foothill WTP, to operate.

Hill 900 Zone Storage
Storage in the Hill 900 Zone is provided by Hill 900 Reservoirs 1 and 2. No other storage sources can gravity feed into the Hill 900 Zone. Both of the reservoirs have effective drain and fill patterns under the full range of typical demand conditions. However, additional storage is needed to meet current emergency conditions, in case of an issue or outage at Pump Station 2.

Also, Hill 900 Reservoir 1 is nearing the end of its service life. A third storage reservoir, near the two existing reservoirs, and rehabilitation of Hill 900 Reservoir 1 are recommended, see Section 5 for additional information.

Hilltop Dana Zone Storage
The Hilltop Dana Zone shares storage with the Enterprise Zone because its primary supply is from PS-05, which draws water from the Enterprise reservoirs. PS-05 uses variable speed pumps to maintain a setpoint pressure and facilitate use of equalization storage from the reservoirs by matching supply to demand rates.

Secondary storage is provided from the Buckeye reservoirs via the Palisades PRV’s. Also, several interties with check valves between the Enterprise and Hilltop Dana Zones can provide fire service and emergency backup supply from the Enterprise Zone in the event of low-pressures in the Hilltop Dana Zone. As a result of the multiple supply and storage sources, the HilltopDana Zone should have adequate storage to meet ultimate buildout conditions.

FLOW CONTROL AND PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE STATIONS
The City water distribution system has fourteen flow control and pressure reducing valve stations that are used to provide regular and/or back up flow from a higher pressure source service areas into a lower pressure service areas. Pressure reducing valves allow flow from a higher pressure area/zone into a lower pressure area/zone with a set pressure on the downstream end. Several of the City’s valves also have a pressure sustaining feature (PRSV’s) to help maintain the pressure upstream of the valve. Table 2-6 lists the existing valve stations and basic information for each.

Further information facility evaluations for the City’s major valve stations is also provided in Appendix B.

Packet Pg. 1645 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Facilities and Operations 2-17
Table 2-6 Flow Control and Pressure Reducing Valve Stations Tag
No.

Facility
Name Location/Address
Station
Type
Upstream/
Downstream
Zone and Typ.

Pressure (PSI) Typical Position
FS-01 Keswick
Valve Station
Keswick Dam Rd. at
Buenaventura Dr.

Flow
Control
Buckeye- 115
Buckeye- 70
Actuated per Buckeye 2
MG reservoir level
FS-02 Cypress
Valve Station 670 Parkview Ave Flow Control
Foothill- 115
Enterprise- 100
Actuated per Enterprise
reservoirs level
FS-03
&15
Railroad
Valve Station 3626 Railroad Ave Flow Control
Foothill- 100
Cascade- 75
Actuated per Ranchettes
Reservoir level
FS-04 S. Bonnyview
Valve Station
S. Bonnyview Rd at
Indianwood Dr.

Flow
Control
Enterprise- 110
Cascade- 110
Actuated per Ranchettes
Reservoir level
FS-10 PS-03 PRV 299 Sulphur Creek Rd PRSV Buckeye- 175
Foothill- 85
Actuated per Foothill
Storage Levels
FS-11 PS-04 PRV 1898 Benton Dr PRSV Buckeye- 200
Foothill- 85
Actuated per Foothill
Storage Levels
FS-12 Linden Ave Linden Ave PRV Hill 900- 140
Foothill- 60 Closed
FS-13 Palisades No.
1 Palisades Ave at
Hilltop Dr. PRSV Buckeye- 105Hilltop/Dana- 55
Actuated per Enterprise
reservoirs level
FS-14 Palisades No.
2 931 Riverbend Rd. PRSV Buckeye- 140
Hilltop/Dana- 80 Closed
FS-16 Market
Street Market St at Fell St. PRV Foothill- 100Foothill- 90 Closed FS-17 Bechelli Lane Bechelli Ln. at Redcliff
Dr. PRV Hilltop/Dana- 95 Enterprise- 55 Closed
FS-18 Victor Ave Victor Ave at
Mistletoe Ln. PRV Hilltop/Dana- 85Enterprise- 50 Closed FS-21 Park Marina Park Marina at
Cypress Bridge
Check
Valve
Foothill- 100
Foothill- 105
Closed, except during
peak hour demands
- Keswick Dam Keswick Dam Rd, east
of Keswick dam PRV Buckeye- 180Buckeye-140
Opens when Keswick
Station valve closes

INTER-AGENCY CONNECTIONS
The City of Redding has service interties with several neighboring water systems, mainly for emergency use. These interties can provide backup supply to local areas of the City.

Additionally, the City of Redding provides water to approximately twenty customers in the vicinity of Summit City outside the City of Shasta Lake with water supply purchased from USBR and treated and delivered by the City of Shasta Lake. Table 2-7 lists the existing intertie connections and provides basic information for each.

Packet Pg. 1646 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Facilities and Operations Water Utility Master Plan 2023 2-18
Table 2-7 Inter-Agency Connections
Neighboring System/Agency Intertie Location Size Pressure Zone City of Shasta Lake Knauf, on Beltline Rd 6-inch Buckeye City of Shasta Lake Walker Mine Road 6-inch Buckeye
City of Anderson Meadowview Road 8-inch Enterprise
Bella Vista Water District Canby Road 12-inch Hilltop-Dana Bella Vista Water District Old Alturas - Abernathy 6-inch Hilltop-Dana Bella Vista Water District Edgewood Drive 8-inch Hilltop-Dana Centerville CSD Record Lane 8-inch Hill 900
Centerville CSD Rainier Dr 6-inch Hill 900
Centerville CSD Clear Creek Road 12-inch Cascade
Shasta CSD Hwy 299 at Lower Springs Rd 8-inch Hill 900
Shasta CSD Rock Creek Rd at Bandana Trail 6-inch Buckeye Shasta CSD Rock Creek Rd at High Street 6-inch Buckeye
The following Figure 2-3 provides a schematic profile of the City’s main water system facilities.

Packet Pg. 1647 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) 400'
450'
500'
550'
600'
650'
700'
750'
800'
850'
900'
950'
1000'

ELEVATIO
N ( M
SL)

2.0 1.0
MG MG

2.0 MG

2.0 MG

2.0 MG

4.0 MG

0.2 MG
BWTP
FWTP

6.0 MG

4.0 MG

6.0 MG

3.5 MG

CASCADE WELLS
E-3A E-4 E-7 E-8

ENTERPRISE WELLS
E-9 E-10 E-11 E-12 E-13 E-14 E-23
24"
24"

SOURCE WATER FROM

WHISKEYTOWN LAKE VIA

SPRING CREEK TUNNEL
PS2
PS6
PS5
PS4 PS3
BP

SOURCE WATER FROM

SACRAMENTO RIVER
FC
PS
Figure 2-3

CITY OF REDDING WATER SYSTEM

SCHEMATIC PROFILE OF MAIN FACILITIES
2023 Water Utility Master Plan
2/28/2023
Hill 900 Reservoirs
Elv 925
Elv 1030
Elv 956
Elv 1034
Buckeye Reservoirs
Buckeye 4MG Reservoir
Buckeye Water
Treatment Plant
Elv 726
Foothill Water
Treatment Plant
Foothill Reservoir
FWTP Clear Well
Elv 742 Elv 742
Elv 696 Elv 696
Redding Ranchettes
Reservoir Cascade
Reservoir
El Reno
Goodwater Pump Station
to Hilltop-Dana
Elv 706
Enterprise Reservoirs
Elv 706
Palisades Vault
Keswick Vault
Cypress Vault
Railroad
Vault
SOURCE
24"
24"
Foothill Zone to
Enterprise Zone
(Cypress Ave)
8 MGD Max Cap

3.5 MGD
Max Cap
5 MGD Max Cap
S.Bonnyview Pump Station
Enterprise Zone to Cascade Zone
16"
12"
8"

1.4 MGD
Max Cap
12" / 16"
14 MGD
28 MGD
30"
30" 16"
12"
42"

13.2 MGD
Max Cap
30"
12" / 16"

3.4 MGD
Max Cap

4.2 MGD
Max Cap
14 MGD Max Cap
#1
#2

2.0 MGD Max Cap
12"
24"

5.7 MGD
Max Cap

3.0 MGD
Max Cap
17 MGD Max Capacity (Excluding EW 11 and EW-13)
CW-1 CW-5 CW-6 CW-8 CW-9

0.7 MGD Max Cap
Legend
E-4 Groundwater Well

2.0 MG Water Storage Reservoir
BWTP Water Treatment Plant
PS5
Pump or Booster Station
Pressure Reducing Valve(s)
SOURCE
Primary Water Source
Customer Supply Zone
SOURCE
PS1
SOURCE
SOURCE

28.0 MGD
Max Cap
E-6A
FC
PR
PR
PR
FC Flow Control Valve(s)
HILL 900

ZONE SUPPLY

10.1 MGD MDD

10.5 MGD MDD

10.0 MGD MDD

CASCADE

ZONE SUPPLY

7.0 MGD MDD

15.5 MGD MDD

MARY LAKE

BOOSTER

SUBZONE

SUMMIT CITY

SUBZONE
FC
14 MGD Max Cap Max WSL Max WSL
Elv 696
Max WSL
Elv 696
Max WSL
Elv 742
Max WSL
Elv 742
Max WSL
Elv 706
Max WSL
Elv 706
Max WSL
Elv 956 Decommissioned 17 MGD Max Capacity (Excluding EW-11 and EW-13) Max WSL
Elv 1030 PS7 7.1 MGD MDD HILL 900 ZONE 6.3 MGD MDD

CASCADE ZONE

8.1 MGD MDD

FOOTHILL ZONE

14.8 MGD MDD

ENTERPRISE
ZONE 4.2 MGD MDD 11.5 MGD MDD BUCKEYE ZONE E-11 E-13

MARY LAKE
SUBZONE 36 MGD Max Cap 28.9 MGD

1.5 MGD
Max Cap
Packet Pg. 1648 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Packet Pg. 1649
Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Demands
3-1

3. WATER SYSTEM DEMANDS
The City’s historical daily water production logs, water meter records, and records from the City’s supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) system for its water facilities were evaluated to determine the City’s current water demands. In addition, historical growth, recent trends and patterns in the growth, types of water use, and City and County land use planning data were analyzed to project future growth in the WSA. The calculated current water demands and the growth projections estimates were then used to forecast future water demands within the City of Redding water service area for planning horizon years 2025, 2030, 2035, 2040, and ultimate buildout (UBO).

Water demands were assessed systemwide, and within each pressure zone. Demands were also evaluated seasonally for the average day demand (ADD) and maximum day demand (MDD) daily usage, as well as for average hourly demand trends (diurnal patterns). The total annual water demand was determined for long-term water supply planning, in terms of total acre-feet (ac-ft) per year consumed from both surface and groundwater sources. The ADDs, MDDs, and diurnal trends was determined for facility planning, including the capacity and locations of water treatment plants, well fields, storage facilities, conveyance and distribution piping, pump stations, and flow control or pressure reducing valve stations.

CURRENT WATER DEMANDS AND RECENT GROWTH
The City’s water service area has experienced relatively slow growth over the past decade, with approximately 1,600 service connections being added from 2010 to 2021. This is equal to an annual growth rate of only approximately 0.5 percent citywide, which is consistent with population estimates for the water service area during that timeframe. Population estimates from the City’s 2020 Urban Water Management Plan indicate a similar annual growth rate of 0.6 percent in the water service area during that period, with population estimates of 82,467 in the year 2010 and 87,741 in the year 2020.

The following Table 3-1 provides a summary of service connections, population, and water demands for the City’s water service area from 2010 through 2021. Demands were determined from the City’s daily production logs. Population estimates were determined using the Department of Water Resources Population Tool and utilizing 3.31 persons per connection data from 2010. Some population data from 2012 to 2015 is not available because the City was transferring record keeping of service connections and meter usage to a private billing consultant during that time, so the information is either not readily available or does not appear to be consistent with other years.

As of 2021, the City’s WSA had approximately 30,376 service connections serving a population of nearly 88,000, with an annual production of 24,865 acre-feet per year (AFY), an average day demands of approximately 22.2 MGD, and max day demands of approximately 39.7 MGD. It appears that conservation efforts and associated reductions in water usage have mostly offset the growth since 2010, so yearly water production has only increased by approximately 3 percent since the year 2010. While yearly production and average day demands have increased slightly since 2010, per capita usage and maximum day demands have actually decreased since 2010.

Packet Pg. 1650 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Demands Water Utility Master Plan 2023
3-2
Table 3-1 Water Service Area Population and Demand Growth Year
No. Service
Connections Population
Annual
Production
(AFY)
ADD
(MGD)
ADD/
Capita
(GPD)
ADD/
Connection
(GPD)
MDD
(MGD)
MDD/
Connection
(GPD)
2010 28,212 82,467 24,098 21.51 261 763 43.99 1,559
2011 27,886 82,839 23,638 21.10 255 757 40.17 1,441
2012 28,322 NA 26,526 23.62 NA 834 43.63 1,540
2013 29,114 NA 28,650 25.58 NA 879 45.22 1,553
2014 29,117 NA 24,429 21.81 NA 749 39.14 1,344
2015 29,175 NA 21,401 19.11 NA 655 30.49 1,045
2016 29,230 85,676 21,665 19.29 225 660 36.30 1,242
2017 27,394 86,070 24,297 21.69 252 792 40.02 1,461
2018 29,511 83,515 25,021 22.34 267 757 40.26 1,364
2019 29,747 86,345 24,507 21.88 253 735 38.79 1,304
2020 30,072 87,741 25,534 22.73 259 756 39.88 1,326
2021 30,376 87,988 24,865 22.20 252 731 39.72 1,307
The City’s water system customer-connection types include single family homes, multi-family housing units, commercial users, industrial users, government and public facilities such as offices and schools, and large irrigation users such as golf courses. The number of service connections usage type from 2010 through 2021 and growth per usage type are presented in Table 3-2.

Table 3-2 Historical Service Connections and Growth by Usage Type Year SFR MFR Commercial Industrial Institutional Other
2010 23,021 1,905 2,782 169 335
2011 23,022 2,005 2,690 169 338
2012 23,111 2,013 2,699 164 311
2013 23,149 2,066 2,743 162 347
2014 23,306 2,150 3,525 190 374
2015 23,714 2,170 2,833 395 2
2016 23,853 2,184 2,173 390 630
2017 23,494 1,735 1,535 229 401
2018 23,880 2,189 2,341 405 696
2019 24,042 2,216 2,384 408 697
2020 24,296 2,212 2,442 421 701
2021 24,429 2,228 2,584 424 711
Total Growth: 1,408 323 -198 255 711 -335
% Citywide Growth: 65% 15% -9% 12% 33% -15%
The majority of growth and development in the City’s water service area has been single family residential homes since 2010. It appears that significant number of service classifications were changed from commercial and “other” to institutional type when record keeping services were transferred. These three usage types experienced a net increase of 178 connections since 2010 Packet Pg. 1651 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Demands
3-3
and it is likely that these three usage types have grown somewhere in the range of 5 to 10 percent since that time. It should be noted that delivery volumes are slightly lower than production volumes presented in the previous table as a result of water losses in the system, as well as minor discrepancies between the sum of customer meter readings and production meter readings.

The City’s historical water deliveries by usage type and average daily water usage per connection type from the years 2010 through 2021 are shown in the following Table 3-3 and Table 3-4, respectively.

Table 3-3 Historical Water Deliveries by Usage Type
Year
SFR
(AFY)
MF
(AFY)
Commercial
(AFY)
Industrial
(AFY)
Institutional
(AFY)
Other
(AFY)
Total
(AFY)
2010 14,009 2,329 5,634 172 810 22,955
2011 13,410 2,346 5,297 175 1,042 22,270
2012 15,148 2,722 5,438 196 101 881 24,487
2013 15,756 2,682 5,935 203 104 1,212 25,892
2014 13,408 2,449 3,516 1,051 2,035 22,459
2015 11,099 2,178 2,957 989 1,838 19,060
2016 11,311 2,212 2,900 992 1,820 19,235
2017 13,088 2,368 3,258 972 2,146 96 21,929
2018 13,508 2,365 3,476 1,061 2,086 90 22,587
2019 13,017 2,337 3,400 1,229 1,986 91 22,059
2020 14,437 2,477 3,396 1,131 2,186 71 23,697
2021 13,864 2,501 3,578 1,196 2,171 113 23,423
Table 3-4 Average Daily Water Deliveries Per Connection Type Year
SFR
(GPD)
MF
(GPD)
Commercial
(GPD)
Industrial
(GPD)
Institutional
(GPD)
Other
(GPD)
2010 543 1,092 1,808 908 2,159
2011 520 1,045 1,758 924 2,752
2012 585 1,207 1,799 1,069 2,528
2013 608 1,159 1,932 1,116 3,119
2014 514 1,017 890 4,937
2015 418 896 932 2,234
2016 423 904 1,192 2,271 2,579
2017 497 1,219 1,895 3,791 4,779
2018 505 964 1,326 2,339 2,676
2019 483 942 1,273 2,688 2,543
2020 530 1,000 1,241 2,398 2,784
2021 507 1,002 1,236 2,518 2,726
Single family residential water usage has consistently accounted for approximately 60 percent of the Citywide usage since 2010. Multi-family residential water usage has also remained relatively Packet Pg. 1652 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Demands Water Utility Master Plan 2023
3-4
constant in recent years, accounting for approximately 10 percent of Citywide usage. Nonresidential usage accounts for the remaining 30 percent of Citywide usage, variances in usage trends for non-residential usage have resulted from the City’s changes in data collection and utility billing record keeping over the years. Based on historical water delivery records, it appears that water use reductions and conservation in recent years have mostly offset the growth that the City has experienced and deliveries per usage type have remained relatively constant since 2010. Water usage per connection also indicates a reduction for most usage types since 2010.

Each of the City’s six primary pressure zones has differences in terms of land use, growth rates, and other factors that influence the total water demands and the seasonal and daily patterns within each zone. These differences determine decisions regarding major water system facilities such as pump stations, pipelines, and storage reservoirs, so it is important to consider water demands for each pressure zone as well as the total system. Table 3-5 compares the number of service connections and relative growth in each pressure zone between 2010 and 2021.

Table 3-5 Pressure Zone Service Connections and Growth
2010 2021
Pressure Zone
No. Service
Connections % of Total
No. Service
Connections % of Total
% Citywide
Growth
Buckeye 5,008 18% 5,329 18% 31%
Cascade 3,339 12% 3,528 12% 18%
Enterprise 8,719 31% 9,151 31% 42%
Foothill 4,469 16% 4,452 15% 0%
Hill 900 4,539 16% 4,852 17% 30%
Hilltop Dana 2,458 9% 3,064 10% 58%
Total: 28,532 - 30,376 - -
The City’s water service connections from 2010 to 2021 indicate that the Hilltop Dana Zone experienced the most growth, while most other zones experienced similar growth, excluding the Foothill Zone which experienced little to no growth during this period.

Pressure Zone Demands
The City’s daily water production logs and data from the City’s SCADA historian for the water system were evaluated to determine average day demands, max day demands, demand patterns, and peaking factor for each pressure zone.

Seasonal Peaking Factors
The City’s daily water production logs from the years 2017 through 2021 were evaluated to determine Citywide average day and max day water demands and seasonal peaking factors. The seasonal peaking factor is considered to be the ratio of maximum day demands to average day demands (MDD/ADD). A summary of historical demands and calculated seasonal peaking factors are provided in the following Table 3-6.

Packet Pg. 1653 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Demands
3-5
Table 3-6 Historical Demands and Seasonal Peaking Factors Year
Average Day
Demand
(MGD)
Max Day
Demand
(MGD)
Seasonal
Peaking
Factor
2010 21.51 43.99 2.04
2011 21.10 40.17 1.90
2012 23.62 43.63 1.85
2013 25.58 45.22 1.77
2014 21.81 39.14 1.79
2015 19.11 30.49 1.60
2016 19.29 36.30 1.88
2017 21.69 40.02 1.84
2018 22.34 40.26 1.80
2019 21.88 38.79 1.77
2020 22.73 39.88 1.75
2021 22.20 39.72 1.79
The City’s daily water production logs are updated manually on a daily basis by City staff. However, meter readings for the logs are not taken at the same time every day. This results in slightly different recording periods for each day. The current recording method should be accurate for evaluating average day demands, because the duration of recordings for specific days should not impact the overall average. However, with the varying durations for the daily log recordings, the daily production logs cannot provide for an accurate determination of the maximum day water demands. Slightly longer recording periods will indicate higher demand volumes, while shorter recording periods will indicate lower demand volumes and not provide an accurate representation of the maximum day demands, which should be for an exact 24-hour period. To account for the differing recording durations and for abnormal demand days, such as during a water main break or a fire, the top 98-percentile daily demand for each year was considered for max day demands. In the future, the City should consider implementing an automated system for the recording associated with its daily production logs so that data is recorded at the exact same time every day to improve accuracy.

Because of the varying recording durations and associated inaccuracies with the City’s daily production logs, the City’s SCADA historian data was used to more accurately determine the current maximum day demands for each pressure zone. Daily data from the SCADA historian from the years 2020 through 2021 for water production, reservoir storage levels, and inter-zone transfers were evaluated.

Average day and maximum day water demands, average usage per service connection, and peaking factors for each pressure zone for the years 2010 and 2021 are presented in the following Table 3-7. The 2010 data shown is from the Water Master Plan 2012.

Packet Pg. 1654 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Demands Water Utility Master Plan 2023
3-6
Table 3-7 Pressure Zone Demands and Seasonal Peaking Factors Pressure Zone Buckeye Cascade Enterprise Foothill Hill 900 Hilltop Dana 2010 Water Demands:

ADD (MGD) 3.75 2.5 6.94 3.3 3.5 2.19
MDD (MGD) 8.38 5.59 15.32 6.93 8.02 4.75
ADD/Service (GPD) 749 749 796 738 771 891
MDD/Service (GPD) 1,673 1,674 1,757 1,551 1,767 1,932
Seasonal Peaking Factor 2.23 2.24 2.21 2.10 2.29 2.17
2021 Water Demands:

ADD (MGD) 3.99 2.83 5.72 2.91 3.52 1.94
MDD (MGD) 6.79 5.41 10.47 7.18 6.47 3.44
ADD/Service (GPD) 792 824 642 708 743 649
MDD/Service (GPD) 1,539 1,510 1,175 1,716 1,430 1,059
Seasonal Peaking Factor 1.70 1.92 1.83 2.47 1.84 1.77
Data suggests that seasonal peaking factors and maximum day demands have decreased since 2010, likely as a result of drought conditions and State mandated water conservation and water use reductions. The outlier in the calculated 2021 data is the max day demand for Foothill Zone, which appears to be inaccurately high, based on its high seasonal peaking factor and customer water meter records. The City’s customer meter records for the month of July 2021 and typical residential usage throughout the City indicate that the max day demand may be closer to 5 MGD for the Foothill Zone.

However, customer meters are only recorded monthly, so an accurate calculation for the max day demand cannot be determined from the customer meter records. It could be possible that one or more of the City’s flow meters measuring interzone transfers from the Foothill Zone are inaccurate and resulting in higher than actual demands being recorded in the Foothill Zone. The City has plans to replace flow meters for interzone transfers at Pump Station 2, the Cypress Valve Station, and the Railroad Valve Station in the near future, which measure flows out of the Foothill Zone to the Hill 900, Enterprise, and Cascade Zones, respectively. Replacement of these flow meters may lead to more accurate demand data associated with these zones in the future.

Diurnal Patterns and Peak-Hour Demand Factors
The City’s SCADA historian data was analyzed to determine demand patterns for each pressure zone. SCADA historian data from max day demands in 2020 and 2021 for applicable water production, reservoir storage levels, and interzone flow meter readings in 15-minute increments were analyzed. The following Figure 3-1 shows the calculated diurnal patterns for each zone.

Packet Pg. 1655 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Demands
3-7
Figure 3-1 Calculated Diurnal Patterns
It was determined that the peak hour demand occurs around 6:00 a.m. in all of the City’s pressure zones and hourly peaking factors range from 1.7 to 2.4, with the Cascade Zone the lowest and the Enterprise Zone the highest.

Data analyses for the Foothill Zone resulted in an irregular pattern that appears to be inaccurate. Possible causes for the inaccuracy could be the irregular shape of the 6 MG clear well at the Foothill WTP leading to inaccurate flow calculations for the net flow rate, a delay between treatment plant flow monitoring and discharge to the distribution system, or potential inaccuracies with flow meters used for interzone transfers, as previously noted. Given the apparent inaccuracy with the Foothill Zone results, the Hill 900 Zone demand pattern was assumed for the Foothill Zone, which should be similar based on the comparable water connection and usage types between these two zones.

Seasonal peaking factors from 2021 and the calculated hourly peaking factors from max day demands were used to determine peak-hour demand factors for each pressure zone.

Peaking factors for each zone and the Citywide average are summarized in Table 3-8.

Data from the Foothill Zone was excluded from the average because of the apparent inaccuracies previously described.
0 0.5
1 1.5
2 2.5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Demand Factor
Hour
Buckeye Zone
Cascade Zone
Enterprise Zone
Foothil Zone
Hill 900 Zone
Hilltop Dana Zone
Packet Pg. 1656 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Demands Water Utility Master Plan 2023
3-8
Table 3-8 Pressure Zone Peak-Hour Demand Factors
Pressure Zone
Seasonal
Peaking Factor
Hourly
Peaking Factor
Peak-Hour
Demand Factor
Buckeye 1.70 1.88 3.19
Cascade 1.92 1.71 3.28
Enterprise 1.83 2.39 4.37
Foothill1 2.47 2.22 5.48
Hill 900 1.84 2.22 4.08
Hilltop Dana 1.77 1.84 3.26
Citywide Average2 1.81 2.01 3.64

1. Hill 900 hourly peaking factor assumed.

2. Average excludes Foothill Zone.

Peaking factors provided in the previous Water Master Plan 2016 Update were based on the patterns provided in the Water Master Plan 2000, and were lower than current estimates, with a previous Citywide peak-hour demand factor of 3.39. However, monitoring data for calculating diurnal patterns in the year 2000 was limited, so the previously calculated peaking factors may have been lower than actual peaking factors at that time. The City has steadily improved its system for monitoring and recording operations data for the water system since the year 2000 and given the recent droughts and statewide water reductions, it is more likely that the peak-hour demand factors have decreased some in recent years.

The diurnal patterns and peaking factors listed herein should be reasonably accurate, and they provide the best available estimates for the current demand conditions based on available operations data. However, the patterns should be re-evaluated after the City replaces some of its flow meters between its pressure zones, including at Pump Station 2, the Cypress Valve Station, and the Railroad Valve Station.

FIRE SERVICE DEMANDS
The City water distribution system was evaluated for its capacity to provide required flows for fire suppression at some specific locations in the WSA. The required fire service flows are dictated by California Fire Code (CFC) requirements which depend on building size and construction materials to determine the magnitude and duration of water supply required for fire suppression efforts. The AWWA has also issued its own standards for fire flows, presented in AWWA M31 Distribution System Requirements for Fire Protection. Analysis for this plan used CFC flows and locations of the largest fire flow demands within each pressure zone to analyze fire flow requirements. The analysis also conservatively included peak-hour water demands as the base condition. Further evaluation of fire service flows is provided in Section 5, System Evaluation.

Fire flow requirements can often be the controlling factor in the sizing of water pipelines and other distribution system infrastructure. As new development occurs between now and future planning horizons, the size of water mains required will need to be designed and sized to provide adequate fire flow to development areas. The 2022 California Residential Code, which became Packet Pg. 1657 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Demands
3-9
effective statewide on January 1, 2023, requires installation of fire sprinklers in all new residences. Fire sprinklers alone will not change water demands, but their installation will require larger water meter connections.

FUTURE WATER DEMANDS
Future water demands for the City’s WSA were projected from current conditions to ultimate buildout. Evaluated planning horizons include the years 2021 (current conditions), 2025, 2030, 2035, 2040 and ultimate buildout. Current conditions and demands for each pressure zone were used as a baseline for applying growth and additional demands for each planning period.

WATER DEMANDS THROUGH 2040
Growth for planning periods through 2040 were determined from:
• Shasta Regional Transportation Agency (SRTA) Travel Demand Model • Community outreach discussions with developers, engineers, and major land owners in a shared effort with preparation of the 2022 Wastewater Master Plan • Internal coordination with City of Redding staff regarding pending projects in the development community
The SRTA model provides an estimated number of households within specified Traffic Analysis Zones (TAZ) throughout Shasta County at five-year increments through 2040. The SRTA model, applicable TAZ boundaries, and the number of current and projected households in each TAZ were correlated with the City’s water service area and pressure zone boundaries using GIS mapping software.

Current water demands and the total number of households within the pressure zones were utilized to determine average water demands per household in each pressure zone. The projected increases in household numbers for each TAZ, along with the estimated water demand per household were then used to estimate increases in water demands within TAZ’s, each pressure zone, and the WSA as a whole for each planning horizon. This method assumes that the percentage of water usage sectors (single family residential, multi-family residential, commercial, etc.) will remain consistent through future planning horizons, since the number of households was used to estimate all water usage types.

In addition to the water demands determined from the SRTA model, water demands were added to specific TAZ’s where it was determined from community outreach or coordination with City staff that development will occur but the development did not appear to be included in the SRTA model.

Estimated average day and maximum day water demands for each pressure zone for planning periods through 2040 are provided in Table 3-9. It was assumed that seasonal peaking factors will remain consistent with current peaking factors for each zone. Additional data, tables, and calculations related to the demand forecasting performed, and a map of the TAZ numbers and boundaries associated with the City are provided in Appendix C.

Packet Pg. 1658 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Demands Water Utility Master Plan 2023
3-10
Table 3-9 Pressure Zone Water Demands (MGD) Through 2040 Current (2021) 2025 2030 2035 2040
Pressure Zone ADD MDD ADD MDD ADD MDD ADD MDD ADD MDD
Buckeye 4.13 6.79 4.56 7.49 4.74 7.79 4.86 7.99 4.84 8.24 Cascade 2.72 5.42 2.73 5.44 2.79 5.54 2.90 5.78 3.28 6.29 Enterprise 7.23 10.47 7.79 11.28 7.87 11.39 7.98 11.56 6.33 11.59 Foothill 3.04 7.19 3.21 7.59 3.27 7.73 3.34 7.90 3.27 8.08 Hill 900 3.53 6.47 3.69 6.76 3.80 6.96 3.81 6.98 3.89 7.16 Hilltop Dana 1.61 3.45 1.64 3.49 1.64 3.49 1.68 3.59 2.02 3.59 TOTAL 22.27 39.78 23.61 42.05 24.10 42.92 24.58 43.80 23.65 44.95 The projected water demands indicate an average annual growth rate of only 0.6 percent citywide through 2040, which is consistent with recent growth trends since 2010.

WATER DEMANDS AT ULTIMATE BUILDOUT
The term “buildout” or “ultimate buildout (UBO)” refers to the planning condition under which the maximum level of development and population has been reached, based on the long-term land use plan. Since the SRTA model only provides data through the year 2040, the City’s General Plan was used to estimate water demands at ultimate buildout. To estimate the amount of growth/development in each pressure zone for ultimate buildout, data and mapping for the City’s existing parcels were compared to that of planned land usage from the General Plan using GIS mapping software. The mapping data was correlated to the pressure zone boundaries and the increases in developed areas for each land use type between existing parcels and the General Plan mapping was considered to be the area of development in each pressure zone.

Once the areas of growth per land use type were estimated in each pressure zone, assumptions about water usage per acre and land use type were used to determine the additional water demands from the estimated growth/development. The maximum day water demands per acre and land use type for the growth areas were estimated based on July 2021 billing records and from demand averages for the various land use types. The estimated water demands per acre and usage type were then assumed for the calculated development/growth areas to estimate the additional maximum day water demands associated with the development in each pressure zone for ultimate buildout.

The following Table 3-10 summarizes the total areas of growth and development for various land use types from current conditions to ultimate buildout within each pressure zone. It also provides the estimated additional maximum day demands associated with the development areas in each zone.

Packet Pg. 1659 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Demands
3-11
Table 3-10 Additional Land Use and Water Demands at Ultimate Buildout The estimated additional demands were added to current demands to determine ultimate buildout demands for each zone. For the Cascade and Hill 900 Zones, water demands estimated from the SRTA model for 2040 exceeded UBO demand estimates based on the General Plan. A potential reason for this could be that the General Plan density population values were generated based on midrange density values whereas some of the SRTA data may have assumed development at higher density values. To be conservative, the higher water demands from the SRTA model were assumed for ultimate buildout in the Cascade and Hill 900 Zones. Table 3-11 provides estimated average day and max day demands for each pressure zone. It was assumed that seasonal peaking factors for each zone will remain consistent with current peaking factors.

Table 3-11 Ultimate Buildout Water Demands
CURRENT (2021) UBO
Pressure Zone ADD MDD ADD MDD
Buckeye 4.13 6.79 7.00 11.50
Cascade1 2.72 5.42 3.16 6.29
Enterprise 7.23 10.47 10.25 14.84
Foothill 3.04 7.19 3.43 8.12
Hill 9001 3.53 6.47 3.91 7.16
Hilltop Dana 1.61 3.45 1.95 4.17
TOTAL 22.27 39.78 29.70 52.08

1. Estimate from SRTA model 2040 data exceeds UBO estimate from General Plan. SRTA data used.

Area
(Acres)
MDD
(MGD)
Area
(Acres)
MDD
(MGD)
Area
(Acres)
MDD
(MGD)
Area
(Acres)
MDD
(MGD)
Area
(Acres)
MDD
(MGD)
Area
(Acres)
MDD
(MGD)
Airport Service 108 0.04
Commercial 121 0.10
General Comm. 39 0.03 93 0.08 32 0.03 1 0.001
General Industry 198 0.07 182 0.07 832 0.31
General Office 30 0.04 6 0.01
Greenway 2,269 715 943 331 904 161
Heavy Commercial 114 0.10 158 0.14 81 0.07 158 0.14 3 0.002 Heavy Industry 52 0.02 176 0.07
Limited Office 9 0.01 28 0.03 28 0.04
Mixed Use Core 145 0.21
Multi-Family 317 1.25 65 0.26 379 1.49 76 0.30 81 0.32 160 0.63 Neighborhood Comm. 4 0.01 3 0.005 6 0.01 11 0.02 6 0.01 Parks 66 0.02 135 0.04
Regional Comm. 250 0.21 36 0.03 95 0.08
Shopping Center 48 0.04 64 0.05 14 0.01
Single Family Res. 1,211 2.98 33 0.08 852 2.10 98 0.24 29 0.07 Total Additional: 4,446 4.71 1,316 0.62 3,743 4.37 846 0.93 1,186 0.47 423 0.72 Land Use Type
Buckeye Cascade Enterprise Foothill Hill 900 Hilltop/Dana Packet Pg. 1660 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Demands Water Utility Master Plan 2023
3-12
The City’s General Plan indicates that the majority of growth in the water service area will occur in the Buckeye and Enterprise zones. Demand estimates based on the General Plan data indicate the City’s maximum day demand at ultimate buildout will be approximately 52 MGD. This estimate is significantly less than that of the Water Master Plan 2016, which estimated maximum day demands at ultimate buildout of 87.5 MGD. However, the previous master plan estimate was based General Plan 2000, which estimated over a 4 percent growth rate and a buildout population of 201,000 for the City and 163,000 within the WSA. The City’s most recent draft General Plan indicates a much lower growth rate and a City population of only 101,588 by the year 2045, significantly less than the General Plan 2000 estimates. At the recent growth rate of 0.6 percent, ultimate building would be reached somewhere around the year 2065.

Packet Pg. 1661 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water Supplies
4-1

4. WATER SUPPLIES
The City of Redding uses both surface water and groundwater supplies to meet the water demands within its water service area. On average, approximately 70 percent of the City’s water supply comes from surface water, with the remaining 30 percent coming from groundwater.

Surface water is used throughout the year and groundwater is used minimally in the winter but peaks along with surface water use in the summer.

SURFACE WATER SUPPLY
The majority of the City’s surface water supplies are governed under two separate contracts with USBR, the Sacramento River Contract and the Buckeye Contract. The City also has a contract with ACID for purchase of surface water, which typically only accounts for a small portion of the City’s surface water supply.

Sacramento River Contract Supply
Sacramento River Contract water is pumped from the Sacramento River via PS-01 to the Foothill WTP. In 1966, the City entered into long term Sacramento River Contract (Contract No. 14-006- 200-2871A) with USBR, with an initial term from April 1964 to March 31, 2004. The Sacramento River Contract was one of a group of USBR supply contracts generally referred to as "Settlement Contracts" intended to resolve legal water rights conflicts that arose between pre1914 water rights holders along the Sacramento River and USBR following completion of the Central Valley Project (CVP). On June 7, 2005, City Council approved by Resolution No. 2005- 69 authorizing the Mayor to sign the Redding Settlement Contract No. 14-06-200-2871-A-R-1, which extended the previous contract for another forty (40) years to March 31, 2045. In 2008, USBR approved an inclusion action for water made available under the Contract to be conveyed through the integrated City-wide water system. The Sacramento River Contract limits the water supply to municipal and industrial (M&I) and domestic uses within the City’s WSA boundary, as shown in the previous Figure 2-1. Water use for other purposes or outside of the water service area must be approved by USBR.

The Sacramento River Contract supply is allocated into two classifications, base and project supply. The base supply includes up to 17,850 acre-feet per year (AFY) and has no associated cost. The project supply includes up to 3,150 AFY that includes an M&I rate charge that varies per year. Current 2023 charges are $39.39 per acre-foot (AF) for the project supply portion of the Sacramento River Contract supply.

USBR can reduce the Sacramento River Contract supply by up to 25 percent from the City’s average usage during April 1 through October 31 in the three proceeding non-critical years. A critical year designation is made when existing supply and projected river inflows are at or below certain trigger points that limit CVP's ability to meet the current system demands. From 1964 to present, the supply was reduced under this condition in 1977, 1992 and 1994, 2015 and 2022.

Under the terms of Central Valley Project Improvement Act (CVPIA), future cutbacks are forecast to be more frequent and more severe because of increasing overall demands on the CVP and requirements for allocation of CVP yield to environmental water uses.

Packet Pg. 1662 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Supplies Water Utility Master Plan 2023
4-2
Buckeye Contract Supply
Buckeye Contract supply water can be diverted from the Spring Creek Tunnel, which conveys water from Whiskeytown Lake to the Spring Creek Power Plant at the Keswick Reservoir, to the City's Buckeye WTP. It can also come from the Sacramento River via Pump House 1 to the Foothill WTP. In addition, the Contract includes delivery of water to the Summit City sub-zone, which is treated and delivered to customers by the City of Shasta Lake under a separate Water Delivery Agreement with the City. Water serving the Summit City sub-zone originates at Shasta Dam and is transferred by way of the 6-inch main Toyon pipeline.

The Buckeye Contract with USBR (Contract No. 14-06-200-5272A) originated from the City's annexation of the old Buckeye County Water District, which was formed in 1951 and eventually dissolved in 1967. The City entered into the original Buckeye Contract with USBR in 1971, which assigned the Buckeye Service Area to the City and made available CVP supply to the City to serve the Buckeye Zone. Amendments to the Buckeye Contract were made in 1990 and 1994.

The 1994 amended Buckeye Contract governs the supply to the City's Buckeye WTP, which came online in 1995. City Staff entered into negotiation with USBR regarding the Buckeye Contract in December 1999. On May 18, 2004, the City Council approved Resolution No. 2004- 81, allowing the Bureau to post the draft Contracts for public review and comment prior to completion of the environmental documentation. On March 15, 2005, City Council approved Resolution No. 2005-40 authorizing the Mayor to sign the Buckeye Water Contract No. 14-06- 200-5272A-LTR1, which extended the contract for another forty (40) years, ending February 28, 2045. In 2008, USBR approved an inclusion action for water made available under the Contract to be conveyed through the integrated City-wide water system. Similar to the Sacramento Contract, supply is limited to M&I and domestic uses within the City’s WSA boundary and water use for other purposes or in areas outside of the area of use boundary must be approved by USBR.

The Buckeye Contract supply includes up to 6,140 AFY of water supply, including 6,110 AFY of City project water and 30 AFY designated for the City of Shasta Lake to serve the Summit City sub-zone. Project water consists of water from the Spring Creek Tunnel or Sacramento River, but the City does not typically use water from the Sacramento River under this contract.

Nearly all of the water associated with this contract comes from the Spring Creek Tunnel and is treated at the Buckeye WTP. Costs associated with both classifications include a basic M&I rate, a CVPIA Restoration Fund charge, and a cost for the Trinity Public Utilities District Assessment.

The supply water was previously under a tiered pricing structure, but the tiered pricing structure is no longer required by USBR. Project supply costs also include a foregone power charge if the water is diverted at the Buckeye WTP. The foregone power charge compensates USBR and the Western Area Power Administration (WAPA) for the power generation revenue they forego when the City diverts the supply to the Buckeye WTP upstream of the Spring Creek Power Plant and the Keswick Dam generating plant, which reduces each plant's net power generation. On December 18, 2009, the City Council approved Resolution No. 2009-197, to establish a Contract Amendment No. 2 with WAPA for foregone CVP power loss by water diverted from the Spring Creek Tunnel. The original contract, No. 92-SAO-18001, was approved and signed by WAPA and the City on June 22, 1992 and would expire on December 31, 2009. The contract has been extended until December 31, 2024. If the Buckeye supply is diverted at the Pump House 1 intake Packet Pg. 1663 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water Supplies
4-3
downstream of Keswick Dam, no foregone power charge is included. The WAPA foregone power cost varies, but it averaged approximately $43 per AF from 2018 through 2022. The following Table 4-1 summarizes costs in 2023 for Buckeye Contract supply.

Table 4-1 Buckeye Contract Supply Costs
Service/Classification Rate/AF
Project Supply M&I Rate $33.16
WAPA Foregone Power Cost $43.00
CVPIA Restoration Fund Charges $24.05
Trinity PUD Assessment $ 0.15
The total rate in 2023 water usage from the Spring Creek Tunnel under the Buckeye Contract is roughly $100.36 on average, which includes M&I rates, as well as WAPA foregone power costs, CVPIA charges, and the Trinity PUD assessment fees.

The Buckeye Contract stipulates that USBR can also reduce supply by up to 25 percent from the City’s average usage in the three proceeding non-critical years. However, during the summer of 2022, supplies and projected inflows were at such critically low levels that USBR completely stopped providing Buckeye Contract water. Under the terms of CVPIA, future cutbacks are forecast to be more frequent and more severe than they have in the past because of increasing demands on the CVP overall and requirements for allocation of CVP yield to environmental water uses.

ACID Contract Supply
In March 2011, the City Council approved an agreement with ACID for the annual water purchase of up to 4,000 AFY. The City typically only uses 500 AFY of its ACID Contract supply. However, during drought years the City utilizes the option to use or transfer the maximum allowed. For example, during 2022 the full allotment of 4,000 AFY was used to make up for the lack of Buckeye Contract supply and meet the summer water demands. Costs for ACID Contract supply increase annually to account for inflation. The total rate in 2023 for ACID Contract supply is $142.57 per AF.

GROUNDWATER SUPPLY
The City currently has seventeen groundwater wells separated into two groups, the Enterprise wells and the Cascade Wells, grouped within their respective pressure zone. A map showing approximate locations of the wells and a table with general information for each well are provided in the previously shown Figure 2-1 and Table 2-2, respectively.

The City’s wells draw groundwater from the Redding Area Groundwater Basin, which underlies south central Shasta County. The 2014 California Sustainable Groundwater Management Act required development of a Groundwater Sustainability Plan (GSP) for groundwater basins throughout California, including two of the five subbasins within the Redding Area Groundwater Basin, the Enterprise and Anderson Subbasins. In response to this legislation, the City, along with the City of Anderson, Shasta County, Clear Creek Community Services District, Bella Vista Packet Pg. 1664 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Supplies Water Utility Master Plan 2023
4-4
Water District, and ACID formed the Enterprise Anderson Groundwater Sustainability Agency and developed GSP’s for the two subbasins. The GSP’s determined that groundwater elevations have remained relatively consistent since 1999 and overdraft conditions are not present.

Enterprise Wells
The twelve Enterprise Wells provide approximately 96 percent of the City's groundwater supply.

The active Enterprise Wells (not including EW-4, EW-11, and EW-13) can provide up to 17 MGD, just over 40 percent of the City’s water supply during current max day demands. During low demand periods, typically only one or two of the larger wells (EW-8 through EW-23) are operated to automatically maintain water levels in the Enterprise reservoirs. During high water demand periods, most or all active wells are typically running manually at or near capacity.

If more frequent or severe cutbacks to the City’s contracted surface water supplies are required in the future, then additional groundwater supply may be required to meet projected demands. It is anticipated that at least two new wells will be added within the next ten years to expand the Enterprise well field. The City is also completing the design for a wellhead treatment system at EW-12, which is planned to be completed in 2024, to operate it more often and reduce its loading of iron, manganese, and arsenic into the water system. As previously noted, wells EW-11 and EW-13 have shown arsenic concentrations near or exceeding the MCL, so they are currently on backup “standby” status for emergency use only. If State regulations for metals and arsenic levels become more stringent in the future, then additional treatment systems may be needed for several of the Enterprise Wells for continued operation. The City plans to evaluate the costs and operations associated with the treatment system at EW-12, upon its completion. Then the City will determine whether additional treatment for the existing Enterprise Wells, or installation of new wells further to the south will be most practical.

The Enterprise Subbasin GSP, prepared by Jacobs in 2022, estimates current pumping rates from the Enterprise Subbasin at 20,000 AFY and a sustainable yield of at least 75,000 AFY. Based on these estimates, the Enterprise Subbasin should have more than adequate yield to provide for significant expansion of the Enterprise Wellfield in the future without causing undesirable results to the subbasin.

Cascade Wells
The City currently operates five of the original nine wells in the Cascade area, including CW-05 which is available on standby. Four of the original nine Cascade Wells have been abandoned because of a combination of low yield and water quality problems; the shallow infiltration gallery Westwood Manor Wells are considered under influence of surface water and would require filtration treatment. Of five Cascade Wells that are considered active, the City has only regularly operated Cascade Wells 1 and 8 recently because the others do not produce enough water to justify their associated operations and maintenance costs. These two wells have run year-round on manual control. The Cascade Wells that are still considered active, excluding CW05, have a combined pumping capacity of approximately 0.73 MGD, providing approximately 4 percent of the City’s supply in the winter and only roughly one percent of the supply during summer months.

Packet Pg. 1665 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water Supplies
4-5
As previously noted, the City does not plan to update or maintain the Cascade Wells because of their low production. They will continue to operate for the foreseeable future but will be decommissioned as their equipment reaches the end of its service life.

EMERGENCY SUPPLY CONNECTIONS
The City of Redding has emergency service interties with several neighboring water systems, as listed in the previously shown Table 2-7. These interties can provide backup supply to local areas of the City, or to neighboring agency systems in some cases. The existing interties do not have adequate capacity to provide significant supply on a regular basis, but they can assist during an emergency.

PRESSURE ZONE SUPPLY SOURCES AND COSTS
A summary of average monthly supply volumes, and percentages of the total supply for each of the four primary water sources from 2017 through 2021 is provided in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2 Average Monthly Supply Volumes and Percent of Total Supply Sacramento River Buckeye Enterprise Wells Cascade Wells Total Month
Supply
(AF) % Total
Supply
(AF)
%
Total
Supply
(AF) % Total
Supply
(AF) % Total
Supply
(AF)
Jan 90.7 9% 544.4 53% 357.8 35% 40.8 4% 1,033.6
Feb 54.6 5% 563.9 56% 351.4 35% 36.8 4% 1,006.8
March 161.3 14% 490.0 43% 434.9 39% 40.6 4% 1,126.8
April 635.9 44% 336.7 23% 443.5 30% 38.9 3% 1,455.0
May 1,218.7 52% 541.8 23% 552.9 23% 40.1 2% 2,353.5
June 1,613.3 54% 608.8 20% 712.7 24% 38.7 1% 2,973.5
July 1,936.0 54% 741.4 21% 887.0 25% 39.0 1% 3,603.4
Aug 1,799.3 53% 707.0 21% 870.8 26% 37.0 1% 3,414.0
Sep 1,562.5 54% 626.6 22% 644.1 22% 38.6 1% 2,871.8
Oct 1,350.3 57% 570.4 24% 407.2 17% 40.4 2% 2,368.4
Nov 682.6 44% 502.7 33% 312.6 20% 38.8 3% 1,536.8
Dec 385.8 34% 333.0 29% 384.4 34% 40.3 4% 1,143.5
Total 11,491.1 - 6,566.7 - 6,359.3 - 470.0 - 24,887.1
Avg. 957.6 46% 547.2 26% 529.9 26% 39.2 2% 2,073.9
The City’s ability to supply each pressure zone from its various supply sources is restricted by the locations and capacities of water system facilities, as well as the wide geographic extent and topography of the service area. Each of the six pressure zones generally receives supply from a primary source, and from one or more secondary sources, according to the most economical supply alternative.

Packet Pg. 1666 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Supplies Water Utility Master Plan 2023
4-6
Total costs of supply include contract costs for surface water, as well as costs for chemicals, power and utilities, and the operational costs associated with the treatment and pumping required to deliver the source water to the City customers. The unit cost of supply to each pressure zone, depending on the source and conveyance route, varies widely. Table 4-3 provides approximate average unit supply costs for each pressure zone for primary and typical secondary sources.

Since costs for the Sacramento River contract supply are only required for project supply, which accounts for only 15 percent of the total contract amount, it was assumed that the average contract cost for water treated at the Foothill WTP is only 15 percent of the $39.39 contract cost for project supply, which is $5.91 per AF.

Table 4-3 Pressure Zone Supply Costs
Pressure
Zone Source
Contract
Cost
($/AF)
Power, Chem.,
O&M Costs
($/AF)
Total Cost
($/AF)
Buckeye Buckeye WTP $ 100.36 $ 68.27 $ 168.63
Foothill WTP via PS-03 & PS-04 $ 5.91 $ 224.69 $ 230.60 Cascade Foothill WTP via RR Valve Station $ 5.91 $ 122.39 $ 128.29 Enterprise Wells via SB Valve Station $ - $ 455.25 $ 455.25 Cascade Wells $ - $ 535.39 $ 535.39
Enterprise Foothill WTP via Cypress Valve Station $ 5.91 $ 122.39 $ 128.29 Enterprise Wells $ - $ 450.00 $ 450.00
Foothill Foothill WTP $ 5.91 $ 122.39 $ 128.29
Buckeye WTP via PS-03 & PS-04 PRV’s $ 100.36 $ 68.27 $ 168.63 Hill 900 Foothill WTP via PS-02 $ 5.91 $ 142.10 $ 148.00 Hilltop Dana Buckeye WTP via Palisades PRV’s $ 100.36 $ 68.27 $ 168.63 Foothill WTP via PS-05 $ 5.91 $ 180.44 $ 186.34
Enterprise Wells via PS-05 $ - $ 508.05 $ 508.05
The costs per AF for water supply from the City’s wells appears to be significantly higher than supply costs per AF from the treatment plants in recent years. It appears that electrical and chemical costs at the Enterprise Wells are relatively low, averaging only approximately $126 per AF in 2022, but over 70 percent of the supply costs associated with the Enterprise Wells was associated with parts and labor required to maintain them. The City should continue to monitor operations and maintenance costs associated with its wells and utilize water from the treatment plants when feasible to minimize supply costs.

Packet Pg. 1667 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-1

5. WATER SYSTEM EVALUATION
Detailed evaluations of the major aspects of the City’s water system were performed, including water supply, treatment, storage, distribution piping, pump stations, and valve stations. They included assessments for current conditions, as well as future planning horizons in 2025, 2030, 2035, 2040, and UBO. The evaluations were used to identify current and expected future deficiencies, assess improvement options, and make recommendations to address the deficiencies.

The evaluations and analysis contained herein assumes that development and future water demands will follow the projections described in Section 3 and Appendix C. Demand projections are based on the SRTA model and the City’s General Plan, which are the best tools currently available for estimating growth within the water service area for the planning horizons.

However, should development occur earlier than projected or in areas where growth is not projected, improvements necessary to obtain service from the City of Redding water system are expected to be constructed and paid for by the developer of the project and may not be considered eligible for reimbursement by the City or future land developer projects that may benefit from the improvements. The improvements may be required to include infrastructure to extend the water system to the project, as well as improvements with the existing water system to accommodate the development. To mitigate this uncertainty, it is recommended that this WMP be updated on relatively frequent intervals.

WATER SUPPLY
An analysis of the City’s current annual water supply was performed to assess its capacity to provide for annual water demands during normal and drought years in each planning horizon through UBO. The analysis assumed that the City’s allocations of surface water supplies, contracted with USBR and ACID, will remain at their current annual volumes. It was also assumed that supply from USBR contracts during drought years will be at a 25 percent reduction from the average supply provided under each contract from the most recent unconstrained/noncritical years. For the Sacramento River Contract, the three most recent unconstrained years are 2018 through 2020. For the Buckeye Contract, the most recent unconstrained years are from 2017 through 2019.

Existing Supply
The following Table 5-1 provides a summary of the City’s current normal and drought/critical year annual supply compared to projected demands for planning horizons through UBO. Because ACID is agricultural water supply which is more subject to restrictions and therefore less reliable, evaluation for total water supply without ACID supply is also considered. Also, since the City is not planning to maintain the Cascade Wells, it was assumed that they will provide half of their current supply in 2035, and no supply at UBO. Current supplies for both the Enterprise and Cascade Wells were assumed to be equal to their average production from 2017 through 2021, which were provided in the previous Table 4-2.

Packet Pg. 1668 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-2
Table 5-1 Annual Water Supply vs. Demand
2025 2030 2035 2040 UBO
Supply/Source
NORM
(AF)
DRGHT
(AF)
NORM
(AF)
DRGHT
(AF)
NORM
(AF)
DRGHT
(AF)
NORM
(AF)
DRGHT
(AF)
NORM
(AF)
DRGHT
(AF)
Sacramento
River 21,000 18,555 21,000 18,555 21,000 18,555 21,000 18,555 21,000 18,555 Buckeye 6,140 5,566 6,140 5,566 6,140 5,566 6,140 5,566 6,140 5,566 ACID 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 Enterprise Wells 6,359 6,359 6,359 6,359 6,359 6,359 6,359 6,359 6,359 6,359 Cascade Wells 470 470 470 470 235 235 235 235 0 0
Total Supply 37,969 34,950 37,969 34,950 37,734 34,715 37,734 34,715 37,499 34,480 Demand 26,452 26,452 27,000 27,000 27,538 27,538 28,213 28,213 33,283 33,283 Excess 11,517 8,498 10,969 7,950 10,196 7,177 9,521 6,502 4,216 1,197 % Excess 44% 32% 41% 29% 37% 26% 34% 23% 13% 4%
Excess
Less ACID 7,517 4,498 6,969 3,950 6,196 3,177 5,521 2,502 216 -2,803 % Excess
Less ACID 28% 17% 26% 15% 22% 12% 20% 9% 1% -8%
The analysis indicates that the City’s existing annual water supply is adequate through ultimate buildout during normal years and drought years, and only slightly deficient with no ACID supply during drought conditions at UBO. However, it is recommended that the City continue to add redundancies and additional supply for the event that USBR is required to reduce its contract water by more than anticipated during critical drought years in the future. Other major factors that are likely to influence long term supply requirements and needs include the following:
• The location, rate, and types of development and growth that occur within both the WSA and in neighboring cities and presently unincorporated County areas. • The influence on groundwater levels and yield in the groundwater basins from long term development, including the annual quantity and patterns of pumping, and development of the groundwater basin resources by other water suppliers. • More stringent regulations associated with groundwater quality, which could render some of the City’s wells unusable without improvements for additional treatment. • Agreements between the City and adjacent water suppliers involving transfers of water in or out of the City.
• Long term or periodic climate changes altering water supply. • Future State regulations for further water conservation.

There are many uncertainties associated with each of the factors listed above, but careful consideration, planning, and action by the City in the coming years can help ensure that the City’s water supply has the flexibility and reliability needed to address the uncertainties and provide for the water demands.

Packet Pg. 1669 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-3
Impacts of Water Conservation
In November 2009, the California Senate enacted the Water Conservation Act of 2009 (SB X7- 7), which requires that all water suppliers increase their water use efficiency. It required the City, along with other large urban water suppliers in California, to reduce daily per capita water usage by 20 percent by the year 2020, with an interim 10 percent reduction target by the year 2015. The City utilized a 10-year per baseline from 1999 to 2008 for the required reductions, per utility records and in accordance with the requirements of SB X7-7. The baseline daily per capita was determined to be 297 gallons per capita per day (GPCD). Reduced per capita water usage in 2015 and 2020 was required to be 267 GPCD and 237 GPCD, respectively. The City met the interim 2015 target, but the year 2015 did not represent a typical year of use due to the impacts of drought and mandated water restrictions. Unfortunately, the City was unable to meet the 2020 target for a variety of reasons, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the very dry conditions. The City’s 2020 per capacity water usage was determined to be 267 GPCD, short of the 237 GPCD reduction target. SB X7-7 generally stipulates that urban retail water suppliers who do not meet the water conservation requirements are not eligible for State water grants or loans, but in February of 2023 the California Department of Water Resources (DWR) determined that the City adequately demonstrated in its 2020 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) that it is a disadvantaged community and the City is still eligible for State water grants and loans.

In response to the severe drought in years 2012 through 2016, California Senate Bill 606 and Assembly Bill 1668 were enacted in 2018 to establish a framework for long-term improvements in urban water use efficiency and drought planning as California adapts to climate change impacts. In response to this legislation, the City prepared a Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP) as an appendix to the 2020 UWMP. The WSCP details the stages of action to be undertaken during a reduction in available water supply, either due to reductions in the City's available water supply during drought years, or due to catastrophic interruption due to flooding, major fire emergencies, earthquake, regional power outages, water contamination or other situations that could impact the City’s water supply.

With the unprecedented drought in years 2019 through 2022 and concerns of climate change, it is likely that California will have additional regulations and required water reductions in the future.

Because the timeline and specifics of any future reductions are currently not known, and to be conservative with future supply needs, demand projections in this WMP do not consider future water use reductions that could be imposed by the State.

Supply Needs
Pump House 1 needs to be completely replaced to address deficiencies noted in Section 2.5.1.

The City is currently in the design phase for its replacement and relocation, with construction expected to begin in 2026.

Additional well capacity is needed to provide redundancy and more reliability for the City’s water supply, independent of surface water contracts with USBR and the associated restrictions that could occur during critical drought periods.

Packet Pg. 1670 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-4
The City may need to secure additional surface water supply to meet projected water demands for long-term population growth and account for supply reductions that could be required with current USBR contracts during critical drought years.

Supply Recommendations
Although analysis indicates that the City’s water supply is adequate for normal and drought years through 2040, it is recommended that the City continue to add redundancies and additional supply to avoid a potential deficit in case of potential future surface contract water restrictions, further water quality regulations on groundwater, unexpected growth, or other uncertainties that could impact water supply requirements and needs.

Recommendations for Years 2023 through 2027
The City should perform following actions/improvements from now through 2027:

1. Complete construction of wellhead treatment at EW-12 in 2024. Evaluate actual capital costs, as well as costs and resources required for operations and maintenance of the treatment facilities, including for off-haul and disposal of the associated waste. Determine if additional treatment facilities at other wells, such as EW-11 and EW-13, will be practical based on the evaluation.

2. Construct at least one new groundwater well at the southeast end of the Enterprise Zone, or install wellhead treatment to allow EW-11 or EW-13 to operate regularly if determined that it is practical from the EW-12 treatment evaluation.

3. Complete the environmental planning/permitting, detailed design, and construction for the replacement of Pump House 1. Relocate it approximately 1,600 feet upriver, to a deeper area in the Sacramento River, so that station capacity exceeds projected demands independent of ACID dam operation.

4. Evaluate transfer opportunities within the Redding Basin that would make nonproject surface-water supplies available. For example, the City owns a 12-inch diameter well casing in its property on the northeast side of the Market Street bridge. It may be possible for the City to pump groundwater into the Sacramento River at this location to offset usage from the Sacramento River Contract supply.

5. Review current City planning policies and regulations to ensure protection of groundwater resources. Key factors to consider include water quality protection from surface contaminants, development of groundwater adjacent to the City’s well field by other parties, and actions by Shasta County, State and/or Federal agencies that may result in exporting Redding Basin groundwater supplies.

6. Evaluate opportunities for current and future supply arrangements with neighboring water agencies to determine if the City could benefit from additional water supply or revenue, considering capital and long-term costs.

Packet Pg. 1671 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-5
Recommendations for Years 2028 through 2032
The City should perform the following actions/improvements during the years 2028 through 2032:

1. Construct at least one new groundwater well at the southeast end of the Enterprise Zone, or install wellhead treatment to allow EW-11 or EW-13 to operate regularly if determined that it is practical from the EW-12 treatment evaluation.

2. Investigate long-term transfer arrangements to secure additional surface-water supply. These supplies may not be needed immediately, but the time frame for planning and constructing facilities to use this supply to meet growth in demands requires that the supply be secured at least five to ten years before it is needed.

Such transfer arrangements could be used to compensate for drought-year cutbacks and provide additional flexibility with the City’s water supplies.

3. Re-evaluate the City’s projected water demands and water supplies considering the most current regulations for water conservation and water quality.

TREATMENT
The City’s water treatment consists of its two water treatment plant facilities, the Foothill WTP and Buckeye WTP, as well as some treatment at its Enterprise Wells.

Foothill WTP
The Foothill WTP provides the City’s largest and primary water supply during average and peak demands. Its major features/facilities include:
• Flocculation sedimentation basin
• Filtration system with filters and an air scour and backwash system • Backwash waste handling facilities; equalization basin, filter-to-waste basin, clarifier, and return pump station
• Sludge drying bed
• Control building
• Chemical feed systems
• Chlorine building
• A 6 MG concrete clear well
• Pump Station 2
During summer months, the Foothill WTP provides more than half of the City’s water supply, but it does it does not continually operate during winter months because of low water levels and elevated turbidity in the Sacramento River. The flocculation and sedimentation processes at the Foothill WTP are typically bypassed and flows are conveyed directly to the filters as an in-line Packet Pg. 1672 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-6
treatment process. At the allowable filter surface loading rate, the Foothill WTP’s firm capacity is 36 MGD, but it is currently limited by the supply capacity from Pump Station 1, which is currently 29 MGD. An aerial photograph of the Foothill WTP with major facilities labeled is provided in Figure 5-1.

Source: Foothill WTP Facilities Plan, prepared by Pace Engineering, May 2011 Figure 5-1 Foothill WTP Aerial Photograph
Packet Pg. 1673 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-7
In May of 2011 PACE Civil Inc. completed a facilities plan for Foothill WTP, providing an evaluation and recommended improvements for it. Since that time the City has completed some of the recommended improvements and has worked with West Yost for further evaluation and reports associated with the filter and wash water recovery improvements, but many of the major improvements at the plant still need to be performed. In general, some of the major deficiencies that remain at the Foothill WTP include:
• Programmable logic controllers (PLC’s) need to be replaced. • The current SCADA system is obsolete.
• There is no standby generator for emergency backup.
• Its main switchgear has reached the end of its service life. • There is currently no wash water recovery system.
• There is no individual filter rate and flow measurement and control. • The current in-line treatment process is not adequate if turbidity in the Sacramento River is elevated, during which time the WTP cannot operate.
• Pump Station 2 is near the end of its expected service life.

In December of 2020 the City was awarded a grant through Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hazard mitigation program (HMGP) to design and construct a project to install a standby generator at the Foothill WTP. The project will also replace and consolidate switchgears and transformers for the treatment Pump Station 2. It is scheduled to be completed in 2024 or 2025.

Buckeye WTP
The Buckeye WTP is a conventional filtration water treatment facility with a treatment capacity of 14 MGD. It typically provides more than half of the City’s water supply during winter months, and approximately 20 percent of the City’s total supply during the summer. Its major features/facilities include the following:
• Rapid mixing chamber;
• Flocculation basins;
• Sedimentation basins;
• Filtration system with filters and an air scour and backwash system • Backwash wastewater handling facilities including a wash water recovery basin • Sludge drying beds
• Control building housing controls, several chemical feed systems, and other miscellaneous systems.

The following Figure 5-2 provides a schematic for the process flow at the Buckeye WTP.

Packet Pg. 1674 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-8
Figure 5-2 Buckeye WTP Schematic Flow Diagram
The Buckeye WTP was expanded and upgraded in 2008, but a detailed facilities plan or evaluation has not been performed since the effort for the 2000 Water Master Plan.

After the Carr Fire in 2018, the City applied for a FEMA HMGP grant for installation of a chain and flight sludge collection system to remove solids from two of the sedimentation basins.

However, the erosion resulting from the fire and total suspended solids into Whiskeytown lake and subsequently the Buckeye WTP were lower than expected, so the City did not proceed with detailed design or construction of the project.

The most notable deficiency at the Buckeye WTP is currently its SCADA facilities. They are obsolete and new replacement parts and equipment are no longer available for the current system. The City is currently working towards replacing the SCADA system in 2024.

Groundwater Wells Treatment
Some treatment is required for the City’s Enterprise Wells. At each Enterprise wellhead, chlorine gas, a chlorinator, and a chlorine injection system are used to provide disinfection residual to the system. Wells EW-6A, EW-7, EW-10, and EW-14 also have injection of blended ortho/polyphosphate to reduce iron and manganese and improve taste and odor issues. In addition, the City is working towards construction of a wellhead treatment system at EW-12 to treat iron, manganese and arsenic, as previously noted.

Packet Pg. 1675 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-9
The existing chlorine injection systems for the Enterprise Wells are currently working well, and chlorine gas is currently the lowest cost alternative that the City is aware of for disinfection.

There are, however, some concerns regarding chlorine gas supply reliability, price stability, and the required frequent cylinder use involves the highest risk of accident with chlorine gas during cylinder change-out.

The current ortho/polyphosphate systems at EW-6A, EW-7, EW-10, and EW-14 have had issues and are labor intensive to maintain. The ortho/polyphosphate is currently delivered in 30-gallon drums that are difficult for City staff to move and position for use with the current configurations. The facilities are currently inside the well buildings and make access to other facilities and equipment more difficult. Also, the existing diaphragm pumps used for the systems regularly lose prime in their current configurations, requiring additional Utility staff time.

The Cascade Wells do not currently require treatment or chlorine injection because water quality testing shows sufficient chlorine residual in the system resulting from blending with treated water from the Foothill WTP and the Enterprise Wells.

Treatment Capacity
An analysis through the planning horizons was performed for the City’s current/existing daily treatment capacity and treatment capacity with planned improvements compared to the City’s projected max day water demands to identify treatment capacity needs. The City’s current daily water treatment capacity compared to maximum day demands for each planning horizon are presented in Table 5-2. Enterprise well EW-4, EW-11, and EW-13 are not included in the capacity shown. Also, since the City is not planning to maintain the Cascade Wells, it was assumed that they will provide half of their current supply by 2035, and no supply at UBO.

Table 5-2 Existing Treatment Capacity vs. Max Day Demands Supply/Source
2025
(MGD)
2030
(MGD)
2035
(MGD)
2040
(MGD)
UBO
(MGD)
Foothill WTP 28.9 28.9 28.9 28.9 28.9
Buckeye WTP 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0
Enterprise Wells 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1 17.1
Cascade Wells 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.4 0.0
Total Existing Capacity 60.7 60.7 60.3 60.3 60.0
Max Day Demand 42.0 42.9 43.8 44.9 52.1
Excess 18.7 17.8 16.5 15.4 7.9
Percent Excess 44% 41% 38% 34% 15%
The Drinking Water Division of the California Water Resources Control Board currently requires that the City provide at least 10 percent excess capacity. The analysis indicates that the City could meet this requirement with its current treatment facilities. However, for added redundancy and to account for future uncertainties, such as what occurred in the summer of 2022 when the Buckeye WTP was not able to operate because of the drought and contract water restrictions, the City should proceed with actions and improvements that will increase its redundancy with supply and treatment capacity.

Packet Pg. 1676 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-10
For the analysis with planned improvements, it is assumed that the Foothill WTP capacity will increase to 36 MGD when Pump Station 1 is replaced, prior to the year 2030. Also, the addition of two 2.5 MGD groundwater wells in the Enterprise Zone are included, with the assumption that one will be online in the year 2025 and the other in 2030. Table 5-3 shows the City’s improved daily water treatment capacity, with these recommended improvements, compared to maximum day demands for each future planning horizon.

Table 5-3 Improved Treatment Capacity vs. Max Day Demands Supply/Source
2025
(MGD)
2030
(MGD)
2035
(MGD)
2040
(MGD)
UBO
(MGD)
Foothill WTP 28.9 36.0 36.0 36.0 36.0
Buckeye WTP 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0
Enterprise Wells 19.6 22.1 22.1 22.1 22.1
Cascade Wells 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.4 0.0
Total Improved Capacity 63.2 72.8 72.4 72.4 72.1
Max Day Demand 42.0 42.9 43.8 44.9 52.1
Excess 21.2 29.9 28.6 27.5 20.0
Percent Excess 50% 70% 65% 61% 38%
The analysis indicates that the recommended improvements for Pump House 1 and additional Enterprise Well capacity should provide adequate excess and redundancy to meet the City’s maximum day demands through buildout.

Treatment Recommendations
Improvements and actions are needed to address the noted deficiencies at the City’s Foothill WTP, Buckeye WTP, and treatment at the Enterprise Wells.

Foothill Water Treatment Plant
The following actions/upgrades are recommended for the Foothill WTP:

1. Work with a consulting firm to update the Foothill WTP Facilities Plan to determine current deficiencies and needed improvements.

2. Complete construction for the standby generator installation and replacement of the main switchgear.

3. Install a new control building to house complete replacements of the PLC’s and SCADA system.

4. Install flocculation basins to operate as a conventional treatment plant.

5. Install a wash water recovery system for improved efficiency and water savings.

6. Completely replace Pump Station 2 and relocate it into a new building. Replace and upsize aging and undersized suction and discharge piping to the pump station.

Packet Pg. 1677 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-11
Buckeye Water Treatment Plant
The following actions/upgrades are recommended for the Buckeye WTP:

1. Work with a consulting firm to prepare a new Buckeye WTP Facilities Plan to determine current deficiencies and needed improvements.

2. Upgrade the SCADA system.

Groundwater Wells Treatment
The following actions/upgrades are recommended for treatment associated with the City’s Enterprise Wells:

1. The City should continue to assess disinfection methods and chemical costs and availability, and stay informed about the latest disinfection technologies to minimize operation and maintenance costs and risks.

2. Upgrade the ortho/polyphosphate systems at EW-6A, EW-7, EW-10, and EW-14 and add ortho/polyphosphate at EW-9. Evaluation of delivery and storage options/methods should be performed to move away from use of 30-gallon barrels. New sheds or small buildings should be used to house the injections systems to improve access to them, as well as other well facilities. New configurations and pumps should be self-priming.

3. After the treatment system at EW-12 is constructed, the City should evaluate the operations and maintenance and costs associated with it to determine if use of similar treatment systems would be practical at other wells, perhaps in lieu of adding new wells in the future.

4. As previously noted, the City should construct two new groundwater wells at the southeast end of the Enterprise Zone, or install wellhead treatment systems to allow EW-11 and EW-13 to operate regularly if determined that it is practical from the EW-12 treatment evaluation.

POTENTIAL WATER TREATMENT REGULATIONS
Potential changes to water treatment regulations for perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA), perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (PFOS), and manganese could have an impact on the City’s operations.

PFOA and PFOS
In March 2021, the EPA issued a determination to regulate PFOA and PFOS as contaminants under Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), and a preliminary regulatory determination to regulate perfluorohexane sulfonic acid (PFHxS), hexafluoropropylene oxide dimer acid (HFPO–DA) and its ammonium salt (also known as a GenX chemicals), perfluorononanoic acid (PFNA), and perfluorobutane sulfonic acid (PFBS), and mixtures of these per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances Packet Pg. 1678 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-12
(PFAS) as contaminants under SDWA. The EPA also proposed individual MCLs of 4.0 nanograms per liter (ng/L) or parts per trillion (ppt) for PFOA and PFOS, and a Hazard Index (HI) approach to protecting public health from mixtures of PFHxS, HFPO–DA and its ammonium salt, PFNA, and PFBS of 1.0 as the MCLGs for these four PFAS and any mixture containing one or more of them. The City is currently performing sampling at its treatment plants and wells for these contaminants to determine if these changes will impact its current operations.

Manganese
In April 2022, DDW scientific staff recommended that the State Water Resources Control Board revise the notification level (NL) and response levels (RL) for manganese, which are currently set at 500 µg/L and 5,000 µg/L, respectively. DDW also requested that the Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment (OEHHA) review and comment on the following derivation of a manganese health protective concentration of 20 µg/L. The secondary maximum contaminant level (SMCL) for manganese is currently 50 µg/L. This recommendation has received significant push back from water purveyors and the California-Nevada Section of the American Water Works Association (AWWA), which is urging the State Water Board to either postpone the lowering of the NL/RL or set the NL equal to the SMCL.

No action from the State Water Board or the OEHHA have been performed yet. However, revisions to the NL or RL for manganese could have major impacts to operation of the Enterprise wells, most of which would be out of compliance with the limits recommended by DDW. The City should follow developments concerning revisions to the manganese limits closely and plan accordingly for its well operations and treatment.

STORAGE
An assessment of the age and capacity for the City’s twelve existing storage reservoirs was performed to identify deficiencies and recommend improvements. The City’s reservoirs typically serve one primary pressure zone, but may also have the ability to provide secondary or back up storage to adjacent pressure zones, depending on the relative elevation difference between the zones. For this reason, storage was evaluated separately for each pressure zone. Within each pressure zone, each storage category was analyzed independently, and also considered in combination with the other storage categories.

Storage for each of the City’s pressure zones was evaluated based on three categories/ components of storage, including equalization storage, fire suppression storage, and emergency standby storage.

Reservoir Age and Condition
The effort for this WMP does not include a detailed condition assessment of the reservoirs, only an age analysis with an assumed service life of 75 years was performed for the reservoirs. The following Table 5-4 provides ages and expected expiration years for the City’s reservoirs.

Packet Pg. 1679 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-13
Table 5-4 Existing Reservoir Ages and Expected Service Lives Tag
No. Reservoir Description
Pressure
Zone
Volume
(MG)
Install
Year
Age
(years)
Expected Life
Remaining
(Years)
Expected
Expiration
Year
RS-01 Foothill WTP Foothill 6 1980 43 32 2055
RS-02 Hill 900 -1 Hill 900 2 1959 64 11 2034
RS-02 Hill 900 - 2 Hill 900 2 1984 39 36 2059
RS-03 Foothill Foothill 4 2007 16 59 2082
RS-04 Cascade Cascade 1 1964 59 16 2039
RS-05 Redding Ranchettes Cascade 2 1982 41 34 2057
RS-06 Enterprise - 1 Enterprise 3.5 1968 55 20 2043
RS-06 Enterprise - 2 Enterprise 6 1985 38 37 2060
RS-07 Buckeye - 1 Buckeye 0.2 1949 74 1 2024
RS-07 Buckeye - 2 Buckeye 2 1978 45 30 2053
RS-08 Buckeye WTP - 3 Buckeye 4 2004 19 56 2079
RS-09 BWTP - Backwash Buckeye 0.1 2000 23 52 2075
It is recommended that the City implement a program for regular inspection and maintenance of reservoir coatings/linings, associated facilities, and the general condition of its reservoirs on a regular basis to maximize their service life. In particular, the exterior coatings on the Cascade and Enterprise reservoirs are in poor condition and may need to be replaced soon. The City has performed cleaning and inspection in each of its reservoirs on an approximately five-year interval recently. In the most recent cleaning and inspection effort performed in 2020 there were no significant deficiencies noted or repaired on the interior of the reservoirs/tanks.

Equalization Storage
Equalization storage, also referred to as operational storage, balances fluctuations between water supplies and demands during daily operation. During times of the day when water treatment or pumping capacity cannot meet peak water demands, then equalization storage is released into the system to meet the demands. During times of the day with lower water demands, excess treatment or pumping capacity is used to refill the equalization storage. Because each water system is unique in terms of operations, supplies, and demand patterns, there is no set standard for sizing equalization storage. Ideally, the equalization storage available should reduce capital and operation and maintenance costs between water treatment and pumping vs. storage.

Equalization storage should also provide flexibility in the operation of the water system.

For this analysis, the calculated hourly diurnal demand patterns for each pressure zone, as shown in the previous Figure 3-1, were applied to the projected maximum day demands for each planning horizon to estimate hourly demands in each pressure zone and planning horizon.

Various operations alternatives were also considered to determine equalization storage volumes required for different operating scenarios in each pressure zone during a maximum day demand.

Operation of the City’s treatment plants, pump stations, and groundwater wells typically involve increasing or decreasing production based on setpoint levels within respective reservoirs, to Packet Pg. 1680 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-14
allow for cycling of water within the reservoirs and for efficient operation of the system. This section provides an evaluation for storage needs when production cannot meet peak demands, assuming that treatment plants and pump stations will operate at their firm capacity. However, since treatment plants and most pump stations do not constantly operate at full firm capacity, even during max day demands, some of the equalization storage volumes calculated in this section are likely less than what occur during actual normal operation. For example, Pump Station 2 serves all the demands in the Hill 900 Zone and it has adequate firm capacity to match demands throughout the current maximum day demand, requiring almost no equalization storage in this evaluation, which assumes that all three duty pumps run constantly. In reality, during max day demands the pumps at Pump Station 2 will alternate between one, two, and three pumps running to cycle the Hill 900 reservoirs between 95 percent and 85 percent full, so approximately

0.6 MG of the 4 MG is actually used for equalization storage. This evaluation only provides equalization storage required when current production capacity cannot meet peak demands. It is recommended that at least 15 percent of the available storage volume be reserved for equalization storage, even if calculations in this section indicate that less is required, to account for more realistic operating conditions.

Buckeye Pressure Zone
The Buckeye Zone currently has 6.1 MG of total storage available, excluding the 0.2 MG Buckeye-1 Reservoir, which the City has recently taken off-line due to deterioration of the tank roof. The available equalization storage in the zone was evaluated for four operations alternatives, including:

1. Buckeye WTP operating at 14 MGD with transfers of 2.9 MGD out to the Hilltop Dana Zone through the Palisades Valve Stations.

2. Buckeye WTP operating at 14 MGD with transfers of 2.9 MGD out to the Hilltop Dana Zone through the Palisades Valve Stations and 2 MGD out to the Foothill Zone through PRV’s at Pump Stations 3 and 4.

3. Buckeye WTP operating at 14 MGD and only serving demands in the Buckeye Zone, with no transfers into or out of the Buckeye Zone.

4. Buckeye WTP out of operation with Pump Station 3 and Pump Station 4 supplying the Buckeye Zone, and no transfers out of the Buckeye Zone.

Alternatives 1 and 2 are how the City typically operates the Buckeye system during the summer, dependent upon how much Buckeye contract water is available. Table 5-5 indicates the equalization storage required in the Buckeye Zone for the assessed operating alternatives through the planning horizons.

For operating scenarios in which daily production will be less than daily demands, refilling the storage will not be achieved and results are expressed as the number of hours until the storage is depleted.

Packet Pg. 1681 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-15
Table 5-5 Buckeye Zone Equalization Storage Required
Alt.

Current
(MG)
2025
(MG)
2030
(MG)
2035
(MG)
2040
(MG)
UBO
(MG)
1 0.11 0.24 0.31 0.35 0.41 353 hrs
2 0.35 0.55 0.65 0.72 0.82 61 hrs
3 0.00 0.00 0.03 0.05 0.09 0.84
4 82 hrs 59 hrs 52 hrs 49 hrs 45 hrs 22 hrs
Note: Where daily production is less than daily demands the results are expressed as the number of hours until the storage is depleted.

The analysis indicates that the available 6.1 MG in storage should provide adequate equalization storage for the more typical operating alternatives 1, 2, and 3 through 2040.

However, transfers out of the Buckeye Zone may be limited by UBO unless production capacity in the Buckeye Zone is increased.

During current max day demands with the Buckeye WTP out of operation and supply only from Pump Station 3 and Pump Station 4 (Alternative 4), firm supply capacity is slightly deficient and storage will be depleted in 82 hours. In the summer of 2022 operation Alternative 4 was required because of restrictions on Buckeye Contract water.

However, with water reductions from its customers and by operating all the available pumps at times (exceeding firm capacity, which assumes a pump out of service), the City was able to maintain pressure and meet demands in the Buckeye Zone.

Cascade Pressure Zone
The Cascade Zone has a total of 3 MG of storage available, which was evaluated for equalization in four operating alternatives, including the following:

1. Cascade Wells operating with transfers in from the Enterprise Zone through the South Bonnyview Valve/Pump Station at 4 MGD, and transfers in from the Foothill Zone at 2.5 MGD through the Railroad Valve Station. This is how the system is typically operated during the summer months.

2. Cascade Wells operating with interzone transfers in from the Foothill Zone at

2.5 MGD through the Railroad Valve Station, no transfers through the South Bonnyview Valve Station.

3. Cascade Wells operating with transfers in from the Enterprise Zone at 1.4 MGD by gravity (pump off) through the South Bonnyview Valve Station and in from the Foothill Zone at 2.5 MGD through the Railroad Valve Station.

4. Cascade Wells operating with transfers in from the Enterprise Zone at 4 MGD through the South Bonnyview Valve/Pump Station, with no transfer through the Railroad Valve Station.

Table 5-6 shows equalization storage, in MG, required in the Cascade Zone for the assessed operating alternatives through the planning horizons.

Packet Pg. 1682 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-16
Table 5-6 Cascade Zone Equalization Storage Required
Alt.

Current
(MG)
2025
(MG)
2030
(MG)
2035
(MG)
2040
(MG)
UBO
(MG)
1 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.27 0.41 0.41
2 30 hrs 30 hrs 28 hrs 26 hrs 22 hrs 22 hrs
3 173 hrs 165 hrs 133 hrs 92 hrs 56 hrs 56 hrs
4 79 hrs 77 hrs 69 hrs 56 hrs 40 hrs 40 hrs
Note: Where daily production is less than daily demands the results are expressed as the number of hours until the storage is depleted.

Equalization storage in the Cascade Zone is adequate through buildout when both the Railroad Valve Station and South Bonnyview Valve/Pump Station are operating, as they typically do in the summer. However, the evaluation indicates that the Cascade Zone has very little flexibility and redundancy for operation during max day demands, also that supply capacity is deficient with either the Railroad Valve Station or the South Bonnyview pump out of operation.

Another challenge with the operational storage in the Cascade Zone is the performance of the Cascade Reservoir. It has an altitude valve to control inflow and prevent overflow and it is at a similar elevation compared to the Redding Ranchettes Reservoir, but the system hydraulic grade is higher at the Cascade Reservoir location, so water does not exit the reservoir and cycle as it should under normal operating conditions. At times the City manually lowers settings for the Redding Ranchettes Reservoir to allow Cascade Reservoir to cycle. This helps prevent stagnation and water quality problems during the portion of the year when zone demands are not high enough to cause turnover of the stored water. Although the Cascade Reservoir only provides limited equalization storage, its location is still beneficial for providing fire suppression and emergency storage.

Enterprise Pressure Zone and Hilltop Dana Zone
The Enterprise tanks provide 9.5 MG of storage and are the primary storage supply for both the Enterprise Zone and Hilltop Dana Zone, so the analysis of equalization storage for these two zones was combined. Three operations alternatives were evaluated, including the following:

1. Enterprise Wells pumping 17.1 MGD with PS-05 pumping to the Hilltop Dana Zone. Transfers into the Enterprise Zone from the Foothill Zone through the Cypress Valve Station of 6 MGD, and into the Hilltop Dana Zone from the Buckeye Zone through the Palisades Valve Stations of 2.9 MGD. Transfers out at 4 MGD to the Cascade Zone through the South Bonnyview Valve/Pump Station.

2. Enterprise Wells pumping 17.1 MGD, no interzone transfers except for from Pump Station 5 to the Hilltop Dana Zone.

3. Enterprise Wells producing 17.1 MGD with Pump Station 5 providing the only supply to the Hilltop Dana Zone. Transfer out at 4 MGD to the Cascade Zone through the South Bonnyview Valve/Pump Station.

Packet Pg. 1683 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-17
The City typically operates with Alternative 1 in the summer. To be conservative, this equalization storage assessment did not include the proposed Cypress pump station, which will provide additional supply capacity from the Foothill Zone. The evaluation also does not include proposed additional wells in the Enterprise Zone. Those improvements will increase available supply capacity to the Enterprise Zone, and improve redundancy and flexibility for operations in these zones. The required equalization storage, for the Enterprise and Hilltop Dana zones for the evaluated alternatives through the planning horizons is provided in the following Table 5-7.

Table 5-7 Enterprise & Hilltop/Dana Zones Equalization Storage Required Alt.

Current
(MG)
2025
(MG)
2030
(MG)
2035
(MG)
2040
(MG)
UBO
(MG)
1 1.01 1.29 1.33 1.42 1.43 2.81
2 1.83 2.18 2.25 2.39 2.40 120 hrs
3 281 hrs 136 hrs 128 hrs 111 hrs 110 hrs 111 hrs
Note: Where daily production is less than daily demands the results are expressed as the number of hours until the storage is depleted.

Equalization storage in the Enterprise and Hilltop Dana zones for the typical operating Alternative 1 is adequate through UBO.

Foothill Pressure Zone
The Foothill Zone has 10 MG of storage. Equalization storage was evaluated for four operating alternatives, including the following:

1. Foothill WTP operating at 28.9 MGD, transfers out to the Hill 900 Zone from Pump Station 2, out to the Cascade Zone through the Railroad Valve Station at 4 MGD, and out to the Enterprise Zone through Cypress Valve Station at 6 MGD.

2. Foothill WTP operating at 28.9 MGD, only transfers out to the Hill 900 Zone through Pump Station 2.

3. Foothill WTP out of operation. Transfers out to the Hill 900 Zone through Pump Station 2. Transfers in from the Buckeye Zone at 2.3 MGD from PRV’s at Pump Station 3 and 4.

4. Foothill WTP operating at 28.9 MGD, transfers out to Hill 900 Zone, to the Cascade Zone through the Railroad Valve Station at 4 MGD, and to the Enterprise Zone after construction of the Cypress Pump Station at 12 MGD.

The City typically operates with Alternative 1 in the summer. To be conservative, this assessment of equalization storage did not include the proposed improvements at Pump House 1, which will increase capacity of the Foothill WTP to 36 MGD. Table 5-8 provides the required equalization storage for the Foothill pressure zone for the evaluated alternatives through the planning horizons.

Packet Pg. 1684 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-18
Table 5-8 Foothill Zone Equalization Storage Required
Alt.

Current
(MG)
2025
(MG)
2030
(MG)
2035
(MG)
2040
(MG)
UBO
(MG)
1 0.65 0.90 1.08 1.13 1.20 1.21
2 0.00 0.02 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.07
3 21 hrs 20 hrs 19 hrs 19 hrs 19 hrs 19 hrs
4 2.07 2.40 2.70 2.79 3.05 3.07
Note: Where daily production is less than daily demands the results are expressed as the number of hours until the storage is depleted.

Equalization storage in the Foothill Zone is adequate for the typical operating Alternatives 1 and 2. A large volume for equalization storage will be required for Alternative 4, with addition of the proposed Cypress Pump Station and a booster pump at the Railroad Valve Station to move more water out of the Foothill Zone. However, the increased capacity of the Foothill WTP from replacement of Pump House 1 will significantly reduce the required equalization storage required.

Hill 900 Pressure Zone
The Hill 900 Zone has 4 MG of storage available. Equalization storage was evaluated for two operating alternatives, including:

1. Supply of 12.5 MGD from Pump Station 2, no other transfers in or out.

2. Supply of 1.44 MGD from the El Reno Pump Station, no other transfers in or out.

Table 5-9 provides the required equalization storage, in MG, for the Hill 900 Pressure Zone for the evaluated alternatives through the planning horizons.

Table 5-9 Hill 900 Zone Equalization Storage Required
Alt.

Current
(MG)
2025
(MG)
2030
(MG)
2035
(MG)
2040
(MG)
UBO
(MG)
1 0.08 0.13 0.19 0.19 0.24 0.24
2 19 hrs 18 hrs 17 hrs 17 hrs 17 hrs 17 hrs
Note: Where daily production is less than daily demands the results are expressed as the number of hours until the storage is depleted.

Equalization storage in the Hill 900 Zone is adequate through ultimate buildout with Pump Station 2 in operation, but deficient if Pump Station 2 is out of service.

Fire Suppression Storage
Fire suppression storage is necessary to ensure that adequate water supply is available to deliver fire flows in accordance with the CFC while maintaining 20 psi throughout the distribution system. The CFC fire flow requirements to buildings are based on square footage, building materials, and building sprinkler systems.

Packet Pg. 1685 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-19
The City Fire Department and the Water Utility regularly audit the water system by utilizing the City’s computer-based hydraulic model of the water system to verify that the water system can deliver adequate fire flows to meet the requirements. Table 5-10 provides required fire flows, flow durations, and associated fire suppression storage needed for buildings with the highest fire suppression demands in each pressure zone.

Table 5-10 Fire Suppression Storage Required
Pressure
Zone Address Building Description
Fire Flow
Required
(GPM)
Durations
Required
(Hours)
Storage
Required
(MG)
Buckeye 4361 Caterpillar Rd. Offices 4,500 4 1.1
Cascade 6446 Westside Rd. Westwood Shopping
Center 5,000 4 1.2
Enterprise 2745 Bechelli Ln. Mission Sq. Shopping
Center 6,000 4 1.4
Foothill 2600 Park Marina Blvd. Offices 4,500 4 1.1
Hill 900 1350 Buenaventura
Blvd.

Assisted Living Apartment
Complex 7,000 4 1.7
Hilltop
Dana 1291 Hilltop Dr. Mt. Shasta Mall 7,000 4 1.7
Emergency Standby Storage
Emergency standby storage is used to provide water supply during emergency conditions that disrupt the normal water system supply or system operations. Examples of emergency situations include major pipeline breaks, pump station damage (fire, mechanical failure, lightning strike, etc.), power outages, water treatment plant failures (mechanical problems, seismic damage, etc.), or source water contamination caused by winter storms or hazardous material spills.

There are no fixed standards set for emergency storage volumes. AWWA indicates that the amount of emergency storage included within a water distribution system is an owner option based on an assessment of risk and the desired degree of system dependability. Also, that an assessment be made of the type and nature of emergency conditions, including frequency, intensity, and duration to perform a general vulnerability analysis and determine emergency storage requirements.

Emergency storage volumes required in each pressure zone were evaluated for providing its respective zone with all of the required supply for at least 24 hours during average day demands, 12 hours during max day demands, as well as some specific emergency conditions/scenarios.

The emergency storage requirements considered for the overall storage needs in each pressure zone were based on the available supply redundancies and potential risks associated with each zone, from the volumes and scenarios evaluated. Table 5-11 provides a summary of the emergency storage evaluation, with storage volume requirements for the evaluated scenarios for each pressure zone through the future planning horizons.

Packet Pg. 1686 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-20
Table 5-11 Emergency Storage Requirements
Pressure Zone Emergency Scenario
Current
(MG)
2025
(MG)
2030
(MG)
2035
(MG)
2040
(MG)
UBO
(MG)
Buckeye ADD, 24 hr 3.99 4.40 4.58 4.70 4.84 6.77
*MDD, 12 hr 3.39 3.75 3.90 4.00 4.12 5.76
PS-03 & PS-04 Supply only
for 24 hr MDD 1.79 2.49 2.79 2.99 3.24 6.51
Cascade ADD, 24 hr 2.83 2.84 2.89 3.02 3.28 3.28
*MDD, 12 hr 2.71 2.72 2.77 2.89 3.15 3.15
FS-04 Outage, 24 hr MDD 2.42 2.44 2.54 2.78 3.29 3.29
Enterprise & ADD, 24 hr 7.66 8.13 8.19 8.34 8.36 10.46
Hilltop Dana MDD, 12 hr 6.96 7.39 7.44 7.57 7.59 9.50
*Cypress and Palisades
Outage, 24 hr MDD 0.81 1.67 1.79 2.05 2.08 5.91
Foothill ADD, 24 hr 2.91 3.07 3.13 3.20 3.27 3.29
*MDD, 12 hr 3.60 3.79 3.87 3.95 4.04 4.06
Hill 900 *ADD, 24 hr 3.52 3.67 3.79 3.80 3.89 3.89
MDD, 12 hr 3.24 3.38 3.48 3.49 3.58 3.58
*Emergency storage volume/scenario assumed for total storage evaluation.

Buckeye Pressure Zone
The Buckeye Zone supply typically comes from the Buckeye WTP, but it also has backup supply available from the Foothill Zone through Pump Station 3 and Pump Station 4. With the backup supply available from the two pump stations, it is unlikely that there would be an emergency situation where the Buckeye Zone would be required to completely rely on its storage to meet demands for several hours. An emergency storage evaluation was performed for the required storage for a 24-hour period with Buckeye WTP is out of service and backup supply from Pump Stations 3 and 4 at their firm capacity, with one pump out of operation at both stations. Although backup supply from Pump Stations 3 or 4 will likely be available if the Buckeye WTP is out of service, to be conservative with the total storage evaluation for the Buckeye zone, it was assumed that emergency storage will need to provide 12 hours of supply to the Buckeye Zone during max day demands, with Pump Stations 3 and 4 also out of service.

Cascade Pressure Zone
Water supply to the Cascade Zone can be provided from its groundwater wells, from the Enterprise Zone through the South Bonnyview Valve Station/pump, and from the Foothill Zone through the Railroad Valve Station. It is unlikely that supply from all sources would be unavailable at the same time. The majority of water during max day demands comes from the Enterprise Zone through the South Bonnyview Valve Station, so an emergency of most concern would be one that puts it or its associated transmission main out of service for an extended period of time during the summer. Evaluation was also performed to determine emergency storage required for a 24-hour period during max day demands with the South Bonnyview Valve Station out of service. It was determined that Packet Pg. 1687 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-21
emergency storage needed with the South Bonnyview Valve Station out of service would be slightly less than emergency storage needed to provide for 12 hours of during max day demands in the zone. To be conservative, the emergency storage requirement in the Cascade Zone was assumed to be the higher value.

Enterprise and Hilltop Dana Pressure Zones
With the Enterprise Wells and water supplies available from the Foothill and Buckeye zones through the Cypress Valve Station and Palisades Valve Stations, respectively, the Enterprise and Hilltop Dana zones have excellent redundancy and flexibility for operation. It is improbable that there would be an emergency event where no water supply is available and storage would be the only source of water in these zones.

The largest single supply source to the Enterprise Zone during max day demands is the Cypress Valve Station, providing up to 6 MGD during peak hour demands. It appears that the emergency of most concern would be an outage of the Cypress Valve Station or its associated transmission main during max day demands. However, analysis indicates that even with both the Cypress Valve Station and Palisades Valve Stations out of operation, the available 9.5 MG in the Enterprise reservoirs combined with operation of the Enterprise Wells will provide 280 hours of service during current max day demands, as shown for the previous equalization storage evaluation Alternative 3. With the various supply sources and redundancies available to the Enterprise and Hilltop zones, assuming that emergency storage would be required to provide all of the supply to meet 24 hours during average day demands or 12 hours during max day demands is probably overly conservative. Emergency storage for the total storage evaluation was assumed to be the storage required for 24 hours during max day demands with the Cypress and Palisades Valve Stations out of service, with the Enterprise Wells still in operation.

Foothill Pressure Zone
The Foothill Zone’s primary water supply comes from the Foothill WTP during max day demands, with some backup supply available from the Buckeye Zone through the PRV’s at Pump Station 3 and Pump Station 4. With the backup supply available from the two PRV’s, it is unlikely that there would be an emergency situation where the Foothill Zone would be required to completely rely on its storage to meet demands for several hours.

However, to be conservative the total storage evaluation for the Foothill Zone assumed that emergency storage will need to provide 12 hours of supply during max day demands, with no transfers in or out of the pressure zone.

Hill 900 Pressure Zone
The Hill 900 Zone’s only supply source in recent years has been Pump Station 2. The El Reno pump station could potentially provide some backup to the zone, but it has not been operated in recent years, its capacity can only provide for approximately 20 percent of current max day demands, and Water Utility staff have indicated that the station was unable to pump at the head required to raise the Hill 900 tank levels when the station was most recently operated. There is currently no other pump or gravity backup to the Hill 900 Pressure Zone. Analysis indicates that storage for 24 hours during average day Packet Pg. 1688 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-22
demands is slightly higher than 12 hours during max day demands for the Hill 900 Zone.

The higher value was assumed for the emergency storage requirement.

Storage Summary and Recommendations
Storage for each zone should be equal to or greater than requirements for equalization storage, fire suppression storage, and emergency storage combined. The following Table 5-12 provides a summary of total storage requirements compared to existing storage available for each pressure zone through the planning horizons.

Table 5-12 Pressure Zone Storage Requirements
Pressure Zone Alt.

Current
(MG)
2025
(MG)
2030
(MG)
2035
(MG)
2040
(MG)
UBO
(MG)
Buckeye Equalization1 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92 1.78
Fire Suppression 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.08
Emergency 3.39 3.75 3.90 4.00 4.12 5.76
Total Required 5.39 5.75 5.90 6.00 6.12 8.61
Total Existing 6.10 6.10 6.10 6.10 6.10 6.10
Excess 0.71 0.35 0.20 0.10 -0.02 -2.51
Cascade Equalization1 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Fire Suppression 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20
Emergency 2.71 2.72 2.77 2.89 3.15 3.15
Total Required 4.36 4.37 4.42 4.54 4.80 4.80
Total Existing 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
Excess -1.36 -1.37 -1.42 -1.54 -1.80 -1.80
Enterprise & Equalization1 1.43 1.43 1.43 1.43 1.43 2.81 Hilltop Dana Fire Suppression 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 Emergency 0.81 1.67 1.79 2.05 2.08 5.91
Total Required 3.92 4.78 4.90 5.16 5.19 10.40
Total Existing 9.50 9.50 9.50 9.50 9.50 9.50
Excess 5.58 4.72 4.60 4.34 4.31 -0.90
Foothill Equalization1 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50
Fire Suppression 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.08
Emergency 3.60 3.79 3.87 3.95 4.04 4.06
Total Required 6.18 6.37 6.45 6.53 6.62 6.64
Total Existing 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00
Excess 3.82 3.63 3.55 3.47 3.38 3.36
Hill 900 Equalization1 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60
Fire Suppression 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68
Emergency 3.52 3.67 3.79 3.80 3.89 3.89
Total Required 5.80 5.95 6.07 6.08 6.17 6.17
Total Existing 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
Excess -1.80 -1.95 -2.07 -2.08 -2.17 -2.17

1. Equalization storage value equal to calculated values for Alternative 1 in Section 5.3.1 or 15% of existing storage volume, whichever is greater.

Packet Pg. 1689 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-23
Buckeye Pressure Zone Storage Recommendations
The evaluations performed indicate that storage in the Buckeye Zone will be deficient by 2040, also that at least 2.5 MG of additional storage will be needed by ultimate buildout.

In addition, the current operation of the Keswick Valve Station for use of the Buckeye 2 MG reservoir is causing a large range in operating pressures for much of the Buckeye Zone and high flow velocities through the piping from the 2 MG reservoir. Some areas in the Buckeye Zone experience up to a 60-psi pressure drop when the 24-inch valves in the Keswick Valve Station close to allow flow to exit the 2 MG reservoir. Also, flow velocities through the piping from the 2 MG reservoir are well over 6 FPS when the Keswick Valve Station valves close. The large difference in elevations between the Buckeye 4 MG and 2 MG reservoirs, combined with significant frictional losses because of high flow velocities are what lead to this large pressure drop. To address these operational issues, several alternatives were evaluated, including the following:

1. Installation of a booster pump station and actuated valves at the existing 2 MG reservoir. Replacement of the 0.2 MG reservoir with a new 2 MG reservoir.

2. Upsizing approximately 12,000 LF of piping from the 2 MG reservoir with new 30-inch and 24-inch piping. Replacement of the 0.2 MG reservoir with a new 2 MG reservoir.

3. Installation of a new 3 MG reservoir north of Herbscenta Lane and approximately 5,700 LF of new 24-inch main to connect the new reservoir to the existing 30- inch main in Keswick Dam Road. This alternative was recommended in the 2012 Master Plan and 2016 update.

4. Replacement of the existing 2 MG reservoir with larger reservoirs, at least 4 MG storage, slightly to the west of the existing reservoirs and at a higher elevation.

Hydraulic modeling of the alternatives indicates that all of the alternatives could work well addressing the current issues with high flow velocities and changes in pressures in the Buckeye Zone.

With Alternative 1 the proposed pump station and actuated valves would prevent the need to open and close the Keswick Valve Station valves during normal operation. The Keswick Valve Station valves would remain open, and the new pump station and actuated valves would operate based on levels in the 2 MG reservoir, allowing the reservoir to cycle. The reservoir would be filled by gravity and the pump station would be used to pump water from the reservoir into the water system.

With Alternatives 2 and 3 the Keswick Valve Station would continue to operate similar to how it currently does but the improvements would reduce flow velocities and frictional losses through distribution piping when the valves close, so the pressure drop when the valves close would be reduced significantly.

Packet Pg. 1690 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-24
Alternative 4 would avoid the need for the Keswick Valve Station valves to open and close because the flows could cycle in and out of the reservoir(s) if the base elevation is raised by at least 40 feet. The valves would typically remain open and water in the reservoir(s) could cycle based on the gravity supply from the Buckeye WTP and demands in the zone. However, because there is a large range in flows coming from the Buckeye WTP between winter demands and max day demands, and even more so if transfers are being made out of the Buckeye Zone during max day demands, there is a large range in frictional losses in the 30-inch transmission main from the Buckeye WTP to the Buckeye Zone. Because of this large range in frictional losses, it may not be feasible to raise the reservoir(s) to a level where flow will exit the proposed reservoir(s) in the winter, and there would be significant headroom and wasted storage volume during the summer when frictional losses in the 30-inch transmission main are high. For these reasons, this option does not appear to be practical.

Alternative 1, for installation of a booster pump station at the existing Buckeye 2 MG reservoir, would be significantly less expensive and easier to construct than Alternatives 2 and 3. It also would not have the environmental impacts and permit requirements, or the property acquisition that would be required with Alternative 2. For these reasons, Alternative 1 is recommended to improve storage operation and capacity in the Buckeye Zone.

Cascade Pressure Zone Storage Recommendations
Total storage in the Cascade Zone is currently deficient. It appears that the most costeffective solution will be to add redundancy for supplies from the Enterprise and Foothill pressure zones to reduce risks and emergency storage requirements. It is recommended that the South Bonnyview Valve/Pump Station be replaced with a new station that includes a standby pump. It is also recommended that a booster pump be added in the Railroad Valve Station so that maximum day demands can be met if the South Bonnyview Valve Station or the transmission main in South Bonnyview are out of service.

In addition, the existing Cascade Reservoir is near the end of its service life and should be replaced by the year 2035. Because it provides for fire suppression and emergency storage but only limited equalization/operational storage at its current location, it is recommended that the reservoir be replaced at its current location with a similar sized 1 MG reservoir. Also, approximatly 2 MG of additional storage should be installed near the Redding Ranchettes Reservoir, where the hydraulic grade allows for better cycling during normal operating conditions, prior to 2035.

Enterprise and Hilltop Dana Pressure Zones Storage Recommendations Storage in the Enterprise and Hilltop Dana zones should be adequate through 2040 but could be deficient by UBO. It is recommended that a storage analysis be updated in future master planning efforts, or if significantly more development than anticipated occurs in these zones.

Packet Pg. 1691 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-25
Foothill Pressure Zone Storage Recommendations
The analysis performed indicates that storage in the Foothill Zone should be adequate through UBO. It is recommended that a storage analysis be updated in future master planning efforts, or if significantly more development than anticipated occurs in the Foothill Zone.

Hill 900 Pressure Zone Storage Recommendations
Current storage in the Hill 900 Zone is deficient and additional storage should be provided to meet emergency conditions, in case of an issue or outage at Pump Station 2.

The Hill 900 Reservoir 1 is also nearing the end of its service life and should be rehabilitated or replaced soon. Replacing the existing 2 MG reservoir with a larger reservoir would be difficult because of space constraints at the site. Also, complete replacement of the reservoir would require it to be out of be out of service for an extended period of time for construction, during which time it would be difficult to maintain service to the Hill 900 Zone. For these reasons, it is recommended that an additional reservoir, at least 2 MG, be added near the two existing reservoirs, also that the existing Hill 900 Reservoir 1 be rehabilitated. Rehabilitation of the existing reservoir should provide significant cost savings over full replacement.

Also, to improve redundancy, mitigate risk, and reduce emergency storage requirements, it is recommended that the El Reno Pump Station be replaced to provide some backup supply for the event that Pump Station 2 is out of service. It is recommended that the replacement station be relocated to off Linden Avenue, as further described in Section

5.6.3. DISTRIBUTION PIPING
A general condition assessment of the City’s water services and mains was performed to evaluate recent performance and deficiencies, as well as provide a recommended replacement schedule for water mains. A hydraulic evaluation of the City’s water distribution was also performed to identify hydraulic deficiencies in water mains, consider improvement alternatives, and recommend improvements.

Water Services Condition Assessment
The City’s primary water service line material is copper. Prior to 1976, copper piping was used for service lines. But the City switched to polybutylene service lines from 1977 through 1986, similar to many water systems throughout the country because of material cost savings over copper piping. Polybutylene connections began to exhibit a pattern of failing soon after they were put into widespread service. Approximately 6,500 polybutylene service lines were installed between 1977 and 1986. Since that time the City implemented and completed a replacement program for all known polybutylene service lines. Occasionally one is still uncovered and scheduled for replacement.

Packet Pg. 1692 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-26
Water Utility service records from 2012 through 2022 were reviewed to assess the recent overall performance of the City’s water services. The records indicate that the City performed 608 service line repairs from 2012 through 2022, an average of 61 per year. With over 30,000 service connections in its system, this is an annual repair rate of less than two repairs per thousand service connections, less than the required default assumption of 2.3 per thousand connections required by the State Water Resources Control Board for water loss performance standards.

A map of locations where the City was required to repair or replace water services from the years 2012 through 2022 is provided in Figure 5-3. Blue spots shown on the map indicate locations of water service repairs and red spots on the map indicate areas where multiple water service repairs were performed. In general, the water service repair locations appear to be distributed relatively evenly throughout the City’s water system.

Figure 5-3 Map of Water Service Breaks
Packet Pg. 1693 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-27
The existing copper services are performing relatively well but are somewhat expensive. The City could evaluate use of high-density polyethylene (HDPE) service lines as a standard in the future to reduce costs.

Water Mains Condition Assessment
An evaluation of the City’s piping network inventory, age, and maintenance and repair activities was performed to assess the condition of the water distribution network and determine patterns in terms of pipe age, materials, age, locations, etc. The piping inventory provides a snapshot of the current pipe network in terms of pipe sizes, age, and materials. A summary table of the inventory lengths by pipe sizes and materials was provided in Table 2-3. An age analysis of the City’s water mains was also performed in order to develop a recommended replacement plan for replacement of aging piping. Table 5-13 provides lengths and percentages of City’s water main piping categorized by pipe material and by age.

Table 5-13 Pipe Lengths by Material and Age
Pipe
Material
Age (Years) Total
< 30 31 – 50 51 – 60 61 – 70 > 70 Unknown (Feet)
Asbestos Cement (Ft) 2,524 331,701 325,222 92,252 4,489 101,499 855,163 (%) 0% 39% 38% 11% 1% 12%
PVC (Ft) 439,535 443,793 15,496 7,257 4,306 156,646 627,498 ( %) 70% 71% 2% 1% 1% 25%
Cast Iron (Ft) 1,654 27,499 110,009 118,338 2,512 27,300 285,658 (%) 1% 10% 39% 41% 1% 10%
DIP (Ft) 169,772 258,500 12,377 4,784 1,749 82,888 360,298 (%) 47% 72% 3% 1% 0% 23%
Steel (Ft) 1,193 3,057 52,177 33,860 3,966 56,027 149,087 (%) 1% 2% 35% 23% 3% 38%
Unknown (Ft) 4,445 7,501 2,488 2,228 1,089 9,855 23,161 (%) 19% 32% 11% 10% 5% 43%
Total: (Ft) 619,124 1,072,053 517,770 258,720 18,111 434,216 2,919,994 (%) 21% 37% 18% 9% 1% 15%
Note: Piping equal to or less than 1-inch diameter not included.

Approximately 43 percent of the City’s water main piping is older than 50 years old or of unknown age. Piping of unknown age, with little recorded information, is likely relatively old.

The typical life expectancy of water mains can depend on a wide variety of factors, including the pipe material, soil characteristics, quality of construction/installation, flow velocities, and other factors. Average life expectancies recommended by pipe manufacturers and commonly assumed by water suppliers typically ranges from 50 to 100 years.

A review of City’s maintenance and repair activities for the various water main materials was performed to gauge the overall recent performance for each pipe material. The following Figure 5-4 provides a graph summarizing water main breaks by material from the years 2012 through 2022 in the City’s water system.

Packet Pg. 1694 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-28
Figure 5-4 Water Main Breaks by Pipe Material, 2012 through 2022 The majority of water main breaks have occurred in steel, cast-iron, and unknown piping.

However, simply looking at the total number of breaks by material may not be an accurate representation of which materials are currently performing well or poorly because there is a wide range in total lengths for the various pipe materials in the City’s system. Figure 5-5 provides a bar graph showing the number of main breaks from 2012 through 2022 per mile of piping for the various pipe materials.

Figure 5-5 Water Main Breaks Per Mile and Pipe Material, 2012 through 2022 Packet Pg. 1695 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-29
The City’s steel, cast iron, and unknown water main piping have had the highest rate of failure per mile in recent years. This is likely because the majority of mains that are these materials are over 60 years old or of an unknown age. The City’s asbestos cement, ductile iron, and PVC piping appear to still be performing relatively well.

Mapping of water main break and repairs performed during the years 2012 through 2022 is provided in the following Figure 5-6. The mapping indicates that areas with the highest rate of failure are the older areas of development with aging cast-iron and steel piping. Yellow areas in the map indicate areas where multiple repairs were required.

Figure 5-6 Map of Water Main Breaks, 2012 through 2022
Packet Pg. 1696 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-30
Further analysis for repair records from 1996 through 2022 was performed to determine whether general pipe conditions are growing worse or improving. The number of main and service repairs per year from 1996 through 2022 are shown in the following Figure 5-7.

Figure 5-7 Water Main and Service Breaks Per Year
The number of water main breaks and repairs per year since 2009 have been relatively consistent and lower than years prior. This data suggests that the reliability of the City’s water main piping has improved slightly since the late 1990s and early 2000s.

As previously noted, average life expectancies recommended by pipe manufacturers and commonly assumed by water suppliers typically ranges from 50 to 100 years. For planning purposes in this evaluation, an average life expectancy of 75 years was assumed for the City’s water piping. It was also assumed that half of the pipe with unknown age would reach the end of its service life (expire) by 2040 and the remaining half would expire before the year 2050. The following Figure 5-8 provides a bar graph for lengths of the City’s water mains that will expire yearly within time ranges through 2097, it also provides recommended yearly replacement lengths to address the expiring water main piping.

Packet Pg. 1697 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-31
Figure 5-8 Expiring Water Mains and Replacement Schedule In recent years, the City has averaged approximately four miles of water main replacements per year. This pipe age analysis indicates that the City will need to significantly increase the length of water main piping that it replaces annually in the coming years to avoid having water mains in service beyond the assumed average service life of 75 years. Increasing replacement lengths to approximately eleven miles per year by the year 2040 will be needed.

The City should conduct a detailed inventory and evaluation of the older steel and cast-iron mains, focusing on the larger mains (12-inch and larger) and those that are critical links in the distribution system. The result of this evaluation should be a prioritized pipe replacement program that is based on past repair records, as well as the pipe age, size, location, and consequences of failure.

Hydraulic Evaluation
The City’s computer-based hydraulic model of the water system, with Innovyze InfoWater Pro software, was utilized to evaluate the general hydraulic performance of the water system piping in terms of velocity, head loss rates, and the system's ability to provide the necessary flows and pressures to meet demands through each planning horizon. Details of the hydraulic model and its calibration are presented in Appendix D.

Packet Pg. 1698 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-32
In general, conveyance improvements are recommended where the modeled flow velocities regularly exceed 6 feet per second (FPS) during max day demands, in order to reduce frictional head losses and extend pipe lifespans. Conveyance improvements are identified with a project tag “CONV” followed by a unique project number for ranking and listing purposes in the Capital Improvement Plan. Conveyance improvements typically include replacement of existing mains with larger mains, or installation of a parallel main to improve flow capacities and reduce velocities and head loss in the system.

Proposed pipe alignments shown in the following figures are shown in general locations for planning purposes only. A detailed evaluation for specific alignments was not performed, and no evaluation of right-of-way or environmental investigations were performed. Should such pipes enter a design process, the appropriate detailed studies, including alternatives analysis, feasibility studies, environmental documentation, and potential right-of-way studies will need to occur at that time and determine the detailed alignment for the proposed piping.

Current Needs and Recommended Conveyance Improvements
Evaluation of the existing distribution system under current and projected 2025 max day demands was performed to identify the following deficiencies and recommended improvements:

Outlet from Hill 900 Reservoirs (CONV-01): The existing 12-inch main conveying water from the Hill 900 reservoirs to the south is undersized. Modeling indicates that flow velocities in this main exceed 9 FPS during peak hour flows. The existing piping is also located in easements between private properties and single-family homes, and the pipe is near the end of its service life. It is recommended that this pipe be replaced with new 24-inch main to reduce flow velocities. The pipe should also be routed along a different alignment to minimize piping within easements. Figure 5-9 on the following page provides a planning level design concept map for the project.

Foothill Blvd Bottleneck Replacement (CONV-02): The Foothill 4 MG reservoir is located approximately 2,000 feet to the east of the Foothill WTP. Flow is conveyed from the Foothill WTP through a 42-inch ductile iron main east towards the reservoir. At the intersection of Foothill Blvd and Manzanita Hill Ave, tees in the piping split flow to convey it to the east, the south, and to the reservoir. There is currently a bottleneck consisting of approximately 60 feet of 24-inch main at this location. Modeling indicates peak velocities up to 8 FPS in this segment, the addition of the Cypress Pump Station, scheduled for construction in 2024, will further increase flows and velocities in the segment because additional flow will be conveyed to the south through a 30-inch transmission main to the pump station. The head loss in this bottleneck reduces the water level, and thus the available storage, in the 4 MG reservoir during max day demands. To reduce velocities and head loss through this section, the existing 24-inch bottleneck should be replaced with 36-inch piping, as approximately shown in Figure 5-10.

Packet Pg. 1699 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-33
Figure 5-9 CONV-01 Project Map
Figure 5-10 CONV-02 Project Map
Packet Pg. 1700 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-34
Westside Road Bridge Over Canyon Hollow Creek (CONV-03): Hydraulic modeling indicates flow velocities are over 6 FPS during peak flows through the existing 12-inch water main on the Westside Road bridge over Canyon Hollow Creek during current max day demands. The City is in the design phase to replace the bridge. As part of the bridge project, the water main at the bridge should be replaced with a new 20-inch main to account for the expected flow increase through this pipeline from the proposed pump at the Railroad Valve Station, as described in 5.6.3. A location map of the project is shown in the following Figure 5-11.

Figure 5-11 CONV-03 Project Map
Ranchettes Area Second Supply Main (CONV-04): The Redding Ranchettes area is located at the southwest end of the Cascade Zone. There is currently only one water main supplying this area, which includes the Redding Ranchettes Reservoir. The existing main is a 16-inch asbestos cement pipeline that was constructed in 1964 and is near the end of its service life. In 2020 there was a break in this main and the area had to rely complete on supply from the Ranchettes Reservoir for over 24 hours. Fortunately, the storage in the Redding Ranchettes Reservoir was adequate to provide for the water demands while the repair was completed. A second water main to supply this area should be installed for redundancy. The new pipeline will need to cross Clear Creek. Caltrans has indicated that attachment of a pipeline to its Highway 273 bridge will not be allowed. The City has already gone through the environmental planning and permitting process to open trench a Packet Pg. 1701 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-35
large diameter wastewater pipeline across Clear Creek in this area (the Westside Interceptor Project). For efficiency, it is recommended that the new water main be constructed at the same time as the wastewater interceptor at the creek crossing, with adequate clearance between the two pipelines and while the creek is being bypassed.

If constructed with the Westside Interceptor Project, then the creek crossing will be at the north side of the City’s Clear Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant. Connection to existing water mains inside the treatment plant will not be possible because there is a backflow preventer that will not allow flow from the treatment plant back into the water system.

The new water pipeline will need to be routed to the adjacent property to the west of the treatment plant. Figure 5-12 provides a preliminary concept map for the project.

Figure 5-12 CONV-04 Project Map
Ranchettes Area Supply Main Rehabilitation/Replacement (CONV-05): As previously described in the description for CONV-04, the Ranchettes area and reservoir at the southwest end of the Cascade Zone currently only have one aging 16-inch asbestos cement pipeline for water supply. The CONV-04 project will provide a second supply main, but this project will repair/replace the existing main to provide continued service of two supply mains to the area. The majority of the existing main is located in easements and private property. It is recommended that the new main be re-aligned into City right of way as much as possible. Also, to avoid environmental impacts and construction costs to cross Clear Creek, utilization of trenchless methods for rehabilitation or replacement of the existing main at the creek crossing is recommended. Figure 5-13 provides preliminary concept and map for the proposed project.

Packet Pg. 1702 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-36
Figure 5-13 CONV-05 Project Map
Benton Drive Water Main (CONV-06): The hydraulic modeling performed indicates high flow velocities in a section of existing 12-inch main in Benton Drive when the PRV’s at Pump Station 3 and Pump Station 4 are utilized to convey flow from the Buckeye Zone to the Foothill Zone. The undersized 12-inch segment is approximately 1,000 feet long on the Foothill Pressure Zone side in Benton Drive, immediately west of Pump Station 4. This main should be upsized to at least 16-inch, as shown in the preliminary concept map in Figure 5-14 on the following page.

West Street and Court Street (CONV-07): Modeling indicates high flow velocities in two sections of existing 8-inch water mains in the downtown area. The mains are in West Street at Gold Street, and in Court Street from Sonoma Street to Rosaline Street. The existing mains are less than 15 years old and should be in good condition, so it is recommended that they remain in place and new parallel 12-inch mains be installed at these locations. Figure 5-15 provides a preliminary concept and map for the proposed pipelines.

Packet Pg. 1703 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-37
Figure 5-14 CONV-06 Project Map
Figure 5-15 CONV-07 Project Map
Packet Pg. 1704 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-38
Twin View Blvd Main (CONV-08): This proposed project will install approximately 6,000 linear feet of 16-inch main in Twin View Blvd to Oasis Rd to accommodate planned development, from the Oasis Road Specific plan, on the east side of Interstate 5.

The project includes a jack and bore crossing under Interstate 5 from the existing 12-inch water main in Caterpillar Road to provide fire flow to development area. Development off Oasis Road on the west side of Interstate 5 may be limited by available fire flows unless a second pipe crossing under the freeway from the proposed 16-inch main in Twin View Blvd to the west side is provided, in a separate future project. A preliminary concept map for the project is provided in Figure 5-16.

Figure 5-16 CONV-08 Project Map
Stillwater Business Park Loop (CONV-09): The City of Redding is designing and developing the Stillwater Business Park, approximately 700 acres on the northeast side of the Enterprise Zone. The north end of the business park is partially developed and includes a 16-inch water main. This proposed project will extend the water main approximately 10,300 linear feet to connect to the existing water main in Fig Tree Lane.

Water modeling does not indicate that this piping is immediately necessary for conveyance, but it will be needed if the business park is further developed to the south. It will also be practical to install the water main prior to extension of the road to the south.

If this piping is not constructed before installation of additional wells to the south, then Packet Pg. 1705 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-39
upsizing some of the water mains in Airport Road may be necessary to convey additional flows from proposed future wells at the south end of the Enterprise Zone to the north.

Figure 5-17 provides a preliminary concept and map for the proposed project.

Figure 5-17 CONV-09 Project Map
2030 Planning Horizon Needs- Conveyance Improvements
Evaluation of the distribution system under projected max day demands for the year 2030 was performed to identify potential deficiencies and provide recommended improvements. Hydraulic modeling indicates that the improvements noted above for current and 2025 demands should be sufficient through the 2030 planning horizon, without any other significant conveyance projects needed. However, as previously noted, if the Stillwater Business park loop (CONV-05) is not constructed and additional wells are added on the southeast end of the Enterprise Zone, then improvements to piping in Airport road may be necessary to convey flow from the new wells to the north. Up to 8,700 linear feet of existing 12-inch mains may require upsizing. The size of piping will depend on capacity of the new wells, which has yet to be determined. However, if Packet Pg. 1706 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-40
(CONV-05) is constructed, then piping in Airport Road should be adequate through the 2030 planning horizon.
2040 Planning Horizon Needs- Conveyance Improvements
Evaluation of the distribution system under projected max day demands for the 2040 planning horizon was performed to identify potential deficiencies and provide recommended improvements.

Eureka Way Crossing (CONV-10): Hydraulic modeling indicates that the 8-inch main crossing Eureka Way on the east side of Buenaventura will be undersized with expected development and increased water demands at the northeast end of the Hill 900 Zone. This pipe, which is in Caltrans right-of-way, should be replaced and upsized to 12-inch. A preliminary concept map for the project is provided in Figure 5-18.

Figure 5-18 CONV-10 Project Map
Foothill Blvd Water Main (CONV-11): Hydraulic modeling indicates that development and increased water demands on the northeast end of the Hill 900 Zone will result in increased flows and flow velocities over 6 FPS through the existing 12-inch main in Foothill Blvd from the Foothill WTP to Stone Ridge Place. It should be upsized to 18- inch. A preliminary concept map for the project is provided in Figure 5-19.

Also, the 20-inch steel pipeline from Pump Station 2 to Foothill Blvd, and the 18-inch main in Foothill Blvd to the east of this proposed pipe are currently 68 years old. The hydraulic capacity of these pipes should be adequate, but given their age, their condition should be evaluated and it may be practical to replace them in this project.

Packet Pg. 1707 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-41
Figure 5-19 CONV-11 Project Map
Manzanita Hills Transmission Main (CONV-12): With proposed improvements for the Cypress pump station and the proposed addition of a booster pump at the Railroad Avenue Valve Station, the City could be transferring significantly more flow from the Foothill WTP to the Enterprise and Cascade zones during peak demands. Flow for these zone transfers is conveyed through the same transmission main piping from the Foothill WTP. Modeling indicates that a 30-inch diameter portion of this main, from the intersection of Foothill Blvd and Manzanita Hills Ave to south of Shasta Street, may be undersized for 2040 demands with the proposed pump stations. This segment should be upsized to at least 36-inch, as shown in the preliminary concept map provided in Figure 5-20.

Figure 5-20 CONV-12 Project Map
Packet Pg. 1708 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-42
Railroad Ave Water Main (CONV-13): With proposed improvements for addition of a booster pump at the Railroad Avenue Valve Station and increased demands in the Cascade Zone, the existing 16-inch main in Railroad Ave could be undersized with flow velocities exceeding 6 FPS during peak demands. The need for these improvements will depend on the capacity of the proposed booster pump, but if flows through the Railroad Valve Station will be close to 4,000 GPM, then a section of piping improvements should be upsized to 20-inch, as shown in the preliminary concept map provided in Figure 5-21.

Figure 5-21 CONV-13 Project Map
UBO Planning Horizon Needs- Conveyance Improvements
Evaluation of the distribution system under projected max day demands at ultimate buildout was performed to identify any potential major deficiencies in the distribution system pipe network. The hydraulic modeling for UBO max day demands indicates that if the previously identified deficiencies are addressed with the conveyance projects recommended above, then water piping with flow velocities slightly over 6 FPS will be relatively limited, with no major deficiencies observed. However, the ultimate buildout Packet Pg. 1709 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-43
demands and the locations and extents of future development that will occur for ultimate buildout were deemed too speculative and uncertain at this time to warrant performing extensive effort identifying specific projects or infrastructure improvements for ultimate buildout demands.

PUMP STATIONS
Facility evaluations for each of the City’s pump stations were performed by the City’s Engineering Division and Utility staff to identify deficiencies and needs. More details associated with the facility evaluations are provided in Appendix B.

A hydraulic evaluation of the pump stations was also performed for current and planning horizon demands. The hydraulic evaluation included calibration of the computer model with available pump curves for the existing pumps, and evaluation of flow and pressure data available from the City’s SCADA historian.

Energy Costs
Energy costs for pumping water, both from the pump stations and groundwater wells represents a significant operating expense for the City. In 2022 the City Water Utility spent over $2,209,000 on energy costs at its pump stations and wells. It is recommended that the City perform an audit and regular testing of the energy efficiency at each of its pump stations to reduce energy costs as much as practical.

There is also potential to generate significant energy at the PRV’s at Pump Station 3, Pump Station 4, and the Palisades Valve Stations. The water utility should coordinate with the Redding Electric Utility and determine if it could be beneficial to install power generation at these facilities.

Existing Pump Station Needs and Recommendations
This section provides general needs and recommendations for the City’s water pump stations.

For a more detailed list of deficiencies and recommended repairs or improvements, refer to Appendix B.

Pump House 1 (PS-01)
As previously noted, the City is currently in the design phase to completely replace Pump House 1 and relocate it and its intake and fish screen approximately 1,600 feet upriver, to the west. The replacement station is expected to start construction in 2026.

A preliminary concept of the pump station replacement is provided in Figure 5-22. The replacement Pump House 1 is expected to have a firm capacity of 42 MGD and will not limit the capacity of the Foothill WTP.

Packet Pg. 1710 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-44
Figure 5-22 Pump House 1 Proposed Replacement
Pump Station 2 (PS-02)
The firm capacity of Pump Station 2 appears to be adequate through ultimate buildout, since the impellers were replaced and upsized recently. However, in general, the pump station building, electrical facilities, and suction and discharge piping are old and should be replaced. Complete replacement of this aging pump station is recommended. To facilitate construction of the replacement station while the existing station continues to provide water to the Hill 900 Zone, the new station may need to be relocated inside the Foothill WTP.

A project to install a standby generator that can power both the Foothill WTP and PS-02, is scheduled for completion in 2024. This standby generator should be utilized with the replacement pump station.

Pump Station 3 (PS-03)
In the summer of 2022, USBR contract water from Whiskeytown Lake was not available for much the summer because of drought restrictions, so PS-03 was required to operate throughout the summer to supply water to the Buckeye Zone. The station’s existing firm capacity of 3 MGD (with one standby pump out of service) was inadequate and all four of the existing pumps were required to run on a daily basis for much of the summer to meet demands. The pumps and motors should be replaced so that Pump Station 3, along with Pump Station 4, can serve as a long-term backup to Buckeye Zone in the event that the Buckeye WTP cannot operate for an extended period, similar to the summer of 2022.

Firm capacity for PS-03 should be increased to at least 5.25 MGD to meet demands through 2040. Preliminary sizing for the replacement vertical turbine pumps and motors indicates that four 150 HP pumps will be required. It appears that the existing building and piping can be utilized for the new mechanical equipment. The electrical facilities will need to be completely replaced for the new larger pumps. A new and separate electrical building is recommended to house the new electrical facilities. The project should also include installation of a SCADA tower for improved coverage in the area, an electric gate Packet Pg. 1711 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-45
at the entrance road for added security at the site, and paving around the building for improved access.

Pump Station 4 (PS-04)
Pump Station 4 was also required to operate throughout the summer of 2022 to supply the Buckeye Zone while the Buckeye WTP could not operate. The station’s existing firm capacity of 2 MGD (with one standby pump out of service) was inadequate and all three of the existing pumps were required to run on a daily basis for much of the summer to meet demands. PS-04 originally had four pumps, but the fourth pump was removed to install an 8-inch PRV to provide flow from the Buckeye Zone to the Foothill Zone. To increase the station’s capacity to meet demands in the Buckeye Zone through 2040, in conjunction with Pump Station 3, the existing PRV should be relocated outside of the building and a fourth pump should be added again, increasing the firm capacity to approximately 3 MGD.

In addition to relocating the PRV and installing a fourth pump, some improvements should be performed to improve access and security at the site. For security, fencing around the sides and back of the building should be added to prevent unauthorized access behind the building. For improved access, a portion of the existing vertical curb in front of the property should be replaced with rolled curb and asphalt concrete pavement should be added. A SCADA tower should also be installed for improved signal at the site. A general concept plan for the improvements is provided in Figure 5-23.

Figure 5-23 Pump Station 4 Recommended Improvements
Packet Pg. 1712 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-46
Pump Station 5 (PS-05)
Pump Station 5 should have adequate firm capacity through ultimate buildout and is in relatively good condition. No major capital improvements are necessary at Pump Station 5, but City staff has plans to improve the air conditioning system, upgrade the PLC, install a receptacle for a portable generator, and install a SCADA tower at the site.

Goodwater Pump Station (PS-06)
The Goodwater Pump Station is in good condition and no significant improvements are necessary at this time. Fencing should be added to the sides and back of the building to prevent unauthorized access behind the building.

Mary Lake Pump Station (PS-07)
The Mary Lake Pump Station has adequate capacity and is in relatively good condition.

No significant upgrades or improvements are necessary at this time.

El Reno Pump Station (PS-08)
The El Reno Pump Station has not been operated in recent years. Utility staff have indicated that when the pump was most recently operated, it was unable to pump any flow when the Hill 900 reservoirs were approximately half full. The building for this station is old and undersized for adequate access. The electrical facilities are old and do not meet current codes. There is no SCADA available at the site and the signal to the area is poor because of the surrounding hills. In addition, the piping on the Cascade Zone side of the station is undersized to allow for adequate flows to be pumped from the Cascade Zone into the Hill 900 Zone at this location.

It is recommended that this station be completely demolished. A replacement pump station to provide an emergency backup to Pump Station 2 is recommended off Linden Avenue, as described in Section 5.6.3.

Mercy Hospital Pump Station (PS-09)
The existing pump station is in poor condition. In addition, the station is located on the side of a hill with stairs required to access and maintain the facility. Site security is poor and vandalism at the back of the small building has been an issue. A photo of the station and access stairs is provided in Figure 5-24.

It is recommended that this station be completely demolished. A replacement pump station to provide an emergency backup to the Mercy Hospital is recommended off Linden Avenue, as described in Section 5.6.3.

Packet Pg. 1713 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-47
Figure 5-24 Mercy Hospital Pump Station Photo
Cypress Pump Station (PS-10)
The City is currently in the design phase to replace the temporary Cypress Pump Station with a permanent pump station that will be capable of pumping approximately 12 MGD in both directions, from the Enterprise Zone to the Foothill Zone, as well as boosting flows from the Foothill Zone to the Enterprise Zone during peak demands. The permanent station is expected to begin construction in 2024. The City plans to use it regularly to boost flow from the Foothill Zone to the Enterprise during max day demands.

It will only be used to pump from the Enterprise Zone to the Foothill Zone in an emergency, when the Foothill WTP and Buckeye WTP cannot meet demands.

South Bonnyview Pump Station (FS-04)
The South Bonnyview Pump Station currently only has a single pump, and water supplies to the Cascade Zone are deficient during max day demands with it out of service. A standby pump should be added to improve redundancy. In addition, the station is located in a vault at the side of the busy South Bonnyview Road. Maintenance activities typically require a lane closure and work next to the busy road, as well as confined space entry into the vault.

For improved redundancy, access, and safety, it is recommended that the station be completely replaced and relocated into a building further off of the road and Packet Pg. 1714 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-48
approximately 100 feet east of the existing station. A general concept for the recommended South Bonnyview pump station layout is provided in Figure 5-25.

Figure 5-25 South Bonnyview Pump Station Concept
Recommended Future Pump Stations
The addition of pumps and/or pump stations are recommended at the following locations:

Booster Pump Station at the Buckeye 2 MG Reservoir (RS-07) As previously noted in the storage evaluation, a booster pump station is recommended at the Buckeye 2 MG reservoir (RS-07) to avoid the large pressure drop in the Buckeye Zone and high flow velocities from the reservoir that currently occurs when the Keswick Valve Station valves close.

It appears that there is sufficient space at the south end of the City’s parcel for RS-07 to accommodate the proposed pump station. The proposed booster pump station would discharge flow from the reservoir to the water system to allow water in the reservoir to cycle without the need for regular operation of the Keswick Valve Station valves.

Actuated valves between the pump discharge and reservoir will be required to prevent cycling pumped flow back into the reservoir.

Packet Pg. 1715 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-49
Preliminary pump sizing indicates that a single 100 HP duty pump would be required to pump up to 3,000 GPM from the reservoir. To minimize pressure increases in the Buckeye Zone, discharge rates should not typically exceed this flowrate. A standby pump should be provided for redundancy.

A new 480-volt three phase electrical service to this site will be required to power the pumps, but it appears that Pacific Gas and Electric (PG&E) has existing three phase high voltage utilities near the bottom of the access road to the reservoir site that should be able to accommodate the new electrical service.

Booster Pump at the Railroad Avenue Valve Station (FS-03) To facilitate transfer of more water from the Foothill Zone to the Cascade Zone, addition of a booster pump in the existing Railroad Valve Station building is recommended. The addition of a pump would also provide redundancy for an event where the South Bonnyview pump station or the water main in South Bonnyview Road are out of service for an extended period of time.

It appears that removal of the existing 16-inch PRV and long radius elbow in the building could facilitate installation of a vertical in-line pump inside the existing building, as generally shown in the concept provided in Figure 5-26. It appears that the existing PRV is currently not reducing pressures between zones when open, but simply actuating between open or closed.

Figure 5-26 Railroad Valve Station Pump Concept
Packet Pg. 1716 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-50
Preliminary sizing of the proposed pump indicates that an 80 HP pump would be required to pump 5 MG at this location. A new 480-volt three phase electrical service to this site will be required to power the proposed pump. There does not appear to be adequate space in the existing building for the new electrical facilities needed for the pump addition. It is recommended that the new electrical facilities be installed outside of the existing building with a shade structure to protect them and extend their service life. Modifications to the existing building roof and trusses and addition of a removable panel or sky light will also likely be necessary to facilitate installation and removal of the proposed pump.

Linden Avenue Pump Station
A new pump station off of Linden Ave is recommended to provide a backup supply to the Hill 900 Zone for an emergency event where Pump Station 2 is out of operation, and to replace the aging El Reno and Mercy Hospital pump stations. There are existing 30-inch and 8-inch diameter water mains on Linden Avenue from the Foothill pressure zone for supply, and an existing 12-inch main in the Hill 900 Zone side for discharge in the area.

The existing water mains from both pressure zones in the area will minimize the need for new piping associated with the proposed pump station. The following Figure 5-27 provides a map of the proposed improvement area.

Figure 5-27 Linden Avenue Pump Station Location Map
Further evaluation should be performed into the capacity needs for this pump station, but a preliminary analysis indicates a that a 200 to 250 HP duty pump would be required for a capacity of 4 MGD at this location. A spare pump should be provided for redundancy.

There is currently a significant homeless population and a history of vandalism in this proposed pump station area. The security for the site and building should be a high priority in the design for this station.

Packet Pg. 1717 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-51

FLOW CONTROL AND PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE STATIONS
Facility evaluations of the City’s major valve stations were performed by the City’s Engineering Division and Utility staff to identify deficiencies and needs. This section provides general needs and recommendations for the City’s water flow control and pressure reducing valve stations. A more detailed list of deficiencies and recommended repairs or improvements is provided in Appendix B.

Keswick Valve Station (FS-01)
The Keswick Valve Station facilities are generally in good condition. However, its current facilities and connections for the City to pump in the reverse direction towards the Buckeye WTP are not adequate for the required pressures over 200 psi. A better system for connecting a portable pump, or a permanent pump should be installed. These improvements are relatively minor and can be performed by City staff without the need for a capital improvement project.

The proposed pump station at RS-07 should address the previously noted issues of pressure drops and high flow velocities in the Buckeye Zone that result from the regular operation of the Keswick Valve Station valves.

Cypress Valve Station (FS-02)
The existing Cypress Valve Station and flow meter will be replaced with the Cypress Pump Station, which is currently being designed and expected to begin construction in 2024.

Railroad Valve Station (FS-03 & 15)
The existing Railroad Valve Station is in good condition. Other than the proposed project for addition of a booster pump at this location, as previously described in the pump station recommendations, no other improvements are necessary at this time.

South Bonnyview Valve Station/Pump Station (FS-03)
Complete replacement of the South Bonnyview Valve/Pump Station and relocation into a building further off the road is recommended to address access and safety issues with the existing vault, as described in the previous Section 5.6.2.

Palisades No. 1 (FS-13)
Facilities at Palisades No. 1 are generally in decent condition and operating well. However, there have been issues with unauthorized entry in its fenced area. Also, the existing vertical curbs along the adjacent roads are not ideal for vehicle access to this station. Figure 5-28 provides a photo of the site.

Packet Pg. 1718 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-52
Figure 5-28 Palisades No. 1 Site Photo
A small building to house the station or more secure fencing should be installed to improve security, and portions of the vertical curb around the site should be replaced with rolled curb or driveway for vehicle access. If a building is not added, then a shade structure to protect the existing facilities from weather and sun should be considered to extend their service lives.

Palisades No. 2 (FS-14)
The Palisades No. 2 station has rarely been used in recent years because of limited capacity when operated concurrently with the Palisades No. 1 station. However, the City is currently constructing a 24-inch water transmission main in Lake Blvd that should facilitate transfer of additional water from the Buckeye Zone to the Hilltop Dana Zone through both of the Palisades stations.

Some improvements to Palisades No. 2 should be performed if it will be operated regularly after completion of the Lake Blvd transmission main. Palisades No. 2 does not currently have an electrical service or any connections to the SCADA system. An electrical service and connections to SCADA should be added to monitor and control the station remotely. As part of the improvement project, the existing propeller flow meter should be replaced with an electromagnetic flow meter for improved accuracy. In addition, the existing steel hatch for the Valve Station is heavy and unsafe because it does not have a latch to lock it in the open position.

The hatch should be replaced. Figure 5-29 provides a photo of the existing Palisades No. 2 Valve Station.

Packet Pg. 1719 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-53
Figure 5-29 Palisades No. 2 Valve Station Photo
Park Marina Valve Station (FS-21)
The Park Marina Valve Station is located under the southwest end of the Cypress bridge, off Park Marina Drive. It connects the 24-inch main east/downstream of the Cypress Valve Station to a 16-inch main in Park Marina Drive. It currently has a check valve that prevents flow from the 16-inch to the 24-inch at this location, but it will allow flow from the 24-inch to the 16-inch when pressure is lower in the 16-inch.

Hydraulic modeling indicates that flow is regularly conveyed through this valve station in the morning during max day demands. However, prior to addition of the proposed Cypress Pump Station, City staff will need to replace the existing check valve at this valve station with a PRV with check valve feature to prevent a large portion of the flow from the proposed pump station from being pumped to the 16-inch main in Park Marina, instead of as intended to the Enterprise Zone.

FIRE SUPPRESSION
An evaluation of the water system for fire suppression was performed by assessing the largest fire flow requirements within each pressure zone during current peak hour demands, as well as during peak hour demands during planning horizon years 2030 and 2040.

Current Fire Suppression
Hydraulic modeling was performed to verify adequacy of the water distribution system to provide the required fire flows for the required durations during current demands. Table 5-14 Packet Pg. 1720 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-54
lists the required and available fire flows and durations for buildings with the highest fire flow requirements in each pressure zone. Required fire flows and durations shown are per CFC requirements. To be conservative, available flows and durations shown are from the City’s computer model during current peak hour demands.

Table 5-14 Fire Flow Evaluation During Current Peak Hour Demands Pressure
Zone
Address of Highest Fire
Flow Requirement
Fire Flow
Required
(GPM)
Durations
Required
(Hours)
Flow
Available
(GPM)
Duration
Available
(Hr) Adequate?
Buckeye 4361 Caterpillar Rd. 4,500 4 >2,900 >4 No
Cascade 6446 Westside Rd. 5,000 4 >6,500 >4 Yes
Enterprise 2745 Bechelli Ln. 6,000 4 >9,000 >4 Yes
Foothill 2600 Park Marina Blvd. 4,500 4 >5,000 >4 Yes
Hill 900 1350 Buenaventura Blvd. 7,000 4 >8,000 >4 Yes
Hilltop Dana 1291 Hilltop Dr. 7,000 4 >8,000 >4 Yes
Note: Flows required and flow available shown at 20 psi residual pressure in water main.

The hydraulic modeling performed indicates that the water distribution system will adequately provide fire flow to meet requirements for the buildings with the largest fire flow requirements in each pressure zone, except for the Buckeye Zone.

Recommendations for Current Fire Suppression
The following improvements are recommended within the Buckeye Zone:

Caterpillar Road Hydrant Connections: There are existing 8-inch and 12-inch diameter parallel water mains in Caterpillar Road that are both currently active. Most of the existing fire hydrants in the area are currently connected to the existing 8-inch main.

The 24-inch transmission main in Lake Boulevard that is currently under construction will increase fire flows to the hydrants off the 8-inch main to the Caterpillar Road to approximately 4,300 GPM, which is still slightly deficient to meet fire flow requirement.

To increase available fire flows further at this location, it is recommended that the City Water Utility disconnect the existing fire hydrant nearest 4361 Caterpillar Road from the 8-inch main and connect it to the existing 12-inch main. With connection to the 12-inch main and the addition of the Lake Boulevard transmission main, fire flows available at 4361 Caterpillar Road will be approximately 7,000 GPM at 20 psi during current peakhour demands, more than sufficient to meet the requirements.

Future Fire Suppression
An evaluation of fire flow demand and available supply was performed for future planning horizons in years 2030 and 2040 to determine necessary infrastructure to avoid degradation of emergency support as future demands are applied. The evaluation assumed that improvements recommended in this WMP will be constructed within the recommended timeframes. For Packet Pg. 1721 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
5-55
example, the storage, conveyance, and pump station improvements recommended for construction prior to the year 2030 were assumed to be complete in the fire flow evaluation for the year 2030. The following Table 5-15 provides fire flow requirements and the projected fire flow available in the years 2030 and 2040. To be conservative, available fire flows are based on the City’s hydraulic model under projected peak hour demands.

Table 5-15 Fire Flow Evaluation During Future Peak Hour Demands Requirement 2030 Available 2040 Available
Pressure
Zone Address
Flow
(GPM)
Duration
(Hr)
Flow
(GPM)
Duration
(Hr)
Flow
(GPM)
Duration
(Hr)
Buckeye 4361 Caterpillar Rd. 4,500 4 >6,000 >4 >5,200 >4 Cascade 6446 Westside Rd. 5,000 4 >6,500 >4 >5,400 >4
Enterprise 2745 Bechelli Ln. 6,000 4 >9,000 >4 >8,400 >4 Foothill 2600 Park Marina Blvd 4,500 4 >5,000 >4 >5,000 >4 Hill 900 1350 Buenaventura Blvd 7,000 4 >8,500 >4 >8,200 >4 Hilltop
Dana 1291 Hilltop Dr. 7,000 4 >8,000 >4 >8,000 >4
Note: Flows required and flow available shown at 20 psi residual pressure in water main.

The analysis indicates the available supply for fire suppression will be sufficient through 2040 with the improvement projects recommended in this WMP completed within the recommended timeframes.

Packet Pg. 1722 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
5-56

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 1723 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
6-1

6. CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Evaluation of the City of Redding water system found that numerous improvements will be required over the next ten years to replace aging pipes and facilities, improve water system operations, and increase storage and capacity. Capital improvements were identified by the evaluations described in the previous sections, computer-based hydraulic modeling, facility evaluations, alternatives analysis, and coordination between City Engineering Division and Utility staff. Planning level cost estimates for the identified capital improvement projects were prepared and the projects were ranked and prioritized to develop a capital improvement plan for the water system through the year 2032.

The Capital Improvement Plan project listing is limited to recommended projects through the year 2032. Attempting to refine or delineate projects beyond 2032 was deemed to be unproductive due to the level of uncertainty regarding growth, potential water usage restrictions/reductions, and potential regulatory requirements. However, the City should plan and budget for increasing its annual program for replacing aging water mains by increasing annual pipeline replacement lengths to approximately eleven miles per year by the year 2040, as detailed in Section 5.5.2.

COST ESTIMATES
Planning level cost estimates were prepared by the City Engineering Division staff for each improvement project recommended through the year 2032. Unit costs for construction work items are based on bids tabs from recent City projects, where available, as well as the BNi Public Works 2023 Cost Book. Unit cost and project cost breakdowns are provided in Appendix A.

Estimated project costs include a 15 percent planning level contingency for construction, and also soft costs for design engineering, environmental planning and permitting, as well as construction engineering and management. The soft costs were assumed to be percentages of the estimated construction cost, per the City’s Project Development Costs Preliminary Cost Estimating Table, which is provided in Appendix A.

The estimated costs are intended for planning purposes only. Costs associated with each project will need to be evaluated further prior to making specific financing decisions or establishing project budgets. The final cost of each project and the resulting budget impacts will depend on final project scope determined in the detailed design phase, competitive market conditions, actual labor and material costs for construction, actual site conditions, and other variables that cannot practically be determined at this planning stage.

PROJECT RANKING AND PRIORITY
To prioritize recommended improvement projects, each project and existing facilities associated with it were ranked. The criteria used for the ranking process was developed by City Water Utility and Engineering Division staff and is summarized in Table 6-1.

Packet Pg. 1724 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
6-2
Table 6-1 Project Ranking Categories
Ranking Category Description
Reliability • Dependability of the existing facility when needed. • Level of redundancy/backup for the existing facility.

Operability • Maintenance and staffing requirements for the existing facility. • Complexity of operation with the existing facility.
• Access or safety issues or concerns associated with maintenance or repairs.

Constructability • Complexity or ease of the project construction. • Environmental constraints or permitting for the improvements. • Timing and coordination with other improvement projects in the area. • Political considerations.

Regulatory • Current or pending regulatory requirements dictate the need for the project.

Relative Cost • Relative cost for the project.
• Rate of return/impact per dollar spent for improvements.

Risk • Potential for significant repercussions if the existing facility fails or the improvement project is deferred.

Each ranking category was weighted on a scale from one to six based on its relative importance, as determined by the City’s Water Utility and Engineering Division staff. Higher weights were considered to be of higher immediate importance/priority. Each project was then scored from zero to two for each ranking category. Ranking category scores were then multiplied by the category weights to determine total scores for each project. Projects with a higher score were considered to be a higher priority. Ranking criteria weights and scoring methods are summarized in the following Table 6-2.

Table 6-2 Project Ranking Category Weights and Scoring
Ranking Category Weight
Score
0 1 2
Reliability 4 Good Normal Poor
Operability 3 Good Normal Poor
Constructability 2 Difficult Normal Easy
Regulatory 6 None Potential Required
Relative Cost 4 Low Normal High
Risk 5 Low Normal High
In general, the recommended improvement projects were organized by their ranking scores.

However, some project dates in the capital improvement plan are organized with dates based on available funds, other related projects that could impact timing, as well as practical timelines for construction. For example, Pump House 1 was ranked as the highest priority project, but the environmental permitting process required prior to construction will take multiple years, so its construction is not scheduled to start until 2026. Also, although the evaluations indicate an immediate need for several improvement projects, the initial year of the Capital Improvement Plan (2023) does not include construction of most of the specific projects due to the time typically required to initiate, perform the detailed design, and bid and award for construction associated with public works capital projects.

Packet Pg. 1725 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
6-3

CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS
This Capital Improvement Plan includes projects to improve the City’s water system with improvements for its treatment plants, groundwater wells, storage, piping, pump stations, and flow control stations.

Treatment Plant Improvements
Hydraulic modeling for planning horizons indicates that capacity of the City’s water treatment plants should be adequate through buildout. However, SCADA upgrades and improvements are necessary at both treatment plants and several significant upgrades have been identified at the Foothill WTP to replace its controls and process methods. The capital improvement projects that have been identified for the Buckeye WTP and Foothill WTP are summarized in Table 6-3.

Table 6-3 Treatment Plant Improvement Projects
Facility/
Project ID Facility Name Identified Projects
Total
Ranking
Score
Year Start
Construction
Estimated
Project Cost
BWTP-01 Buckeye WTP SCADA Upgrades 34 2024 $1,000,000
FWTP-01 Foothill WTP New Control Building, including
PLC’s and SCADA upgrade. 32 2025 $4,780,000
FWTP-02 Foothill WTP
Install flocculation basins. Install
wash water recovery system for
filter to waste operation.

Replace Pump Station 2.
24 2027 $16,160,000
The City should also work with a consulting firm to update the Foothill WTP and Buckeye WTP Facilities Plans for further evaluation of current operations and conditions at each WTP.

Groundwater Well Improvements
Several well improvement projects have been identified based on the evaluation of future water supplies, and from facility evaluations of the City’s Enterprise Wells performed by the City’s Engineering Division and Water Utility staff. Additional information from the facility evaluations is provided in Appendix B. There are some uncertainties at this time that could have major impacts on improvements needed at the City’s Enterprise Wells including:
• Potential regulatory changes to manganese limits could require a treatment at all of the wells to meet requirements.
• The EW-12 treatment system operations and disposal costs will need to be evaluated after its construction to determine if wellhead treatment is a practical alternative at other wells, such as EW-11 and EW-13.
• Future well capacity and groundwater quality at potential well sites will need to be evaluated further to confirm that the additional wells will be practical and feasible.

Packet Pg. 1726 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
6-4
The City should perform further investigation into potential future well sites to determine potential well capacity and water quality. It should also evaluate operations and maintenance costs associated with the EW-12 treatment system after its construction to determine whether the addition of new wells or installation of treatment to existing wells will be most practical. For purposes of this capital improvement plan, it was assumed that regulatory requirements for manganese limits will not change in the foreseeable future, also that installation of new groundwater wells will be more cost effective than the capital and operational costs associated with installation of wellhead treatment systems at existing wells. Table 6-4 summarizes recommended improvements projects associated with the Enterprise Wells.

Table 6-4 Enterprise Wells Improvement Projects
Facility/
Project ID Facility Name Identified Projects
Total
Ranking
Score
Year Start
Construction
Estimated
Project
Cost
EW-01 Enterprise Wells
6, 7, 9, 10, and 14
Ortho/polyphosphate
system upgrades. 33 2024 $600,000
EW-24 Enterprise Well 24 New well near Stillwater
WWTP, 6,200 LF 18" main. 21 2025 $7,350,000
EW-02 Enterprise Wells
3A, 6, 7, 8, and 10 Replace Roofs. 22 2028 $1,250,000
EW-25 Enterprise Well 25 New well near Fig Tree Ln. 21 2030 $4,320,000 The City has determined that the Cascade Wells do not produce enough to justify costs to update or maintain them. The City will continue to operate them for the foreseeable future, but it plans to decommission them as the equipment reaches the end of its service life. No costs associated with the Cascade Wells are included in this Capital Improvement Plan.

Storage Improvements
Evaluation of the City’s water storage in each pressure zone indicates a need for additional storage in the Hill 900 Zone for current conditions and in the Buckeye Zone prior to the year 2040. Improvements are also recommended to improve operation of storage in the Buckeye Zone. Table 6-5 summarizes the recommended storage improvement projects.

Table 6-5 Storage Improvement Projects
Facility/
Project ID Facility Name Identified Projects
Total
Ranking
Score
Year Start
Construction
Estimated
Project
Cost
RS-02 Hill 900
Reservoirs
Install new 2 MG reservoir.

Rehab existing concrete
reservoir.
27 2027 $5,970,000
RS-07-01
Buckeye 2 MG
& 0.2 MG
Reservoirs
Booster pump station at
Buckeye 2 MG reservoir.

Demo 0.2 MG reservoir.
25 2025 $1,440,000
RS-07-02 Buckeye 2 MG
Reservoirs
Install second 2 MG tank near
next to existing 2 MG
reservoir.
18 2029 $4,680,000
Packet Pg. 1727 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
6-5
Distribution Pipeline Improvements
Approximately 60 percent of the total costs estimated in the capital improvement plan through 2032 are associated with the annual programmatic pipe replacement that should be performed to replace aging pipelines in the City’s water distribution system. The capital improvement plan assumes annual pipe replacement lengths recommended in Section 5.5.2, with replacement lengths starting at 22,000 linear feet in 2023 and 2024 and increasing to 50,000 linear feet replaced in the year 2032.

Several assumptions were required to develop planning level costs associated with the programmatic pipeline replacements. It was assumed that replacement projects will be broken up to include approximately 10,000 feet of pipeline per project. Also, that approximately 80 percent of piping replaced will be 8-inch diameter and approximately 20 percent will be 12-inch diameter, roughly in-line with the City’s overall pipe inventory. Further assumptions were made for the number of service lines, hydrants, new valves, required traffic control, sheeting and shoring, and other general work items required per linear foot of pipeline replaced. Further breakdown of these assumptions is included in the cost estimates provided in Appendix A. A summary of lengths and costs associated with the recommended annual programmatic pipeline replacement program through the year 2032 is provided in Table 6-6.

Table 6-6 Programmatic Pipeline Replacement Costs
Facility/
Project ID
Annual Pipe
Replacement
Length (LF)
Total
Ranking
Score
Year of
Construction
Estimated
Project Cost
PPR-2023 22,000 24 2023 $10,118,000
PPR-2024 22,000 24 2024 $10,118,000
PPR-2025 25,000 24 2025 $11,497,200
PPR-2026 30,000 24 2026 $13,796,640
PPR-2027 30,000 24 2027 $13,796,640
PPR-2028 35,000 24 2028 $16,096,080
PPR-2029 40,000 24 2029 $18,395,520
PPR-2030 44,000 24 2030 $20,235,072
PPR-2031 48,000 24 2031 $22,074,624
PPR-2032 50,000 24 2032 $22,994,400
The City should conduct a detailed inventory and evaluation of the older steel and cast-iron mains, focusing on the larger mains (12-inch and larger) and those that are critical links in the distribution system. The result of this evaluation should be a prioritized pipe replacement program that is based on past repair records, as well as the pipe age, size, location, and consequences of failure.

Packet Pg. 1728 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
6-6
Conveyance pipeline projects are recommended to provide redundancies in the system, reduce flow velocities, and provide for planned development. The following Table 6-7 provides a summary of the recommended pipeline conveyance projects with associated ranking scores, recommended year of construction, and estimated project costs.

Table 6-7 Pipeline Conveyance Improvement Projects
Facility/
Project ID
Pressure
Zone Project Description
Total
Ranking
Score
Year Start
Construction
Estimated
Project
Cost
CONV-01 Hill 900
Replace outlet from Hill 900
Reservoirs to Placer Street with
new 24" pipeline.
27 2025 $1,730,000
CONV-02 Foothill
Foothill Blvd. bottleneck. Upsize
24" to 36" near Foothill 4 MG
reservoir.
23 2025 $270,000
CONV-03 Cascade Westside Rd Bridge over Canyon
Hollow Creek, replace 16" w/ 20". 13 2025 $290,000
CONV-04 Cascade
Redding Ranchettes area second
supply main. Approximately 4,100
LF of new 12".
29 2026 $1,500,000
CONV-05 Cascade
Redding Ranchettes area supply
main rehab/replacement.

Rehab/replace failing existing 16"
with at least 12" main.
27 2028 $1,390,000
CONV-06 Foothill Benton Dr water main, west of
Pump Station 4. Upsize 12" to 16". 24 2028 $440,000
CONV-07 Foothill West St and Court Street, install
12" parallel mains. 19 2029 $670,000
CONV-08 Foothill Twin View Blvd main. Install 5,900
LF 16" pipe to Oasis Rd. 16 2029 $3,130,000
CONV-09 Enterprise Stillwater Business Park loop
completion, 11,300 LF of 16" main. 19 2030 $4,240,000
Pump Station and Valve Station Improvements
Hydraulic modeling through the planning horizons and facility evaluations for the City’s pump stations and valve stations were performed to identify improvement projects needed through the year 2032. Additional information associated with the facility evaluations performed can be found in Appendix B.

The following Table 6-8 provides a summary of the recommended pump station and valve station improvement projects, including ranking scores, years of construction, and estimated project costs. The recommended replacement of Pump Station 2 is included in the treatment plant improvements, since it is located inside the Foothill WTP, and the proposed booster pump station at the Buckeye 2 MG reservoir is included with the storage improvements.

Packet Pg. 1729 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Water System Evaluation
6-7
Table 6-8 Pump Station and Valve Station Improvements
Facility/
Project ID Facility Name Identified Projects
Total
Ranking
Score
Year Start
Construction
Estimated
Project Cost
PS-01 Pump House 1
Pump House 1
Replacement and
Relocation Upriver
40 2026 $39,000,000
PS-04 Pump Station 4
Add fourth pump, new
PRV, fencing, paving 33 2027 $400,000
PS-03 Pump Station 3
Upgrade to improve
capacity and security 27 2027 $1,400,000
FS-03 Railroad Valve
Station
Add Booster Pump into
existing building. 23 2027 $490,000
FS-04 South Bonnyview
Pump Station
Upgrade and relocate
station 30 2028 $1,290,000
PS-11 New Linden Ave
Pump Station
Replace El Reno and
Mercy Pump Stations w/
single new station off
Linden Ave.
22 2028 $2,220,000
FS-13 Palisades PRV #1
Upgrade Palisades PRV #1
facilities for access and
security.
13 2031 $260,000
FS-14 Palisades PRV #2
Upgrade Palisades PRV #2
facilities for operations,
safety, and SCADA.
13 2031 $70,000

PROJECT SUMMARY
A prioritized summary table for the proposed Capital Improvement Plan is provided in the following Table 6-9. It includes facility and project numbers/IDs, descriptions, a breakdown of scoring for ranking, construction years, and estimated project costs. Detailed breakdowns for unit and project costs are provided in Appendix A.

Packet Pg. 1730 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) Water System Evaluation Water Utility Master Plan 2023
6-8

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 1731 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) TABLE 6-9
CITY OF REDDING WATER MASTER PLAN 2023

CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Category Score Weighted Score
Category Weight 4 3 2 6 4 5
Facility/
Project ID Facility Type Facility Name Identified Projects Status/Notes:

ReliabilityOperabilityConstructabilityRegulatoryRelative CostRiskReliabilityOperabilityConstructabilityRegulatoryRelative CostRisk Total
Score
Year
Construction Estimated Cost
PPR-2023 Distribution System Pipe Network Pipe replacement prog. 2023 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 22,000 LF 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 3 2 6 4 5 24 2023 $10,118,000 Subtotal 2023: $10,118,000
PPR-2024 Distribution System Pipe Network Pipe replacement prog. 2024 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 22,000 LF 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 3 2 6 4 5 24 2024 $10,118,000 BWTP-01 Treatment Plant Buckeye WTP SCADA Upgrades 2 2 1 0 2 2 8 6 2 0 8 10 34 2024 $1,000,000 EW-01 Wells- Enterprise Zone Enterprise Wells 6,
7, 9, 10, and 14
Ortho/polyphosphate
system upgrades.

Upgrade systems to improve reliability and
operations. Relocate into new small buildings. 2 2 2 1 1 1 8 6 4 6 4 5 33 2024 $600,000 Subtotal 2024: $11,718,000
PPR-2025 Distribution System Pipe Network Pipe replacement prog. 2025 Programmatic Pipe Replacement, 25,000 LF 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 3 2 6 4 5 24 2025 $11,497,200 CONV-01 Distribution System
Hill 900 zone Pipe Network
Outlet from Hill 900
Reservoirs to Placer St.,
2,400 LF of new 24" pipe.

Consider combining with Hill 900 tank project. 2 1 1 0 1 2 8 3 2 0 4 10 27 2025 $1,730,000 CONV-02 Distribution System
Foothill Zone Pipe Network
Foothill Blvd. bottleneck.

Upsize 24" to 36" near
Foothill 4 MG reservoir.

Consider combining with CONV-01. 2 1 2 0 2 0 8 3 4 0 8 0 23 2025 $270,000 RS-07-01 Reservoir
Buckeye Zone
Buckeye 2 MG and

0.2 MG Reservoirs
Add booster pump station
at Buckeye 2 MG Tank.

Demo 0.2 MG.

Project eliminates need to use Keswick vault and
need to install 12,000 LF of 24" and 30" pipe from
existing tanks or storage elsewhere.
2 2 1 0 1 1 8 6 2 0 4 5 25 2025 $1,440,000
CONV-03 Distribution System
Cascade Zone Pipe Network
Westside Rd Bridge over
Canyon Hollow Creek,
replace 16" with 20".

Replace pipe as part of bridge project. Cost per
estimate from Dokken Engineering. 1 1 1 0 1 0 4 3 2 0 4 0 13 2025 $290,000 EW-24 Well- Enterprise Zone Enterprise Well 24 New well near SWWTP and 6,200 of 18" main. Applied for a grant. 1 1 1 2 0 0 4 3 2 12 0 0 21 2025 $7,350,000 FWTP-01 Treatment Plant Foothill WTP New Control Building 2 2 1 1 0 2 8 6 2 6 0 10 32 2025 $4,780,000 Subtotal 2025: $27,357,200
PPR-2026 Distribution System Pipe Network Pipe replacement prog. 2026 Programmatic Pipe Replace., 30,000 LF 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 3 2 6 4 5 24 2026 $13,796,640 CONV-04 Distribution System
Cascade Zone Pipe Network
Ranchettes area second
supply main. Approx 4,100
LF of new 12".

Install creek crossing with Westside Interceptor
Phase 3 project (wastewater) 2 1 2 0 1 2 8 3 4 0 4 10 29 2026 $1,500,000 PS-01 Pump Station Pump House 1 PH1 Replacement In design. Grants or loans will be needed. Cost per Jacobs's preliminary design report. 2 2 5 1 0 2 8 6 10 6 0 10 40 2026 $39,000,000 Subtotal 2026: $54,296,640
6/27/2023
Packet Pg. 1732 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) TABLE 6-9
CITY OF REDDING WATER MASTER PLAN 2023

CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Category Score Weighted Score
Category Weight 4 3 2 6 4 5
Facility/
Project ID Facility Type Facility Name Identified Projects Status/Notes:

ReliabilityOperabilityConstructabilityRegulatoryRelative CostRiskReliabilityOperabilityConstructabilityRegulatoryRelative CostRisk Total
Score
Year
Construction Estimated Cost
PPR-2027 Distribution System Pipe Network Pipe replacement prog. 2027 Programmatic Pipe Replace., 30,000LF 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 3 2 6 4 5 24 2027 $13,796,640 PS-04 Pump Station Pump House 4 Add fourth pump, new
PRV, fencing, paving Consider adding power generation at PRV. 2 1 2 0 2 2 8 3 4 0 8 10 33 2027 $400,000 PS-03 Pump Station Pump House 3 Upgrade to improve
capacity and security
Consider upsizing PRV and adding power
generation at PRV. 2 1 1 0 1 2 8 3 2 0 4 10 27 2027 $1,400,000 RS-02 Reservoir Hill 900 Reservoirs
Increase storage capacity
by adding a third 2 MG
tank.

New tank near existing tanks and rehab existing
tank #1. 1 1 0 1 1 2 4 3 0 6 4 10 27 2027 $5,970,000
FS-03 Flow Station/
New Pump Station Railroad Vault Add Booster Pump into existing building.

Increase flow from Foothill to Cascade zone.

Redundancy for South Bonney PS. 2 1 2 0 2 1 8 3 4 0 8 5 28 2027 $490,000 FWTP-02 Treatment Plant Foothill WTP
Install floc basins,
washwater recovery.

Replace Pump House 2.
2 1 1 1 0 1 8 3 2 6 0 5 24 2027 $16,160,000
Subtotal 2027: $38,216,640
Subtotal 2023-2027 $141,706,480
PPR-2028 Distribution System Pipe Network Pipe replacement prog. 2028 Programmatic Pipe Replace., 35,000LF 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 3 2 6 4 5 24 2028 $16,096,080 FS-04 Flow station and Booster
Pumps Station
South Bonnyview
Pump Station
Upgrade and relocate
station
Move station out of street for safety. Improve access
for maintenance. 2 2 1 0 1 2 8 6 2 0 4 10 30 2028 $1,290,000 CONV-05 Distribution System
Cascade Zone Pipe Network
Ranchettes area supply
main rehab/replacement.

Rehab/replace failing 16"
with at least 12" main.

Relocate into right of where were possible.

Trenchless repair utilizing existing pipe under creek. 2 1 1 0 1 2 8 3 2 0 4 10 27 2028 $1,390,000 CONV-06 Distribution System
Foothill Zone Pipe Network
Benton Dr water main,
west of Pump House 4.

Upsize 12" to 16".
1 1 2 0 2 1 4 3 4 0 8 5 24 2028 $440,000
EW-02 Wells- Enterprise Zone Enterprise Wells 3A,
6, 7, 8, and 10 Replace Roofs 2 2 1 1 0 0 8 6 2 6 0 0 22 2028 $1,250,000 PS-11 Linden Ave Pump Station New Pump Station
Replace El Reno and
Mercy Pump Stations w/
single new station on
Linden Ave.

REU service to the site will be needed. 2 1 1 0 1 1 8 3 2 0 4 5 22 2028 $2,220,000 Subtotal 2028: $22,686,080
Facility Improvements 2028-2032
6/27/2023
Packet Pg. 1733 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) TABLE 6-9
CITY OF REDDING WATER MASTER PLAN 2023

CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Category Score Weighted Score
Category Weight 4 3 2 6 4 5
Facility/
Project ID Facility Type Facility Name Identified Projects Status/Notes:

ReliabilityOperabilityConstructabilityRegulatoryRelative CostRiskReliabilityOperabilityConstructabilityRegulatoryRelative CostRisk Total
Score
Year
Construction Estimated Cost
PPR-2029 Distribution System Pipe Network Pipe replacement prog. 2029 Programmatic Pipe Replace., 40,000LF 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 3 2 6 4 5 24 2029 $18,395,520 RS-07-02 Reservoir
Buckeye Zone
Buckeye 2 MG
Reservoir
Install second 2 MG tank
next to existing 2 MG.

Connect to previously installed booster pump
station. Consider including in pump station project, if funds are available at that time.
2 1 1 0 0 1 8 3 2 0 0 5 18 2029 $4,680,000
CONV-07 Distribution System
Foothill Zone Pipe Network West St and Court Street, install 950 LF of 12". 2 1 2 0 1 0 8 3 4 0 4 0 19 2029 $670,000 CONV-08 Distribution System
Foothill Zone Pipe Network
Twin View Blvd main.

Install 5,900 LF 16" pipe to
Oasis Rd.
2 2 1 0 0 0 8 6 2 0 0 0 16 2029 $3,130,000
Subtotal 2029: $26,875,520
PPR-2030 Distribution System Pipe Network Pipe replacement prog. 2029 Programmatic Pipe Replace., 44,000LF 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 3 2 6 4 5 24 2030 $20,235,072 CONV-09 Distribution System
Enterprise Zone Pipe Network
Stillwater Business Park
loop completion. Install
11,300 LF of 16" main.
2 1 2 0 1 0 8 3 4 0 4 0 19 2030 $4,240,000
EW-25 Well
Enterprise Zone Enterprise Well 25 New Enterprise well near Fig Tree Ln. 1 1 1 2 0 0 4 3 2 12 0 0 21 2030 $4,320,000 Subtotal 2030: $28,795,072
PPR-2031 Distribution System Pipe Network Pipe replacement prog. 2031 Programmatic Pipe Replace., 48,000LF 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 3 2 6 4 5 24 2031 $22,074,624 FS-13 PRV Station,
Buckeye & Hilltop Dana Palisades PRV #1
Upgrade Palisades PRV
#1 facilities for access and
security.
1 1 1 0 1 0 4 3 2 0 4 0 13 2031 $260,000
FS-14 PRV Station,
Buckeye & Hilltop Dana Palisades PRV #2
Upgrade Palisades PRV
#2 facilities for operations,
safety, and SCADA.
1 1 1 0 1 0 4 3 2 0 4 0 13 2031 $70,000
Subtotal 2031: $22,404,624
PPR-2032 Distribution System Pipe Network Pipe replacement prog. 2032 Programmatic Pipe Replace., 50,000LF 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 3 2 6 4 5 24 2032 $22,994,400 Subtotal 2032: $22,994,400
Subtotal 2028-2032 $123,755,696
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS TOTAL (2023-2032): $265,462,176
Note: All costs are in 2023 dollars.
6/27/2023
Packet Pg. 1734 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Packet Pg. 1735
Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

APPENDIX A

CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

COST ESTIMATES
WATER UTILITY MASTER PLAN 2023
Packet Pg. 1736 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 1737 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

CITY OF REDDING
WATER MASTER PLAN 2023

SUMMARY OF UNIT PRICES

DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT COST NOTES/SOURCE
Construction Area Sign EA $600.00 Woodacre Sewer Project Bids Project Funding Sign EA $2,000.00 Woodacre Sewer Project Bids Clear and Grub SY $4.00 PW Costbook $13,750 per acre for heavy areas.

Tree Removal EA $1,600.00 PW Costbook $1190 up to 12" dia tree.

Unclassified Excavation CY $42.00 Building Exc 3/4 c.u. bakhoe, hauling 10 mile $13.25 Hydro Seeding SY $1.00 PW Costbook $0.8
Aggregate Base CY $100.00 Bechelli ATP Project Bids
Sidewalk (PCC) SF $15.00 Bechelli ATP Project Bids
Curb and Gutter (6") LF $55.00 Bechelli ATP Project Bids Curb and Gutter (Rolled) LF $65.00 Bechelli ATP Project Bids AC Pavement SF $15.00 Bid tabs.

Fence (6', Chain Link) LF $40.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Gate (4' Wide, Chain Link) EA $700.00 PW Costbook.

Gate (20' Wide, Chain Link) EA $2,400.00 PW Costbook.

Bollard EA $520.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Sheeting and Shoring LF $8.00 See breakdown.

Water (8" PVC), Paved Area LF $135.00 Bechelli W & Sewer Project Bids Water (8" PVC, Slurry), Paved Area LF $210.00 Magnolia Area Sewer Project Bids Water (12" DIP), Unpaved Area LF $170.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (12" DIP), Paved Area LF $220.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (12" DIP, Slurry), Paved Area LF $280.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (16" DIP), Unpaved Area LF $210.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (16" DIP), Paved Area LF $260.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (16" DIP, Slurry), Paved Area LF $320.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (18" DIP), Unpaved Area LF $230.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (18" DIP), Paved Area LF $290.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (18" DIP, Slurry), Paved Area LF $350.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (20" DIP), Unpaved Area LF $270.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (20" DIP), Paved Area LF $330.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (20" DIP, Slurry), Paved Area LF $390.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (24" DIP), Unpaved Area LF $330.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Water (24" DIP), Paved Area LF $390.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Packet Pg. 1738 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

CITY OF REDDING
WATER MASTER PLAN 2023

SUMMARY OF UNIT PRICES

DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT COST NOTES/SOURCE
Water (24" DIP, Slurry), Paved Area LF $470.00 PW Costbook, see breakdown.

Valve (8" Gate) EA $3,000.00 Magnolia Area Sewer Project Bids Valve (12" Butterfly) EA $6,300.00 Magnolia Area Sewer Project Bids.

Valve (16" Butterfly) EA $11,000.00 Material costs from Ferguson Valve (18" Butterfly) EA $12,500.00 Material costs from Ferguson Valve (20" Butterfly) EA $16,000.00 Material costs from Ferguson Valve (24" Butterfly) EA $21,000.00 Material costs from Ferguson Valve (30" Butterfly) EA $26,000.00 Material costs from Ferguson Valve (36" Butterfly) EA $30,000.00 Material costs from Ferguson Fire Hydrant Assembly EA $14,000.00 California Water Main Project Bids Water Service EA $4,000.00 Magnolia SS and Bechelli W & SS Bid Tabs.

Abandon Valve EA $750.00 Magnolia Area Sewer Project Bids Remove Valve EA $1,000.00 Magnolia Area Sewer Project Bids Building SF $300.00 PW Costbook Historical Costs
Packet Pg. 1739 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

CITY OF REDDING
WATER MASTER PLAN 2023- UNIT COST CALCULATIONS
Metro Area Multiplier (Sacramento Area): 1.3
ITEM: Trench Sheeting Shoring
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/ LF Comments
1 Trench Sheeting SF 12 $0.50 $6.00 Assumption based on recend bid tabs. w/ Metro Area Multiplier $7.80
Rounded Unit Cost $8.00
ITEM: FENCE (6 FT, CHAIN LINK)
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Fabric, galv 2" mesh 6' high LF 1.00 $10.50 $10.50
2 Barbed wire with hangers, 3 strand LF 1.00 $6.06 $6.06 3 Line Post EA 0.10 $57.00 $5.70
4 Corner Posts EA 0.01 $140.00 $1.40
Subtotal $23.66
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $30.76
Rounded Unit Cost $40.00
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 12 inch
Location: UNPAVED AREAS
Backfill Type: Import
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Trenching Excavation CY 0.56 $7.43 $4.13 Hyd. Excavator, assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover. 2 Trench Backfill CY 0.56 $33.00 $18.33
3 Ductile Iron Pipe (12") LF 1 $100.00 $100.00 Push on = $68, 20" MJ = $110 4 Area Prep SY 0.44 $0.51 $0.23
5 Reseed Disturbed Areas SY 2.22 $0.38 $0.84 Assume 20 ft wide area disturbed Subtotal $123.53
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $160.59
Rounded Unit Cost $170.00
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 12 inch
Location: PAVED AREA
Backfill Type: Import Sand
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Saw Cutting Pavement LF 4 $4.41 $17.64 5" thick AC (assume trench and T cut both sides) 2 Pavement Demolition SY 0.44 $20.00 $8.89 Increase PW cost assuming average 5" thick. 3 Trenching Excavation CY 0.56 $7.43 $4.13 Assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover, so 5.5' Deep trench. 4 Trench Backfill CY 0.42 $33.00 $13.75 Excavation less pavement base. 5 Pavement - Base Course SY 0.33 $15.00 $5.00 12" thick base course, includes material and installation 6 Ductile Iron Pipe (12") LF 1 $100.00 $100.00 Push on = $68, 20" MJ = $110 7 Bituminous paving for pipe trench, 4" thick SY 0.44 $38.75 $17.22 Material and Installation Subtotal $166.63
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $216.62
Rounded Unit Cost $220.00
Packet Pg. 1740 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

CITY OF REDDING
WATER MASTER PLAN 2023- UNIT COST CALCULATIONS
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 12 inch
Location: PAVED AREA
Backfill Type: Slurry
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Saw Cutting Pavement LF 4 $4.41 $17.64 5" thick AC (assume trench and T cut both sides) 2 Pavement Demolition SY 0.44 $20.00 $8.89 Increase PW cost assuming average 5" thick. 3 Trenching Excavation CY 0.56 $7.43 $4.13 Assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover, so 5.5' Deep trench. 4 Slurry Backfill CY 0.56 $100.00 $55.56 Excavation less pavement base. 5 Pavement - Base Course SY 0.33 $15.00 $5.00 12" thick base course, includes material and installation 6 Ductile Iron Pipe (12") LF 1 $100.00 $100.00 Push on = $68, 20" MJ = $110 7 Bituminous paving for pipe trench, 4" thick SY 0.44 $38.75 $17.22 Material and Installation Subtotal $208.43
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $270.96
Rounded Unit Cost $280.00
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 16 inch
Location: Unpaved Areas
Backfill Type: Import Sand
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Trenching Excavation CY 0.59 $7.43 $4.40 Hyd. Excavator, assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover. 2 Trench Backfill CY 0.59 $33.00 $19.56
3 Ductile Iron Pipe (16") LF 1 $130.00 $130.00 Push on = $100, 20" MJ = $150 4 Area Prep SY 0.44 $0.51 $0.23
5 Reseed Disturbed Areas SY 2.22 $0.38 $0.84 Assume 20 ft wide area disturbed Subtotal $155.03
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $201.54
Rounded Unit Cost $210.00
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 16 inch
Location: In Pavement
Backfill Type: Import Sand
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Saw Cutting Pavement LF 4 $4.41 $17.64 5" thick AC (assume trench and T cut both sides) 2 Pavement Demolition SY 0.44 $20.00 $8.89 Increase PW cost assuming average 5" thick. 3 Trenching Excavation CY 0.59 $7.43 $4.40 Assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover, so 5.5' Deep trench. 4 Trench Backfill CY 0.45 $33.00 $14.97 Excavation less pavement base. 5 Pavement - Base Course SY 0.33 $15.00 $5.00 12" thick base course, includes material and installation 6 Ductile Iron Pipe (16") LF 1 $130.00 $130.00 Push on = $100, 20" MJ = $150 7 Bituminous paving for pipe trench, 4" thick SY 0.44 $38.75 $17.22 Material and Installation Subtotal $198.13
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $257.56
Rounded Unit Cost $260.00
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 16 inch
Location: In Pavement
Backfill Type: Slurry
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Saw Cutting Pavement LF 4 $4.41 $17.64 5" thick AC (assume trench and T cut both sides) 2 Pavement Demolition SY 0.44 $20.00 $8.89 Increase PW cost assuming average 5" thick. 3 Trenching Excavation CY 0.59 $7.43 $4.40 Assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover, so 5.5' Deep trench. 4 Slurry Backfill CY 0.59 $100.00 $59.26 Excavation less pavement base. 5 Pavement - Base Course SY 0.33 $15.00 $5.00 12" thick base course, includes material and installation 6 Ductile Iron Pipe (18") LF 1 $130.00 $130.00 Push on = $100, 20" MJ = $150 7 Bituminous paving for pipe trench, 4" thick SY 0.44 $38.75 $17.22 Material and Installation Subtotal $242.41
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $315.14
Rounded Unit Cost $320.00
Packet Pg. 1741 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

CITY OF REDDING
WATER MASTER PLAN 2023- UNIT COST CALCULATIONS
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 18 inch
Location: Unpaved Areas
Backfill Type: Import Sand
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Trenching Excavation CY 0.61 $7.43 $4.54 Hyd. Excavator, assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover. 2 Trench Backfill CY 0.61 $33.00 $20.17
3 Ductile Iron Pipe (18") LF 1 $150.00 $150.00 Push on = $120, 20" MJ = $170 4 Area Prep SY 0.44 $0.51 $0.23
5 Reseed Disturbed Areas SY 2.22 $0.38 $0.84 Assume 20 ft wide area disturbed Subtotal $175.78
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $228.51
Rounded Unit Cost $230.00
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 18 inch
Location: In Pavement
Backfill Type: Import Sand
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Saw Cutting Pavement LF 4 $4.41 $17.64 5" thick AC (assume trench and T cut both sides) 2 Pavement Demolition SY 0.44 $20.00 $8.89 Increase PW cost assuming average 5" thick. 3 Trenching Excavation CY 0.61 $7.43 $4.54 Assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover, so 5.5' Deep trench. 4 Trench Backfill CY 0.47 $33.00 $15.58 Excavation less pavement base. 5 Pavement - Base Course SY 0.33 $15.00 $5.00 12" thick base course, includes material and installation 6 Ductile Iron Pipe (18") LF 1 $150.00 $150.00 Push on = $120, 20" MJ = $170 7 Bituminous paving for pipe trench, 4" thick SY 0.44 $38.75 $17.22 Material and Installation Subtotal $218.88
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $284.54
Rounded Unit Cost $290.00
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 18 inch
Location: In Pavement
Backfill Type: Slurry
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Saw Cutting Pavement LF 4 $4.41 $17.64 5" thick AC (assume trench and T cut both sides) 2 Pavement Demolition SY 0.44 $20.00 $8.89 Increase PW cost assuming average 5" thick. 3 Trenching Excavation CY 0.61 $7.43 $4.54 Assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover, so 5.5' Deep trench. 4 Slurry Backfill CY 0.61 $100.00 $61.11 Excavation less pavement base. 5 Pavement - Base Course SY 0.33 $15.00 $5.00 12" thick base course, includes material and installation 6 Ductile Iron Pipe (18") LF 1 $150.00 $150.00 Push on = $120, 20" MJ = $170 7 Bituminous paving for pipe trench, 4" thick SY 0.44 $38.75 $17.22 Material and Installation Subtotal $264.40
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $343.72
Rounded Unit Cost $350.00
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 20 inch
Location: Unpaved Areas
Backfill Type: Import Sand
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Trenching Excavation CY 0.63 $7.43 $4.68 Hyd. Excavator, assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover. 2 Trench Backfill CY 0.63 $33.00 $20.78
3 Ductile Iron Pipe (20") LF 1 $180.00 $180.00 Push on = $130, 20" MJ = $200 4 Area Prep SY 0.44 $0.51 $0.23
5 Reseed Disturbed Areas SY 2.22 $0.38 $0.84 Assume 20 ft wide area disturbed Subtotal $206.53
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $268.49
Rounded Unit Cost $270.00
Packet Pg. 1742 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

CITY OF REDDING
WATER MASTER PLAN 2023- UNIT COST CALCULATIONS
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 20 inch
Location: In Pavement
Backfill Type: Import Sand
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Saw Cutting Pavement LF 4 $4.41 $17.64 5" thick AC (assume trench and T cut both sides) 2 Pavement Demolition SY 0.44 $20.00 $8.89 Increase PW cost assuming average 5" thick. 3 Trenching Excavation CY 0.63 $7.43 $4.68 Assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover, so 5.5' Deep trench. 4 Trench Backfill CY 0.49 $33.00 $16.19 Excavation less pavement base. 5 Pavement - Base Course SY 0.33 $15.00 $5.00 12" thick base course, includes material and installation 6 Ductile Iron Pipe (20") LF 1 $180.00 $180.00 Push on = $130, 20" MJ = $200 7 Bituminous paving for pipe trench, 4" thick SY 0.44 $38.75 $17.22 Material and Installation Subtotal $249.62
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $324.51
Rounded Unit Cost $330.00
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 20 inch
Location: In Pavement
Backfill Type: Slurry
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Saw Cutting Pavement LF 4 $4.41 $17.64 5" thick AC (assume trench and T cut both sides) 2 Pavement Demolition SY 0.44 $20.00 $8.89 Increase PW cost assuming average 5" thick. 3 Trenching Excavation CY 0.63 $7.43 $4.68 Assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover, so 5.5' Deep trench. 4 Slurry Backfill CY 0.63 $100.00 $62.96 Excavation less pavement base. 5 Pavement - Base Course SY 0.33 $15.00 $5.00 12" thick base course, includes material and installation 6 Ductile Iron Pipe (20") LF 1 $180.00 $180.00 Push on = $130, 20" MJ = $200 7 Bituminous paving for pipe trench, 4" thick SY 0.44 $38.75 $17.22 Material and Installation Subtotal $296.39
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $385.31
Rounded Unit Cost $390.00
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 24 inch
Location: Unpaved Areas
Backfill Type: Import Sand
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Trenching Excavation CY 0.89 $7.43 $6.60 Hyd. Excavator, assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover. 2 Trench Backfill CY 0.89 $33.00 $29.33
3 Ductile Iron Pipe (24") LF 1 $210.00 $210.00 20" DIP: Push on = $130, 20" MJ = $200 4 Area Prep SY 0.56 $0.51 $0.28
5 Reseed Disturbed Areas SY 2.22 $0.38 $0.84 Assume 20 ft wide area disturbed Subtotal $247.07
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $321.19
Rounded Unit Cost $330.00
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 24 inch
Location: In Pavement
Backfill Type: Import Sand
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Saw Cutting Pavement LF 4 $4.41 $17.64 5" thick AC (assume trench and T cut both sides) 2 Pavement Demolition SY 0.56 $20.00 $11.11 Increase PW cost assuming average 5" thick. 3 Trenching Excavation CY 0.89 $7.43 $6.60 Assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover, so 5.5' Deep trench. 4 Trench Backfill CY 0.75 $33.00 $24.75 Excavation less pavement base. 5 Pavement - Base Course SY 0.44 $15.00 $6.67 12" thick base course, includes material and installation 6 Ductile Iron Pipe (24") LF 1 $210.00 $210.00 20" DIP: Push on = $130, 20" MJ = $200 7 Bituminous paving for pipe trench, 4" thick SY 0.44 $38.75 $17.22 Material and Installation Subtotal $293.99
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $382.19
Rounded Unit Cost $390.00
Packet Pg. 1743 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

CITY OF REDDING
WATER MASTER PLAN 2023- UNIT COST CALCULATIONS
ITEM: WATER MAIN
Size/Diameter: 24 inch
Location: In Pavement
Backfill Type: Slurry
Unit: LF
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Saw Cutting Pavement LF 4 $4.41 $17.64 5" thick AC (assume trench and T cut both sides) 2 Pavement Demolition SY 0.56 $20.00 $11.11 Increase PW cost assuming average 5" thick. 3 Trenching Excavation CY 0.89 $7.43 $6.60 Assume heavy/wet soil, 3.5' cover, so 5.5' Deep trench. 4 Slurry Backfill CY 0.89 $100.00 $88.89 Excavation less pavement base. 5 Pavement - Base Course SY 0.44 $15.00 $6.67 12" thick base course, includes material and installation 6 Ductile Iron Pipe (24") LF 1 $210.00 $210.00 20" DIP: Push on = $130, 20" MJ = $200 7 Bituminous paving for pipe trench, 4" thick SY 0.44 $38.75 $17.22 Material and Installation Subtotal $358.13
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $465.57
Rounded Unit Cost $470.00
ITEM: SCADA Tower w/ Concrete Base
Unit: LS
# Item Description Unit Estimated
Quantity/LF Unit Cost Item Cost/LF Comments
1 Building Excavation CY 24.75 $8.59 $212.60
2 Formwork SF 200.00 $11.00 $2,200.00
3 Concrete CY 15.00 $250.00 $3,750.00
4 Tower EA 1 $15,000.00 $15,000.00 $6,000 materials, plus markup and install Subtotal $21,162.60
w/ Metro Area Multiplier $27,511.38
Rounded Unit Cost $28,000.00

1. All costs in 2023 dollars.

2. Unit Costs were prepared based on the BNi Building News Public Works 2023 Costbook.

Packet Pg. 1744 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: Annual Pipe Replacement Costs Per LF Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE FACILITY TYPE: Distribution System Date: 12/27/22
Facility Name: Annual Water Main Replacement
Length Per Project: 10,000 LF
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $15,000 $15,000
2 EA 20 $600 $12,000
3 EA 1 $2,000 $2,000
4 LS 1 $200,000 $200,000
5 LS 1 $20,000 $20,000
6 LF 5,333 $135 $720,000
7 LF 2,667 $210 $560,000
8 LF 1,333 $220 $293,333
9 LF 667 $280 $186,667
10 EA 20 $14,000 $280,000
11 EA 40 $3,000 $120,000
12 EA 10 $6,300 $63,000
13 EA 170 $4,000 $680,000
14 EA 33 $750 $25,000
15 EA 17 $1,000 $16,667
$3,193,667
CONTINGENCY: 15% $479,050
$3,672,717
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 18% $574,860 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 11% $351,303 $4,598,880
$459.89
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

Assumptions:
1 80% of pipe will be 8" diameter, 20% will be 12" diameter 2 1/3 of pipe replacement will require slurry backfill. 3 One valve replacement per 250 LF, based on averages from the City's recent capital projects. 4 One fire hydrant assembly replacement per 500 LF of main. 5 One water service per 60 LF of main.
6 Quantity of abandoned/removed valves equal to new valves, 2/3 old valves can be abandoned in place.

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

UNIT COST PER LF
Fire Hydrant Assembly
Valve (8" Gate)
Valve (12" Butterfly)
Water Service (1")
Abandon Valve
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (8" PVC), Paved Area
Water (12" DIP), Paved Area
Remove Valve

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)
Water (8" PVC, Slurry), Paved Area
Water (12" DIP, Slurry), Paved Area
Construction Area Sign
Project funding Sign
Traffic Control

CITY OF REDDING

PROGRAMMATIC PIPE REPLACEMENT- ESTIMATED LINEAR FOOT COST PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Water Pollution Control
Packet Pg. 1745 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: EW-01 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Groundwater Wells Date: 03/13/23
Facility Name: Enterprise Wells
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $10,000 $10,000
2 EA 5 $36,000 $180,000
3 EA 5 $25,000 $125,000
4 EA 5 $5,000 $25,000
5 EA 5 $5,000 $25,000
$365,000
CONTINGENCY: 15% $54,750
$419,750
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 28% $102,200 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $73,000 $594,950
$600,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

Water Pollution Control

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Upgrade existing ortho/polyphosphate injection systems at Enterprise Wells (EW) 6, 7, 10, and 14. Add ortho/polyphosphate injection systems at EW-9. Install new small buildings adjacent to the well buildings and relocate systems into the new buildings.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Otho/Polyphosphate Building (approx.. 10' x12')
Mechanical Upgrades, per well
Otho/Polyphosphate Storage System, per well
Electrical Improvements, per well
Packet Pg. 1746 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: CONV-01 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Distribution System Date: 12/08/22
Facility Name: Hill 900 Pressure Zone
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $15,000 $15,000
2 EA 10 $600 $6,000
3 EA 1 $2,000 $2,000
4 SY 1,500 $4 $6,000
5 EA 5 $1,600 $8,000
6 SY 1,500 $1 $1,500
7 LS 1 $50,000 $50,000
8 LS 1 $20,000 $20,000
9 LF 620 $330 $204,600
10 LF 1,700 $390 $663,000
11 EA 8 $21,000 $168,000
12 EA 6 $1,000 $6,000
$1,150,100
CONTINGENCY: 15% $172,515
$1,322,615
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 20% $230,020 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 15% $172,515 $1,725,150
$1,730,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

TOTAL ROUNDED
Valve (24" Butterfly)

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL
Remove Valve
Water (24" DIP), Paved Area
Clear and Grub
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (24" DIP), Unpaved Area

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Replace the existing 12" main from Hill 900 tanks to the south with new 24" main to Placer Street.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Water Pollution Control
Hydro Seeding
Tree Removal
Traffic Control
Construction Area Sign
Project Funding Sign
Packet Pg. 1747 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: CONV-02 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Distribution System Date: 12/08/22
Facility Name: Foothill Pressure Zone
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $10,000 $10,000
2 EA 4 $600 $2,400
3 EA 1 $2,400 $2,400
4 LS 1 $25,000 $25,000
5 LS 1 $2,000 $2,000
6 LF 60 $1,000 $60,000
7 EA 1 $26,000 $26,000
8 EA 1 $30,000 $30,000
9 EA 2 $2,500 $5,000
$162,800
CONTINGENCY: 15% $24,420
$187,220
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 28% $45,584 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $32,560 $265,364
$270,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (36" DIP), Paved Area
Remove Valve

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Replace the existing 24" bottleneck between the Foothill WTP and the Foothill 4 MG reservoir with 36-inch pipe to increase available storage during peak demands.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Water Pollution Control
Valve (30" Butterfly)
Valve (36" Butterfly)
Traffic Control
Construction Area Sign
Project Funding Sign
Packet Pg. 1748 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: RS-07-01 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Reservoir Date: 12/12/22
Facility Name: Buckeye 2 MG and 0.2 MG
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $15,000 $15,000
2 SY 2,000 $4 $8,000
3 LS 1 $50,000 $50,000
4 CY 70 $100 $7,000
5 CY 50 $100 $5,000
6 LS 1 $2,000 $2,000
7 LF 200 $230 $46,000
8 EA 3 $12,500 $37,500
9 SF 800 $300 $240,000
10 EA 2 $46,000 $92,000
11 LS 1 $80,000 $80,000
12 LS 1 $50,000 $50,000
13 LS 1 $250,000 $250,000
$882,500
CONTINGENCY: 15% $132,375
$1,014,875
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 28% $247,100 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $176,500 $1,438,475
$1,440,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (18" DIP), Unpaved Area
Valve (18" Butterfly)
Site Electrical & Instrumentation
Pump (100 hp Vert Centrifugal)
New Pump Station Building
Pump Station Piping, Valves, and Flow Meter
Electrical Service to Site (480V, 3-phase)

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Add a booster pump station at the existing 2 MG tank. Remove the existing 0.2 MG tank. Larger replacement tank to be installed in project RS07-02.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Water Pollution Control
Clear and Grub
Demo 0.2 MG Tank
Unclassified Excavation
Aggregate Base
Packet Pg. 1749 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: EW-24 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Groundwater Well Date: 12/12/22
Facility Name: New Enterprise Well 24
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $20,000 $20,000
2 EA 12 $600 $7,200
3 EA 1 $2,000 $2,000
4 LS 1 $200,000 $200,000
5 LS 1 $50,000 $50,000
6 LF 5,300 $350 $1,855,000
7 EA 8 $12,500 $100,000
8 LS 1 $1,000,000 $1,000,000
9 LS 1 $1,800,000 $1,800,000
$5,034,200
CONTINGENCY: 15% $755,130
$5,789,330
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 18% $906,156 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 13% $654,446 $7,349,932
$7,350,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

Water Pollution Control

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Install new groundwater well near the City's Stillwater WastewaterTreatment Plant. Install new 18" transmission main to connect to the existing water system in Airport Rd.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Construction Area Sign
Project Funding Sign
Traffic Control

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Well Site Improvements, Bldg, Mechanical, and Electrical Sheeting and Shoring
Water (18" DIP, Slurry), Paved Areas
Valve (18" Butterfly)

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)
Test and Production Well Installation
Packet Pg. 1750 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: FWTP-01 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Treatment Plant Date: 02/14/23
Facility Name: Foothill Water Treatment Plant
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $10,000 $10,000
2 SF 8,000 $300 $2,400,000
3 LS 1 $1,000,000 $1,000,000
$3,410,000
CONTINGENCY: 15% $511,500
$3,921,500
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 14% $477,400 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 11% $375,100 $4,774,000
$4,780,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Electrical and Controls Upgrades

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)
New Control Building
Water Pollution Control

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Upgrade of FWTP to provide a new control building and program logic controller (PLC).

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Packet Pg. 1751 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: CONV-04 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Distribution System Date: 12/08/22
Facility Name: Cascade Zone
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $5,000 $5,000
2 LS 1 $45,000 $45,000
3 EA 6 $600 $3,600
4 EA 1 $2,000 $2,000
5 SY 3,000 $4 $12,000
6 EA 10 $1,600 $16,000
7 SY 3,000 $1 $3,000
8 LS 1 $10,000 $10,000
9 LS 1 $33,000 $33,000
10 LF 2,400 $170 $408,000
11 LF 1,700 $220 $374,000
12 EA 4 $6,300 $25,200
$936,800
CONTINGENCY: 15% $140,520
$1,077,320
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 25% $234,200 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $187,360 $1,498,880
$1,500,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Implement Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (12" DIP), Unpaved Area
Water (12" DIP), Paved Area
Valve (12" Butterfly)

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)
Construction Area Sign
Project Funding Sign
Clear and Grub
Tree Removal
Hydro Seeding
Traffic Control
Prepare Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Install second water supply to Ranchettes Tank with new 12" main from Platinum Way across Clear Creek. The creek crossing work to be performed with the wastewater Westside Interceptor Phase 3 Project, while the creek is being bypassed.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Packet Pg. 1752 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: PS-04 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Pump Station Date: 12/08/22
Facility Name: Pump House 4
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $10,000 $10,000
2 EA 4 $600 $2,400
3 EA 1 $2,000 $2,000
4 SY 360 $4 $1,440
5 CY 100 $42 $4,200
6 LF 80 $65 $5,200
7 SF 2,970 $15 $44,550
8 LF 100 $40 $4,000
9 EA 1 $700 $700
10 EA 1 $2,400 $2,400
11 EA 8 $520 $4,160
12 LS 1 $2,000 $2,000
13 LF 70 $220 $15,400
14 EA 3 $6,300 $18,900
15 LS 1 $25,000 $25,000
16 EA 1 $5,000 $5,000
17 EA 1 $50,000 $50,000
18 LS 1 $12,000 $12,000
19 LS 1 $1,500 $1,500
20 EA 2 $2,000 $4,000
21 LS 1 $28,000 $28,000
$242,850
CONTINGENCY: 15% $36,428
$279,278
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 28% $67,998 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $48,570 $395,846
$400,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

Fence (6', Chain Link)
Gate (4' Wide, Chain Link)
Water Pollution Control
Construction Area Sign
Project Funding Sign
Curb and Gutter (Rolled)
AC Pavement
Unclassified Excavation
Clear and Grub

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Upgrade Pump House 4 to improve capacity, access, site security, and SCADA communications.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Gate (20' Wide, Chain Link)
HVAC Upgrade
Demo Copper Plumbing
SCADA Tower w/ Concrete Base

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)
Replace Pressure Transmitter
Sheeting and Shoring
Valve (12" Butterfly)
Pressure Reducing Valve Assembly (12" w/ Enclosure)
Pump (75 hp Vert Turbine)
Water (12" DIP)
Bollard
Replace Flow Meter Box w/ Traffic Rated Vault
Packet Pg. 1753 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: PS-03 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Pump Station Date: 12/08/22
Facility Name: Pump House 3
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $10,000 $10,000
2 SY 330 $4 $1,320
3 CY 150 $42 $6,300
4 SF 3,000 $15 $45,000
5 EA 1 $700 $700
6 EA 1 $2,400 $2,400
7 EA 1 $15,000 $15,000
8 LS 1 $30,000 $30,000
9 EA 4 $80,000 $320,000
10 SF 500 $300 $150,000
11 LS 1 $250,000 $250,000
12 LS 1 $28,000 $28,000
$858,720
CONTINGENCY: 15% $128,808
$987,528
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 28% $240,442 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $171,744 $1,399,714
$1,400,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

SCADA Tower w/ Concrete Base

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Pump (175 hp Vert Turbine)
New Electrical Building
Electrical and Instrumentation
Gate (4' Wide, Chain Link)
Gate (20' Wide, Chain Link)
Gate (20' Wide, Electric)
Demo Electrical, Concrete, and Fencing
Clear and Grub
Unclassified Excavation
AC Pavement

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Upgrade Pump House 3 to increase capacity with new larger pumps and motors and improve site security. Add site paving to reduce site maintenance. Move new electrical equipment into a new electrical building.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Water Pollution Control
Packet Pg. 1754 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: RS-02 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Reservoir Date: 12/08/22
Facility Name: Hill 900 Reservoir
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $15,000 $15,000
2 SY 3,000 $4 $12,000
3 EA 10 $1,600 $16,000
4 CY 1,000 $42 $42,000
5 CY 500 $100 $50,000
6 LF 650 $40 $26,000
7 EA 1 $700 $700
8 EA 1 $2,400 $2,400
9 LS 1 $3,000 $3,000
10 LF 150 $270 $40,500
11 EA 4 $16,000 $64,000
12 LS 1 $2,600,000 $2,600,000
13 LS 1 $1,250,000 $1,250,000
14 LS 1 $80,000 $80,000
$4,201,600
CONTINGENCY: 15% $630,240
$4,831,840
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 16% $672,256 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 11% $462,176 $5,966,272
$5,970,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

Water Pollution Control
Sheeting and Shoring
Clear and Grub
Unclassified Excavation
Aggregate Base
Fence (6', Chain Link)
Gate (20' Wide, Chain Link)
Tree Removal
Gate (4' Wide, Chain Link)

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Addition of a third 2 MG storage tank for Hill 900 zone, on north side of existing tanks. Connect to existing transmission main near existing tanks with new 20" main from the new tank. Rehabilitate existing 2 MG concrete tank.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Water (20" DIP), Unpaved Area
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Valve (20" Butterfly)
Electrical & Instrumentation

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
Tank (2 MG Concrete)
Rehab Existing Tank (2 MG Concrete)
Packet Pg. 1755 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: FS-03 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Flow Station Date: 12/08/22
Facility Name: Railroad Vault
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $5,000 $5,000
2 LS 1 $10,000 $10,000
3 LF 65 $50 $3,250
4 LS 1 $8,000 $8,000
5 SF 200 $150 $30,000
6 LS 1 $20,000 $20,000
7 LS 1 $6,000 $6,000
8 EA 1 $50,000 $50,000
9 ES 1 $15,000 $15,000
10 SF 200 $150 $30,000
11 LS 1 $120,000 $120,000
$297,250
CONTINGENCY: 15% $44,588
$341,838
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 28% $83,230 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $59,450 $484,518
$490,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

Roof Modifications for Pump Install/Removal

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Ductile Iron Piping
Valve (16" Butterfly, actuated)
Pump (80 hp Vert Centrifugal)
Shade Structure for New Electrical Equipment
Electrical and Instrumentation

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)
Demo Piping and Electrical
Shade Structure for New Electrical

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Add booster pump in existing Railroad Vault building to boost flows from Foothill pressure zone to Cascade Pressure Zone.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Water Pollution Control
Remove and Replace Fence (6' Chain-link)
Site Drainage Improvements
Packet Pg. 1756 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: FWTP-02 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Treatment Plant Date: 03/13/23
Facility Name: Foothill Water Treatment Plant
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $5,000 $5,000
2 LS 1 $45,000 $45,000
3 LS 1 $7,460,000 $7,460,000
4 LS 1 $1,352,000 $1,352,000
5 LS 1 $536,000 $536,000
6 LS 1 $80,000 $80,000
7 LF 125 $450 $56,250
8 LF 160 $390 $62,400
9 EA 4 $175,000 $700,000
10 LS 1 $300,000 $300,000
11 LS 1 $150,000 $150,000
12 SF 1,300 $300 $390,000
13 LS 1 $400,000 $400,000
$11,536,650
CONTINGENCY: 15% $1,730,498
$13,267,148
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 14% $1,615,131 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 11% $1,269,032 $16,151,310
$16,160,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Implement Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
Five Flocculation Basins
Washwater Recovery- Gravity Alternative
Alternative Access Road- Foothill Blvd Alternative
Pump House 2-Demolition
Pump House 2-Suction Piping (30" DIP)
Pump House 2- Building
Pump House 2- Electrical
Pump House 2- Discharge Piping (24" DIP)
Pump House 2- Pump (250 HP)
Pump House 2- Mechanical
Pump House 2- Bridge Crane
Prepare Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Upgrade of FWTP for flocculation basins, washwater recovery, and an alternate access road. Complete replacement of Pump House 2 in new building.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Packet Pg. 1757 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: FS-04 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Flow/Pump Station Date: 03/29/23
Facility Name: South Bonnyview Vault/Pump Station
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $15,000 $15,000
2 SY 750 $4 $3,000
3 CY 80 $42 $3,360
4 SF 6,600 $15 $99,000
5 LF 400 $40 $16,000
6 EA 2 $2,400 $4,800
7 LS 1 $25,000 $25,000
8 LF 80 $170 $13,600
9 EA 5 $6,300 $31,500
10 LS 1 $75,000 $75,000
11 EA 2 $30,000 $60,000
12 SF 800 $300 $240,000
13 LS 1 $200,000 $200,000
$786,260
CONTINGENCY: 15% $117,939
$904,199
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 28% $220,153 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $157,252 $1,281,604
$1,290,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

Water Pollution Control

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Replace the existing station with a new station in a building outside of the road.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Clear and Grub
Unclassified Excavation
AC Pavement
Fence (6' Chain-link)
Gate (20' Wide, Chain Link)
Demo Existing Valve and Pump Station
Pump (50 hp Vert Centrifugal)
New Building
Electrical and Instrumentation

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Water (12" DIP), Unpaved Area
Valve (12" Butterfly)
Pump Station Piping and Valves

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)
Packet Pg. 1758 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: CONV-05 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Distribution System Date: 12/08/22
Facility Name: Cascade Zone
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $20,000 $20,000
2 EA 6 $600 $3,600
3 EA 1 $2,000 $2,000
4 SY 2,500 $4 $10,000
5 EA 10 $1,600 $16,000
6 SY 2,500 $1 $2,500
7 LS 1 $15,000 $15,000
8 LS 1 $30,000 $30,000
9 LF 1,500 $170 $255,000
10 LF 1,100 $220 $242,000
11 LF 1,200 $170 $204,000
12 EA 10 $6,300 $63,000
$863,100
CONTINGENCY: 15% $129,465
$992,565
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 25% $215,775 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $172,620 $1,380,960
$1,390,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Water (12" DIP), Paved Area
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (12" DIP), Unpaved Area
Water (12" PVC, Slipline)
Valve (12" Butterfly)

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)
Traffic Control

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Replace failing 16" main to the Ranchettes area. Reroute outside of private property where possible. Utilize existing pipe for trenchless installation under Clear Creek.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Water Pollution Control
Construction Area Sign
Project Funding Sign
Clear and Grub
Tree Removal
Hydro Seeding
Packet Pg. 1759 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: CONV-06 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Distribution System Date: 12/12/22
Facility Name: Foothill Pressure Zone
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $10,000 $10,000
2 EA 6 $600 $3,600
3 EA 1 $2,000 $2,000
4 LS 1 $20,000 $20,000
5 LS 1 $4,000 $4,000
6 LF 480 $320 $153,600
7 EA 1 $3,000 $3,000
8 EA 1 $6,300 $6,300
9 EA 5 $11,000 $55,000
10 EA 1 $14,000 $14,000
11 EA 3 $1,000 $3,000
$274,500
CONTINGENCY: 15% $41,175
$315,675
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 25% $68,625 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $54,900 $439,200
$440,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

Construction Area Sign
Project Funding Sign
Traffic Control

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Replace existing 12" main in Benton Dr to the west of Pump House 4.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Water Pollution Control
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (16" DIP, Slurry), Paved Area
Valve (16" Butterfly)
Remove Valve

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Valve (8" Gate)
Valve (12" Butterfly)
Fire Hydrant Assembly
Packet Pg. 1760 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: EW-02 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Groundwater Wells Date: 03/29/23
Facility Name: Enterprise Wells
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $5,000 $5,000
2 LS 1 $194,000 $194,000
3 LS 1 $129,000 $129,000
4 LS 1 $194,000 $194,000
5 LS 1 $153,000 $153,000
6 LS 1 $153,000 $153,000
$828,000
CONTINGENCY: 15% $124,200
$952,200
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 20% $165,600 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 15% $124,200 $1,242,000
$1,250,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Water Pollution Control
Enterprise Well 3A- Removable Roof
Enterprise Well 6A- Removable Roof
Enterprise Well 7- Removable Roof
Enterprise Well 10- Removable Roof
Enterprise Well 8- Removable Roof

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Replace roofs at some of the Enterprise Wells with new removable roofs. Costs per Pace Roof Replacement Feasibility Report, prepared in 2014. Assumed annual inflation rate of 5% to 2023 dollars.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Packet Pg. 1761 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: PS-11 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Pump Station Date: 03/14/23
Facility Name: Linden Ave Pump Station
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $15,000 $15,000
2 LS 1 $60,000 $60,000
3 LS 1 $40,000 $40,000
4 SY 400 $4 $1,600
5 EA 3 $1,600 $4,800
6 CY 200 $100 $20,000
7 SF 2,500 $15 $37,500
8 LF 220 $40 $8,800
9 EA 1 $700 $700
10 EA 1 $2,400 $2,400
11 LS 1 $2,000 $2,000
12 LF 100 $230 $23,000
13 EA 4 $6,300 $25,200
14 EA 2 $12,500 $25,000
15 SF 800 $300 $240,000
16 EA 2 $175,000 $350,000
17 LS 1 $100,000 $100,000
18 LS 1,700 $60 $102,000
19 LS 1 $300,000 $300,000
$1,358,000
CONTINGENCY: 15% $203,700
$1,561,700
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 28% $380,240 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $271,600 $2,213,540
$2,220,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Tree Removal
Valve (18" Butterfly)
New Pump Station Building
Pump (250 hp)
Pump Station Piping, Valves, and Flow Meter
Conduit for REU Electrical Service to Site
Pump Station Electrical & Instrumentation
Demo El Reno Pump Station
Demo Mercy Pump Station
Valve (12" Butterfly)
Fence (6' Chain-link)
Gate (20' Wide, Chain Link)
Clear and Grub
Unclassified Excavation
AC Pavement
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (18" DIP), Unpaved Area
Gate (4' Wide, Chain Link)
Water Pollution Control

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Add booster pump station on Linden Ave to replace El Reno and Mercy Pump Stations and provide to PS02 and backup supply to hospital.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Packet Pg. 1762 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: RS-07-02 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Reservoir Date: 12/12/22
Facility Name: Buckeye 2 MG Tank
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $15,000 $15,000
2 SY 2,000 $4 $8,000
3 EA 5 $1,600 $8,000
4 CY 8,000 $53 $420,000
5 CY 450 $100 $45,000
6 LF 350 $40 $14,000
7 EA 1 $700 $700
8 EA 1 $2,400 $2,400
9 LS 1 $2,000 $2,000
10 LF 100 $230 $23,000
11 EA 2 $12,500 $25,000
12 LS 1 $2,600,000 $2,600,000
13 LS 1 $80,000 $80,000
$3,243,100
CONTINGENCY: 15% $486,465
$3,729,565
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 18% $583,758 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 11% $356,741 $4,670,064
$4,680,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

TOTAL ROUNDED
Site Electrical & Instrumentation

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL
Gate (20' Wide, Chain Link)
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (18" DIP), Unpaved Area
Valve (18" Butterfly)
Tank (2 MG Concrete)
Gate (4' Wide, Chain Link)

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Install 2 MG tank where 0.2 MG tank currently is. Assumed that 0.2 MG tank will be demolished with the previous booster pump station project (RS07-01).

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Water Pollution Control
Clear and Grub
Tree Removal
Unclassified Excavation
Aggregate Base
Fence (6', Chain Link)
Packet Pg. 1763 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: CONV-07 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Distribution System Date: 02/14/23
Facility Name: Foothill Pressure Zone
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $15,000 $15,000
2 EA 18 $600 $10,800
3 EA 1 $2,000 $2,000
4 LS 1 $40,000 $40,000
5 LS 1 $8,000 $8,000
6 LF 950 $280 $266,000
7 EA 6 $3,000 $18,000
8 EA 4 $6,300 $25,200
9 EA 2 $12,500 $25,000
$410,000
CONTINGENCY: 15% $61,500
$471,500
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 28% $114,800 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $82,000 $668,300
$670,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

Valve (8" Gate)

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Install 12" mains in Court Street from Sonoma to Rosaline and in West Street at Gold Street to reduce flow velocities.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Water Pollution Control
Construction Area Sign
Project Funding Sign
Traffic Control
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (12" DIP, Slurry), Paved Area
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Valve (12" Butterfly)

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
Valve (18" Butterfly)
Packet Pg. 1764 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: CONV-08 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Distribution System Date: 03/13/23
Facility Name: Buckeye Zone
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $15,000 $15,000
2 EA 10 $600 $6,000
3 EA 1 $2,000 $2,000
4 LS 1 $60,000 $60,000
5 LS 1 $50,000 $50,000
6 LF 5,700 $260 $1,482,000
7 EA 2 $6,300 $12,600
8 EA 10 $11,000 $110,000
9 LF 300 $1,300 $390,000
10 LF 280 $250 $70,000
$2,197,600
CONTINGENCY: 15% $329,640
$2,527,240
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 16% $351,616 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 11% $241,736 $3,120,592
$3,130,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

Water Pollution Control

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Install 16" main in Twin View Blvd from Ramada Inn to Oasis Rd, including crossing under Interstate 5 from Caterpillar Rd, as well as a bridge crossing over Churn Creek.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS

TOTAL ROUNDED
Jack & Bore 24" Casing w/ 16" Main
Water (16" DIP), Bridge Attachment
Construction Area Sign
Project Funding Sign
Traffic Control
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (16" DIP), Paved Area
Valve (12" Butterfly)
Valve (16" Butterfly)

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL
Packet Pg. 1765 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: CONV-09 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Distribution System Date: 12/08/22
Facility Name: Enterprise Pressure Zone
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $50,000 $50,000
2 LF 10,300 $210 $2,163,000
3 LF 800 $260 $208,000
4 LF 250 $250 $62,500
5 EA 12 $11,000 $132,000
6 EA 26 $14,000 $364,000
$2,979,500
CONTINGENCY: 15% $446,925
$3,426,425
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 16% $476,720 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 11% $327,745 $4,230,890
$4,240,000
Notes:

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Water (16" DIP), Bridge Attachment
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (16" DIP), Unpaved Area
Water (16" DIP), Paved Area

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)
Valve (16" Butterfly)
Fire Hydrant Assembly

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Stillwater Business Park Phase 2. The project will close the 16" water main loop to the business park. The project will also include street and sewer improvements.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Packet Pg. 1766 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: EW-25 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Groundwater Well Date: 12/27/22
Facility Name: New Enterprise Well 25
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $20,000 $20,000
2 EA 12 $600 $7,200
3 EA 1 $2,000 $2,000
4 LS 1 $30,000 $30,000
5 LS 1 $10,000 $10,000
6 LF 350 $170 $59,500
7 EA 4 $6,300 $25,200
8 LS 1 $1,000,000 $1,000,000
9 LS 1 $1,800,000 $1,800,000
$2,953,900
CONTINGENCY: 15% $443,085
$3,396,985
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 18% $531,702 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 13% $384,007 $4,312,694
$4,320,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

TOTAL ROUNDED
Traffic Control
Sheeting and Shoring
Water (12" DIP), Paved Areas
Valve (12" Butterfly)
Test and Production Well Installation
Well Site Work, Bldg, mechanical, and electrical

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL
Water Pollution Control
Construction Area Sign
Project Funding Sign

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Install new groundwater well in southeast end of Enterprise Zone, assumed near Fig Tree Lane.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Packet Pg. 1767 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: FS-13 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Flow Station Date: 12/28/22
Facility Name: Palisades PRV #1
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $10,000 $10,000
2 EA 4 $600 $2,400
3 EA 1 $2,000 $2,000
4 SY 230 $4 $920
5 LS 1 $10,000 $10,000
6 CY 100 $100 $10,000
7 LF 40 $65 $2,600
8 LF 250 $40 $10,000
9 EA 1 $700 $700
10 EA 1 $2,400 $2,400
11 EA 350 $300 $105,000
$156,020
CONTINGENCY: 15% $23,403
$179,423
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 28% $43,686 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $31,204 $254,313
$260,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

Water Pollution Control

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Upgrade Palisades PRV #1 to install a building and improve access.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
Construction Area Sign
Project Funding Sign
Clear and Grub
Aggregate Base
Curb and Gutter (Rolled)
Site Demolition

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED
Fence (6', Chain Link)
Gate (4' Wide, Chain Link)
Gate (20' Wide, Chain Link)
Building
Packet Pg. 1768 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) PROJECT ID: FS-14 Prepared by: Kurt Maire, PE
FACILITY TYPE: Flow Station Date: 12/28/22
Facility Name: Palisades PRV #2
Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount
1 LS 1 $5,000 $5,000
2 EA 4 $600 $2,400
3 EA 1 $4,000 $4,000
4 LS 1 $6,000 $6,000
5 LS 1 $25,000 $25,000
$42,400
CONTINGENCY: 15% $6,360
$48,760
DESIGN ENGINEERING (Environmental, Geotech., Design, Review, Permits, Surveys): 28% $11,872 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING (Contract Admin., Inspecting, Testing, Staking): 20% $8,480 $69,112
$70,000
Note: All costs in 2023 dollars.

Water Pollution Control

CITY OF REDDING

PRELIMINARY PROJECT COST ESTIMATE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

Upgrade Palisades PRV #2 to improve access and safety, and add SCADA capabilities.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ITEMS
TOTAL

TOTAL ROUNDED

SUBTOTAL (CONTRACT ITEMS)

CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
Construction Area Sign
Replace Vault Hatch
Replace Flow Meter
Light Pole and SCADA Facilities
Packet Pg. 1769 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

APPENDIX B

WATER SYSTEM FACILITY

EVALUATIONS
WATER UTILITY MASTER PLAN 2023
Packet Pg. 1770 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 1771 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
B. FACILITY EVALUATIONS................................................................................. B-3 Purpose and Approach ..................................................................................... B-3 Pump Station Evaluations ................................................................................ B-5 B.2.1 Pump House 1............................................................................................... B-5 B.2.2 Pump House 2............................................................................................... B-8 B.2.3 Pump House 3............................................................................................. B-10 B.2.4 Pump House 4............................................................................................. B-12 B.2.5 Pump House 5............................................................................................. B-14 B.2.6 Goodwater Pump Station ............................................................................ B-16 B.2.7 Mary Lake Booster Pump Station............................................................... B-18 B.2.8 El Reno Pump Station................................................................................. B-20 B.2.9 Mercy Hospital Pump Station..................................................................... B-22 B.2.10 Cypress Pump Station................................................................................. B-24 B.2.11 South Bonnyview Pump Station ................................................................. B-25 Groundwater Well Evaluations...................................................................... B-27 B.3.1 Enterprise Well No. 3A............................................................................... B-27 B.3.2 Enterprise Well No. 4 ................................................................................. B-29 B.3.3 Enterprise Well No. 6A............................................................................... B-31 B.3.4 Enterprise Well No. 7 ................................................................................. B-33 B.3.5 Enterprise Well No. 8 ................................................................................. B-35 B.3.6 Enterprise Well No. 9 ................................................................................. B-37 B.3.7 Enterprise Well No. 10 ............................................................................... B-39 B.3.8 Enterprise Well No. 11 ............................................................................... B-41 B.3.9 Enterprise Well No. 12 ............................................................................... B-43 B.3.10 Enterprise Well No. 13 ............................................................................... B-45 B.3.11 Enterprise Well No. 14 ............................................................................... B-47 B.3.12 Enterprise Well No. 23 ............................................................................... B-49 Flow Control and Pressure Reducing Valves................................................. B-51 B.4.1 Keswick Valve Station................................................................................ B-51 Packet Pg. 1772 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-2
B.4.2 Cypress Valve Station................................................................................. B-53 B.4.3 Railroad Valve Station................................................................................ B-54 B.4.4 South Bonnyview Valve Station................................................................. B-55 B.4.5 Pressure Reducing Valve at Pump House 3................................................ B-55 B.4.6 Pressure Reducing Valve at Pump House 4................................................ B-56 B.4.7 Palisades Pressure Reducing Valve No. 1 .................................................. B-57 B.4.8 Palisades Pressure Reducing Valve No. 2 .................................................. B-58 Packet Pg. 1773 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-3
B. FACILITY EVALUATIONS
Purpose and Approach
In November 2022 through February 2023, the City of Redding performed evaluations of key facilities and systems associated with its water distribution system infrastructure. The effort was a multidisciplinary assessment of the condition, capacity, operability, structures, mechanical and electrical equipment, and other related components associated with each facility. The goal of this effort was to form a prioritized list of system components that need replacing, upgrading, expanding, and/or modifying.

Due to the timeframe necessary to complete this portion of the work, the evaluation was performed without developing detailed engineering concepts. The evaluation consisted of engineers and operators touring selected facilities to assess their condition. The evaluation included civil, structural, mechanical, electrical, SCADA, and operations/safety. Utility operations staff allowed visual inspections of each facility by the engineering team and provided input on operational needs. The evaluation forms from the site visits are provided at the back of this report.

The approach of this report is to briefly describe each facility, identify its major components, evaluate the condition of the facility and components, identify and list deficiencies, and list recommended improvements or repairs to address deficiencies. When appropriate, a table of pertinent design criteria of the facility is shown. Photographs for many of the facilities are included to show the overall facility, or specific deficiencies that should be addressed.

Water treatment facilities and reservoirs will be evaluated independently from this effort.

Facility evaluations for the Buckeye WTP and Foothill WTP have not been performed for some time and their existing evaluations may be outdated. It is recommended that detailed facility evaluations for both WTP’s be performed in the near future.

Specific facilities included in this evaluation are listed in the following Table B-1.

Recommended repairs and improvements are listed in the following specific facility evaluation sections. Many of the recommendations listed in this report are maintenance items or relatively low-cost repairs that City staff can perform in-house or through purchase orders with local contractors. However, the larger scale improvements and repairs that are recommended will need to be completed as capital improvement projects through the City’s Public Works Department and are included in the Capital Improvements Plan and the project recommendations in the Water Master Plan.

Packet Pg. 1774 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-4
Table B-1 Facilities Evaluated
Type of Facility Facility Tag No.

Pump Station Pump House 1 PS-01
Pump House 2 PS-02
Pump House 3 PS-03
Pump House 4 PS-04
Pump House 5 PS-05
Goodwater Pump Station PS-06
Mary Lake Pump Station PS-07
El Reno Booster Pump Station PS-08
Mercy Hospital Booster Pump Station PS-09
Cypress Pump Station PS-10
South Bonnyview Pump Station FS-04
Groundwater Wells Enterprise Well 3A EW-03
Enterprise Well 4 EW-04
Enterprise Well 6A EW-06
Enterprise Well 7 EW-07
Enterprise Well 8 EW-08
Enterprise Well 9 EW-09
Enterprise Well 10 EW-10
Enterprise Well 11 EW-11
Enterprise Well 12 EW-12
Enterprise Well 13 EW-13
Enterprise Well 14 EW-14
Enterprise Well 23 EW-23
Flow Control and Keswick Valve Station FS-01
Pressure Reducing Cypress Valve Station FS-02
Valve Stations Railroad Valve Station FS-03 & 15
South Bonnyview Valve Station FS-04
PRV at Pump Station 3 FS-10
PRV at Pump Station 4 FS-11
Palisades PRV No. 1 FS-13
Palisades PRV No. 2 FS-14
Packet Pg. 1775 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-5
Pump Station Evaluations
The City's water system has twelve pump stations used for raw water supply, conveyance of treated water between pressure zones, as emergency back-up sources, or to increase pressure for higher elevation areas. Brief descriptions and evaluations for each are provided herein.

B.2.1 Pump House 1
The City’s Pump House 1 is located on the south bank of the Sacramento River, along the Sacramento River Trail and approximately 1/4 mile upstream of the Diestelhorst and Lake Redding Bridges. It pumps water from the Sacramento River and is the only source of raw water to the City’s Foothill WTP.

Pump House 1 was constructed in 1937 and has been in continual service since. Major modifications were performed in 1968, 1981, and 1989 to replace aging pumps and add new pumps to increase the station’s capacity. A photo of the exterior of Pump House 1 is provided in Figure B-1.

Figure B-1 Pump House 1 South Exterior
Design criteria for the existing Pump House 1 is provided in the following Table B-2.

Packet Pg. 1776 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-6
Table B-2 Existing Pump House 1 Design Criteria
Item Description
Number of Pumps 5
Size of Pumps 1- 400hp
2- 500hp
2- 700hp
Pump Station Firm Capacity 28.9 MGD
Pump Station TDH, at Capacity 310 ft
Pump Type Vertical Turbine
Fish/Debris Screens Cylindrical tee screen, self-cleaning Pump Control Storage Level in 6-MG reservoir at Foothill WTP Backup Power Supply Backup REU feed, requires line crew to switch.

The City is currently in the design phase to completely replace Pump House 1 and relocate the replacement station and fish screen approximately 1,600 ft up river because of the following general deficiencies with the existing station:
• Its intake is located in a shallow area of the river that impacts its operations depending on the status of the Anderson Cottonwood Irrigation District (ACID) dam, which is approximately 1 mile downstream. When the dam is removed, typically between November and April, water depths are too shallow to operate the pump station at its capacity. Two of the five pumps cannot operate and pumps must operate at reduced speeds to avoid cavitation.
• The existing intake and screens might not meet long term state and federal criteria regarding protection of endangered fish species.
• The capacity of Pump House 1 will need to be increased to meet the future capacity of the Foothill WTP, up to 42 MGD.
• Based on the City’s General Plan seismic hazard map, the pump station building and intake structure are located in an area of high seismic liquefaction potential and may not be adequate to withstand critical damage during a design earthquake.

General design criteria for the proposed Pump House 1 replacement are included in the following Table B-3.

Packet Pg. 1777 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-7
Table B-3 Replacement Pump House 1 Preliminary Design Criteria Item Description
Number of Pumps 4
Size of Pumps 800 hp
Pump Station Firm Capacity 42 MGD
Pump Station TDH, at Capacity 320 ft
Pump Type Vertical Turbine
Fish/Debris Screens Vertical flat plate, self-cleaning
Pump Control VFDs, level in 6-MG reservoir at Foothill WTP Backup Power Supply Backup REU feeds.

Packet Pg. 1778 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-8
B.2.2 Pump House 2
Pump House No. 2 is located at the Foothill WTP site. It delivers treated water from the 6 MG clear well at the Foothill WTP to the Hill 900 Zone and its reservoirs. Design criteria for Pump House 2 is presented in Table B-4.

Table B-4 Pump House 2 Design Criteria
Item Description
Number of Pumps 4
Size of Pumps 200 hp
Pump Station Firm Capacity 9,000 GPM
Pump Station TDH, at Capacity 200 ft
Pump Type Horizontal Split Case
Pump Control Constant Speed, level in Hill 900 Reservoirs Backup Power Supply None. Standby generator project in construction.

Engineering Division and Water Utility staff general observations and recommendations regarding Pump House 2 are provided in Table B-5.

Table B-5 Pump House 2 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Station nearing the end of its service life. Replace Completely Reliability 2 Suction/discharge piping are aging and
undersized. Replace Piping Reliability
3 Electrical equipment is old and was poorly
installed. Replace Electrical Reliability
Photos of the interior of Pump House 2 are provided in Figures B-2 and B-3.

Packet Pg. 1779 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-9
Figure B-2 Pump House 2 Interior
Figure B-3 Pump House 2 Suction Piping
Packet Pg. 1780 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-10
B.2.3 Pump House 3
Pump House No. 3 is located west of North Market Street (Highway 273) immediately north of Sulphur Creek. The station is designed to pump water from the Foothill Pressure zone to the Buckeye Zone. The station has been operating since the late 1960s and was more recently modified to include a pressure reducing valve (PRV) that allows water to move from the Buckeye Zone into the Foothill Zone as needed (see Section B.4.5 for PRV information). Design criteria for the existing station is presented in Table B-6.

Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding Pump House 3 are included in Table B-7.

Table B-6 Pump House 3 Design Criteria
Item Description
Number of Pumps 4
Size of Pumps 75 hp
Pump Station Firm Capacity 2,100 GPM
Pump Station TDH, at Capacity 340 ft
Pump Type Vertical Turbine
Pump Control VFD, level in Buckeye 2 MG tank
Backup Power Supply None
Table B-7 Pump House 3 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Site security issues. Unauthorized vehicles and
campers staying next to station.

Install electric gate on
access road.

Security
2 Capacity is deficient for max day demands
when Buckeye WTP is not operating.

Replace pumps for min
firm capacity 5 MG Capacity
3 Existing electrical equipment will need to be
replaced for larger pumps and motors.

Replace electrical. Relocate
into new separate building Operations
4 Vehicle access around site is deficient. Weeds
around building create additional maintenance. Pave around building Operations 5 SCADA signal is inadequate at the site. Install SCADA tower. Comm. 6 No standby generator or receptacle for portable
generator.

Add receptacle for portable
generator. Reliability
Packet Pg. 1781 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-11
Photos of Pump House 3 are provided in Figures B-4 and B-5.

Figure B-4 Pump House 3 Exterior
Figure B-5 Pump House 3 Interior
Packet Pg. 1782 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-12
B.2.4 Pump House 4
Pump House No. 4 is located on Benton Drive, near the Lake Redding Golf Course, and it pumps water from the Foothill Zone to the Buckeye Zone. It was constructed in 1983 with four pumps originally. The fourth pump was removed to facilitate installation of a PRV to move water from the Buckeye Zone into the Foothill Zone as needed (see Section B.4.6 for PRV information). Design criteria for the station is presented in Table B-8.

Table B-8 Pump House 4 Design Criteria
Item Description
Number of Pumps 3
Size of Pumps 75 hp
Pump Station Firm Capacity 1,400GPM
Pump Station TDH, at Capacity 340 ft
Pump Type Vertical Turbine
Pump Control VFDs, level in Buckeye 2 MG tank
Backup Power Supply Connection for portable generator.

Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding Pump House 4 are provided in Table B-9.

Table B-9 Pump House 4 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Homeless sleeping behind the building. Install Fencing Security 2 Vehicle access and parking is deficient. Install rolled curbs and AC pavement. Access
3 PRV currently in fourth pump location. Relocate PRV outside. Operations 4 Capacity is deficient for max day demands
when Buckeye WTP is not operating.

Install forth pump, as
originally installed Capacity
5 HVAC should be upgraded to prevent
overheating with recently added VFDs.

Replace swamp cooler
with AC. Reliability
6 SCADA signal is inadequate at the site. Install SCADA tower. Comm. 7 Copper piping in the building for pressure
transmitters fails and causes added maintenance.

Remove and relocate
transmitters with PRV. Operations
Packet Pg. 1783 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-13
Photos of the exterior and interior of Pump House 4 are provided in Figure B-6 and B-7.

Figure B-6 Pump House 4 Exterior
Figure B-7 Pump House 4 Interior
Packet Pg. 1784 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-14
B.2.5 Pump House 5
Pump House No.5 was relocated to the Enterprise Reservoir location, off of Churn Creek Road near Browning Lane, in 1993 and a fourth pump was added in 1997. The pump station is the primary source of water to the Hilltop Dana pressure zone. Design criteria for the pump station is presented in Table B-10.

Table B-10 Pump House 5 Design Criteria
Item Description
Number of Pumps 4
Size of Pumps 75 (each)
Pump Station Firm Capacity 4,500 GPM
Pump Station TDH, at Capacity 120 ft
Pump Type Vertical Turbine
Pump Control VFDs. Setpoint pressure approx. 60 psi.

Backup Power Supply None
Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding Pump House 5 are included in Table B-11.

Table B-11 Pump House 5 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Dirt access roads around site and tanks gets
muddy and makes access difficult. Install gravel on road. Access 2 Entrance gate is difficult to open and close. Replace gate. Access 3 Swamp cooler old and inadequate. Replace w/ mini split Reliability 4 SCADA signal is inadequate at the site. Install SCADA tower. Comm. 5 No standby generator or receptacle for portable
generator.

City staff to add receptacle
for portable generator. Reliability
Photos of the exterior and interior of Pump House 5 are provided in Figures B-8 and B-9, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1785 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-15
Figure B-8 Pump House 5 Exterior
Figure B-9 Pump House 5 Interior
Packet Pg. 1786 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-16
B.2.6 Goodwater Pump Station
The Goodwater Pump Station is located on the north side of Goodwater Avenue, south of Hwy 44, and across from the intersection with Velia Street. The pump was constructed in 2003 to provide additional pressure and flow to the remote east end of the HilltopDana Zone in an emergency or outage of Pump House 5. Design criteria for the pump station is presented in Table B-12.

Table B-12 Goodwater Pump Station Design Criteria
Item Description
Number of Pumps 1
Size of Pumps 125 hp
Pump Station Capacity 2,500 GPM (no standby pump)
Pump Station TDH, at Capacity 135 ft
Pump Type Vertical Split Case
Pump Control VFD, manual in an emergency
Backup Power Supply Connection for portable generator
Engineering Division and Water Utility Staff observations and recommendations regarding the Goodwater Pump Station are included in Table B-13.

Table B-13 Goodwater Pump Station Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Site security issues. Homeless sleeping behind
the pump house building. Install Fencing Security
2 Suction and discharge piping currently
supported by the pump.

Pipe supports should be
added to extend life of
pump
Longevity
3 Swamp cooler adequate, but old and should be
replaced soon.

Replace swamp cooler
with AC Maintenance
Photos of the exterior and interior of the Goodwater Pump Station are provided in Figures B-10 and B-11, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1787 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-17
Figure B-10 Goodwater Pump Station Exterior
Figure B-11 Goodwater Pump Station Interior
Packet Pg. 1788 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-18
B.2.7 Mary Lake Booster Pump Station
The Mary Lake Booster Pump Station was constructed in the year 2000 and expanded in 2004. It is located on Lakeside Drive, west of Ridge Drive. It is used to maintain adequate pressure in the Mary Lake subzone, which is a higher elevation subzone within the Hill 900 pressure zone. Design criteria for the Mary Lake Booster Pump Station is presented in Table B-14.

Table B-14 Mary Lake Booster Pump Station
Item Description
Number of Pumps 2
Size of Pumps 1- 40 hp
1- 75 hp
Pump Station Firm Capacity 1,000 GPM (with larger pump out of service) Pump Station TDH, at Capacity 100 ft
Pump Type Horizontal Close-Coupled
Pump Control VFDs. Setpoint pressure approx. 100 psi.

Backup Power Supply Connection for portable generator.

Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding the Mary Lake Pump Station are included in Table B-15.

Table B-15 Mary Lake Pump Station Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 During rain, stormwater coming up from under
transformer into the station.

Investigate further.

Backfill or storm drain
repair may be needed.

Drainage
Photos of the Mary Lake Booster Pump Station are provided in Figures B-12 and B-13.

Packet Pg. 1789 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-19
Figure B-12 Mary Lake Booster Pump Station Exterior
Figure B-13 Mary Lake Booster Pump Station Interior
Packet Pg. 1790 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-20
B.2.8 El Reno Pump Station
Constructed in 1994, the El Reno booster pump station is located on El Reno Lane. It provides a backup source of water supply from the Cascade Zone to the Hill 900 zone in an emergency. Design criteria for the El Reno Pump Station is presented in Table B-16.

Table B-16 El Reno Pump Station Design Criteria
Item Description
Number of Pumps 1
Size of Pumps 75 hp
Pump Station Firm Capacity 900 GPM
Pump Station TDH, at Capacity 220 ft
Pump Type Vertical Split Case
Pump Control Constant speed. Manual (typically off)
Backup Power Supply None
Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding the El Reno Pump Station are included in the following Table B-17. In general, the station is in poor condition and should be replaced and relocated to an area with better SCADA signal and more water supply capacity available.

Table B-17 El Reno Pump Station Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Building is in poor condition and undersized for
adequate space to perform maintenance and
meet electrical code clearances.

Replace with a new
larger building
Operations
2 Mechanical layout is awkward and provides
very little space/clearance for maintenance.

Replace building and
mechanical equipment. Operations
3 Pump does not move water when Hill 900 tanks
are approximately half full. Replace with larger pump. Capacity 4 Electrical is old and does not meet code. PLC is
not functional. Replace electrical Safety
5 Not connected to SCADA currently, and signal
is blocked by the hills in the area.

Relocate station, connect
new station to SCADA Comm.

Photos of the exterior and interior of the El Reno Pump station are provided in Figures B14 and B-15, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1791 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-21
Figure B-14 El Reno Pump Station Exterior
Figure B-15 El Reno Pump Station Interior
Packet Pg. 1792 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-22
B.2.9 Mercy Hospital Pump Station
The Mercy Hospital Booster Pump is located east of the hospital, off of West Street. It provides emergency backup water supply to Mercy Medical Center, which is normally supplied from multiple feeds off of the Hill 900 Zone distribution piping. Design criteria for the Mercy Hospital Pump Station is presented in Table B-18.

Table B-18 Mercy Hospital Pump Station Design Criteria
Item Description
Number of Pumps 1
Size of Pumps 10 hp
Pump Station Capacity 205 GPM (no standby pump)
Pump Station TDH, at Capacity 350 ft
Pump Type Horizontal Close-Coupled
Pump Control Constant Speed, Manual.

Backup Power Supply No
Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding the Mercy Hospital Pump Station are included in the following Table B-19. In general, the station is in poor condition and should be replaced and relocated to an area where access for maintenance is easier.

Table B-19 Mercy Hospital Pump Station Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Building and roof are in poor condition. Replace Building Longevity & Operations
2 Stairs to building make maintenance difficult. Relocate station to more accessible location. Operations
3 No backup power supply.

Replace station/electrical
and provide connection for
portable generator
Reliability
4 Not connected to SCADA. Replace station, connect to
new station to SCADA Comm.

Photos of the exterior and interior of the Mercy Hospital Pump Station are provided in Figures B-16 and B-17, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1793 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-23
Figure B-16 Mercy Hospital Pump Station Exterior
Figure B-17 Mercy Hospital Pump Station Interior
Packet Pg. 1794 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-24
B.2.10 Cypress Pump Station
The Cypress Pump Station is located at the southeast side of City Hall, off of Parkview Drive. The existing station is a temporary installation that can provide limited flow in an emergency from the Enterprise Zone to the Foothill Zone. The temporary station is utilizing a spare 200 hp pump from Pump House 2. The temporary pump is not designed for use at this location and if operated at full speed the pump would operate outside of its recommended curve, which could result in damage to the pump. The City is currently in the design phase to replace the temporary station with a permanent pump station that will be capable of pumping approximately 12 MGD in both directions, from the Enterprise Zone to the Foothill Zone, as well as boosting flows from the Foothill Zone to the Enterprise Zone during peak demands.

Because the permanent Cypress Pump Station is currently in the design phase for replacement, a detailed evaluation of the existing station is not included in this evaluation. A photo of the temporary station is shown in Figure B-18.

Figure B-18 Temporary Cypress Pump Station
Packet Pg. 1795 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-25
B.2.11 South Bonnyview Pump Station
The South Bonnyview Pump Station is located on South Bonnyview Road, west of the Sacramento River. The pump is used to increase flows from the Enterprise Zone to the Cascade Zone during high demands. During average demand conditions, the pump is not needed and the parallel "gravity" pipeline is sufficient. However, during high demands the pump station is needed to maintain the level in the Ranchettes tank. Design criteria for the pump station is presented in Table B-20.

Table B-20 South Bonnyview Pump Station Design Criteria Item Description
Number of Pumps 1
Size of Pumps 40 hp
Pump Station Capacity 3,500 GPM (no standby pump)
Pump Station TDH, at Capacity 25 ft
Pump Type Split case vertical
Pump Control Constant speed, based on Ranchettes Tank Level Backup Power Supply None
Engineers’ and City staff observations and recommendations regarding the South Bonnyview Pump Station are included in Table B-21.

Table B-21 South Bonnyview Pump Station Recommendations No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Vault is at side of busy road. A lane closure is
required for most maintenance.

Replace relocate the
station further off road.

Safety
2 Vault requires confined space entry. Install above ground in a new building. Operations
3 No standby pump. Install standby pump Redundancy
4 No standby generator or receptacle for portable
generator.

Add receptacle for
portable generator. Reliability
5 Existing concrete pad for PLC and light pole
with SCADA equipment is settling.

Stabilized with concrete or
grout prior to the full
station replacement.

Longevity
Photos of the exterior and interior of the Goodwater Pump Station are provided in Figures B-19 and B-20, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1796 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-26
Figure B-19 South Bonnyview Pump Station Exterior
Figure B-20 South Bonnyview Pump Station Vault Interior Packet Pg. 1797 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-27
Groundwater Well Evaluations
The City owns and operates 17 groundwater wells in the Enterprise and Cascade pressure zones. In general, the City’s Enterprise wells are old and showing signs of wear.

Housekeeping and maintenance are needed for most of them.

The City is not planning to repair deficiencies at the Cascade wells because their low production does not warrant the costs for repairs or improvements. As such, evaluations of the Cascade wells were not performed as part of this WMP effort.

B.3.1 Enterprise Well No. 3A
Enterprise Well No. 3A is located on Alta Mesa Drive at Galaxy Way and was installed in 1983. Electrical and chemical systems for the well are housed in a small building and mechanical facilities are outside. Design criteria for criteria are provided in Table B-22.

Table B-22 Enterprise Well 3A Design Criteria
Item Description
Pump Size 100 hp
Capacity 460 GPM
Station TDH, at Capacity 460 ft
Pump Type Submersible
Pump Control Constant Speed. Manual control.

Casing Size 16” to 244 ft, 12” to 496 ft
Well Depth 510 ft
Backup Power Supply None
Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding Enterprise Well 3A are included in the following Table B-23.

Table B-23 Enterprise Well 3A Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Site fencing in poor condition. Replace fencing Security 2 Roof leaks/dry rot at roof opening Replace Roof Longevity 3 Narrow door into chlorine room makes access
difficult.

Consider replacing with
wider door.

Operations
Packet Pg. 1798 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-28
Photos of the exterior and interior of the well are provided in Figures B-21 and B-22, respectively.

Figure B-21 Enterprise Well 3A Electrical and Chemical Building Figure B-22 Enterprise Well 3A Mechanical Facilities
Packet Pg. 1799 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-29
B.3.2 Enterprise Well No. 4
Enterprise Well No. 4 is located off Castlewood Road and was drilled in 1963. Its design criteria are provided in Table B-24.

Table B-24 Enterprise Well 4 Design Criteria
Item Description
Pump Size 60 hp
Capacity 400 GPM
Station TDH, at Capacity 473 ft
Pump Type Submersible
Pump Control Constant Speed, manual. Currently inactive.

Casing Size 16”
Well Depth 500 ft
Backup Power Supply None
Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding Enterprise Well 4 are included in the following Table B-25.

Table B-25 Enterprise Well 4 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Roof leaks New roof would be needed, but
decommission well
Longevity,
Cost per AF
2 No pump or motor currently installation.

Well casing needs to be replaced.

New pump, motor, and casing
needed, but decommission well.

Operations,
Cost per AF
3 Electrical facilities do not meet code.

Major electrical upgrade would
be needed, but decommission
well.

Operations &
Safety,
Cost per AF
4 SCADA signal is deficient. SCADA tower would be needed, but decommission well.

Comm,
Cost per AF
This well is currently inactive and major upgrades of mechanical and electrical would be required for it to operate safely again. Given its low water production, it appears that repairing and upgrading EW-03 will not be cost effective. The City plans to decommission this well.

Packet Pg. 1800 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-30
Photos of the exterior and interior of the well are provided in Figures B-23 and B-24, respectively.

Figure B-23 Enterprise Well 4 Exterior
Figure B-24 Enterprise Well 4 Deficient Clearance
Packet Pg. 1801 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-31
B.3.3 Enterprise Well No. 6A
Enterprise Well No. 6A was constructed in 1983 on Western Oak Drive near Brittany Drive. Electrical and chemical systems for the well are housed in a small building and mechanical facilities are outside. The pump and motor need to be replaced, so the well has not been operational in recent years. When operating, it is normally only operated during the summer. Its design criteria are provided in Table B-26.

Table B-26 Enterprise Well 6A Design Criteria
Item Description
Pump Size 75 hp
Capacity 550
Station TDH, at Capacity 440
Pump Type Submersible
Pump Control VFD. From Enterprise tank level or manual.

Casing Size 16”
Well Depth 510 ft
Backup Power Supply None
Engineers’ and City staff observations and recommendations regarding this well are included in the following Table B-27.

Table B-27 Enterprise Well 6A Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Roof leaks Replace Roof Longevity
2 Pump and motor not operational. Replace Operations
3 Swamp cooler is near end of service life. Replace w/ AC Operations 4 Electrical panels on the south wall are being
damaged by the sun.

Recoat. Longevity
5 SCADA signal is deficient. Install SCADA tower. Comm.

Photos of the electrical and chemical building, and the outdoor mechanical equipment at Enterprise Well 6A are provided in Figures B-25 and B-26, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1802 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-32
Figure B-25 Enterprise Well 6A Electrical and Chemical Building Figure B-26 Enterprise Well 6A Mechanical Equipment
Packet Pg. 1803 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-33
B.3.4 Enterprise Well No. 7
Enterprise Well No. 7 was constructed in 1968 and is located off Goodwater Avenue near Freeman Way. Its design criteria are provided in Table B-28.

Table B-28 Enterprise Well 7 Design Criteria
Item Description
Pump Size 200
Capacity 1,200 GPM
Station TDH, at Capacity 450 ft
Pump Type Submersible
Pump Control VFD. Enterprise tank level, or manual.

Casing Size 16”
Well Depth 600 ft
Backup Power Supply None
Engineers’ and City staff observations and recommendations regarding this well are included in the following Table B-29.

Table B-29 Enterprise Well 7 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Roof leaks Replace Roof Longevity
2 High iron and manganese levels. Treatment may be required in future Regulatory
3 Swamp cooler near the end of service life. Replace with AC Operations 4 Aquamag system is high maintenance. Uses 30-
gallon drums that are difficult to move, and
chemical pump loses prime often.

Replace Aquamag system.

Evaluate delivery and
storage options.

Operations
Photos of the exterior and interior of the well are provided in Figures B-27 and B-28, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1804 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-34
Figure B-27 Enterprise Well 7 Exterior
Figure B-28 Enterprise Well 7 Interior
Packet Pg. 1805 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-35
B.3.5 Enterprise Well No. 8
Enterprise Well No. 8 is located at the Redding Municipal Airport. It was constructed in the late 1970s and redeveloped in 1998. This well is often run year-round. Its design criteria are provided in Table B-30.

Table B-30 Enterprise Well 8 Design Criteria
Item Description
Pump Size 200 hp
Capacity 1,050 GPM
Station TDH, at Capacity 345 ft
Pump Type Vertical Turbine
Pump Control VFD. Per Enterprise Tank level, or manual.

Casing Size 14”
Well Depth 410 ft
Backup Power Supply None
Engineers’ and City staff observations and recommendations regarding this well are included in the following Table B-31.

Table B-31 Enterprise Well 8 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Poor workmanship for recent roof installation. Replace Roof Longevity 2 Pipe coatings in poor condition. Recoat Longevity
3 Swamp cooler near end of service life. Replace with AC Operations 4 No provisions for backup power. Install connection for portable generator. Reliability
5 No main electrical breaker outside of building. Install breaker outside of building Safety
6 No auto shutoff for chlorine gas. City staff to install Safety 7 SCADA signal deficient. No level prob. Add tower, if airport allows. Add level prob. Comm
Photos of the exterior and interior of the well are provided in Figures B-29 and B-30, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1806 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-36
Figure B-29 Enterprise Well 8 Exterior
Figure B-30 Enterprise Well 8 Interior
Packet Pg. 1807 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-37
B.3.6 Enterprise Well No. 9
Enterprise Well No. 9 was constructed in 1986 and is located on Airport Road. Its design criteria are provided in Table B-32.

Table B-32 Enterprise Well 9 Design Criteria
Item Description
Pump Size 250 hp
Capacity 1,750 GPM
Station TDH, at Capacity 380 ft
Pump Type Vertical Turbine
Pump Control VFD. Per Enterprise Tank level, or manual.

Casing Size 16”
Well Depth 505 ft
Backup Power Supply Connection for portable generator.

Engineers’ and City staff observations and recommendations regarding this well are included in the following Table B-33.

Table B-33 Enterprise Well 9 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Roof leaks Replace Roof Longevity
2 Pipe coatings and coating on electrical panel on
south side of building in poor condition. Recoat Longevity 3 Arsenic level near MCL during droughts. Treatment may be required in future. Regulatory
4 Swamp cooler near end of service life. Replace with AC Operations 5 SCADA signal deficient. No level prob. Add tower and level prob. Comm Photos of the exterior and interior of the well are provided in Figures B-31 and B-32, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1808 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-38
Figure B-31 Enterprise Well 9 Exterior
Figure B-32 Enterprise Well 9 Interior
Packet Pg. 1809 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-39
B.3.7 Enterprise Well No. 10
Enterprise Well No. 10 was constructed in 1986 on Goodwater Avenue. Its design criteria are provided in Table B-34.

Table B-34 Enterprise Well 10 Design Criteria
Item Description
Pump Size 150 hp
Capacity 960 GPM
Station TDH, at Capacity 380 ft
Pump Type Submersible
Pump Control VFD. Per Enterprise Tank level, or manual.

Casing Size 16”
Well Depth 525 ft
Backup Power Supply None
Engineers’ and City staff observations and recommendations regarding this well are included in the following Table B-35.

Table B-35 Enterprise Well 10 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Flat roof leaks Replace Roof Longevity
2 Aquamag system is high maintenance. Uses 30-
gallon drums that are difficult to move, and
chemical pump loses prime often.

Replace Aquamag system.

Evaluate delivery and
storage options.

Operations
3 Swamp cooler near end of service life. Replace with AC Operations Photos of the exterior and interior of the well are provided in Figures B-33 and B-34, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1810 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-40
Figure B-33 Enterprise Well 10 Exterior
Figure B-34 Enterprise Well 10 Interior
Packet Pg. 1811 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-41
B.3.8 Enterprise Well No. 11
Enterprise Well No. 11 is located on Goodwater Avenue, at the south side of Rancho Road. The well has not operated in recent years because of high arsenic levels. Its design criteria are provided in Table B-36.

Table B-36 Enterprise Well 11 Design Criteria
Item Description
Pump Size 200 hp
Capacity 1,400 GPM
Station TDH, at Capacity 380 ft
Pump Type Vertical Turbine
Pump Control Constant speed. Auto or manual (typically off).

Casing Size 16”
Well Depth 525 ft
Backup Power Supply None
Engineers’ and City staff observations and recommendations regarding this well are included in the following Table B-37.

Table B-37 Enterprise Well 11 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Arsenic levels typically above MCL. Treatment required to operate well Regulatory
2 Walls, ceiling, and foundation in the
chemical room corroded and cracking.

Repair, if treatment will be
added.

Structural/
longevity
3 New pump, motor, and casing needed if
station will become operational again.

Upgrade mechanical, if
treatment will be added. Operations
4 Electrical equipment does not meet code and
is in poor condition.

Upgrade electrical and
controls, if treatment added.

Operations/
Safety
5 SCADA signal is deficient. Install tower, if treatment added. Comm.

Photos of the well building are provided in Figures B-35 and B-36.

Packet Pg. 1812 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-42
Figure B-35 Enterprise Well 11 Exterior
Figure B-36 Enterprise Well 11 Cracking Wall
Packet Pg. 1813 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-43
B.3.9 Enterprise Well No. 12
Enterprise Well No. 12 was constructed in 2002 on Old Oregon Trail north of Nordona Lane. The well is typically only operated in the summer to meet high demands. Its design criteria are provided in Table B-38.

Table B-38 Enterprise Well 12 Design Criteria
Item Description
Pump Size 350 hp
Capacity 2,570 GPM
Station TDH, at Capacity 540 ft
Pump Type Vertical Turbine
Pump Control VFD. Per Enterprise Tank level, or manual.

Casing Size 16”
Well Depth 505 ft
Backup Power Supply None
A project is currently in the design phase to install a water treatment plant at Well 12 to reduce levels of iron, manganese, and arsenic from the well. This project will also improve most of the notable deficiencies at this well, with upgrades to the HVAC, electrical, and SCADA facilities at the site.

Photos of the exterior off Enterprise Well 12 and of the pump motor are provided in Figures B-37 and B-38, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1814 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-44
Figure B-37 Enterprise Well 12 Exterior
Figure B-38 Enterprise Well 12 Pump Motor
Packet Pg. 1815 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-45
B.3.10 Enterprise Well No. 13
Enterprise Well No. 13 was constructed in 2002 near the southern terminus of Old Oregon Trail. This well has not operated in recent years because its arsenic levels exceed MCLs. Design criteria for the well are provided in Table B-39.

Table B-39 Enterprise Well 13 Design Criteria
Item Description
Pump Size 250 hp
Capacity 1,500 GPM
Station TDH, at Capacity 540 ft
Pump Type Vertical Turbine
Pump Control VFD. Auto or manual (typically off).

Casing Size 16”
Well Depth 505 ft
Backup Power Supply Connection for portable generator.

Engineers’ and City staff observations and recommendations regarding this well are included in the following Table B-40.

Table B-40 Enterprise Well 13 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Arsenic levels typically above MCL. Treatment required to operate well Regulatory 2 Roof access hatches need slip
resistant surface and or roof ladder Install, if treatment will be added. Operations Safety 3 Needs new pump and motor, flow
meter, and HVAC system.

Upgrade mechanical, if treatment will
be added. Operations
4 Electrical equipment does not meet
code and is in poor condition.

Upgrade electrical and controls, if
treatment added.

Operations/
Safety
5 SCADA signal is deficient. Install tower, if treatment added. Comm.

Photos of the exterior and interior of the well are provided in Figures B-39 and B-40, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1816 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-46
Figure B-39 Enterprise Well 13 Exterior
Figure B-40 Enterprise Well 13 Interior
Packet Pg. 1817 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-47
B.3.11 Enterprise Well No. 14
Enterprise Well No. 14 was constructed in 2006 east of Airport Road north of the intersection with Shasta View Drive. Its design criteria are provided in Table B-41.

Table B-41 Enterprise Well 14 Design Criteria
Item Description
Pump Size 350 hp
Capacity 1,800 GPM
Station TDH, at Capacity 520 ft
Pump Type Vertical Turbine
Pump Control VFD. Per Enterprise Tank level, or manual.

Casing Size 16”
Well Depth 410 ft
Backup Power Supply Connection for portable generator.

Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding this well are included in the following Table B-42.

Table B-42 Enterprise Well 14 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Swamp cooler near end of service life. Replace with AC Reliability 2 Potential for slipping on metal roof when
accessing roof hatches
Install slip resistant
surface or roof ladder
Operations/
Safety
3 Aquamag system is high maintenance. 30- gallon
drums are difficult to move, chemical pump loses
prime often, not connected to SCADA.

Replace Aquamag
system. Evaluate delivery
and storage options.

Operations
4 PLC needs to be upgraded. Staff to upgrade Operations 5 VFD cabinet is large and restricts access to
mechanical equipment. Replace cabinet Operations
6 Iron and manganese levels near MCL at times. Future treatment may be required. Regulatory
Photos of the exterior and interior of the well are provided in Figures B-41 and B-42, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1818 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-48
Figure B-41 Enterprise Well 14 Exterior
Figure B-42 Enterprise Well 14 VFD Cabinet and Pump Motor Packet Pg. 1819 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-49
B.3.12 Enterprise Well No. 23
Enterprise Well No. 23 was constructed in 2007 on Meadowview Drive, east of Airport Road. Its design criteria are provided in Table B-43.

Table B-43 Enterprise Well 23 Design Criteria
Item Description
Pump Size 300 hp
Capacity 1,500 GPM
Station TDH, at Capacity 560 ft
Pump Type Vertical Turbine
Pump Control VFD. Per Enterprise Tank level, or manual.

Casing Size 16”
Well Depth 420 ft
Backup Power Supply Connection for portable generator.

Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding this well are included in the following Table B-44.

Table B-44 Enterprise Well 23 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Decreased capacity in recent years Carbon dioxide treatment/ rehab of well to be performed Capacity
2 Swamp cooler near end of service life. Replace with AC Operations 3 Fascia boards need to be replaced Replace Longevity
Photos of the exterior and interior of the well are provided in Figures B-43 and B-44, respectively.

Packet Pg. 1820 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-50
Figure B-43 Enterprise Well 23 Exterior
Figure B-44 Enterprise Well 23 Interior
Packet Pg. 1821 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-51
Flow Control and Pressure Reducing Valves
The City owns and operates twenty valve stations and PRVs to control flows and pressures between its pressure zones, including seven major/key stations. Evaluations of the key valve stations and PRVs are included in this appendix.

B.4.1 Keswick Valve Station
The Keswick Valve Station was constructed in 2002 off Keswick Dam Road, at the intersection with Buenaventura Blvd. It is a flow control and flow metering station with actuated valves on two 24-inch mains with a single 6-inch bypass. The valves are actuated to automatically control the levels in the Buckeye 2 MG reservoir, which are approximately 3.5 miles to the northeast of the valve station.

Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding this well are included in the following Table B-45.

Table B-45 Keswick Valve Station Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Connections to pump reverse direction to
Buckeye WTP are not rated for the high
pressures required. Pumping 1 MGD
reverse direction needed occasionally.

Install permanent pump
with generator connection,
or temporary connections
and hoses rated for min
250 psi pressure.

Safety and
Operations
2 Computer modeling indicates that the
current strategy of operating the Keswick
Valve Station leads to high flow
velocities in several thousand feet of
main piping from the Buckeye 2 MG
tank, as well as significant pressure drops
throughout the Buckeye Zone when the
24-inch valves close.

Install booster pump at
Buckeye 2 MG reservoir.

Adjust operation so that
Keswick Vault valves
typically remain open.

Operations
A photos of the Keswick Valve Station is provided in Figures B-45 and B-46.

Packet Pg. 1822 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-52
Figure B-45 Keswick Valve Station
Figure B-46 Keswick Valve Station
Packet Pg. 1823 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-53
B.4.2 Cypress Valve Station
The Cypress Valve Station was construction in 2004 off Parkview Ave, at the southeast corner of City Hall. It is a flow control and flow metering station with actuated valves on a 24-inch main to allow flows up to 5 MGD from the Foothill Pressure Zone to the Enterprise Zone. The valve is operated automatically based on levels in the Enterprise Tanks.

The Cypress Pump Station project (see Section B.2.10), which is currently in the design phase, will upgrade this valve station along with addition of a booster pump. Since upgrade of this facility is currently in the design phase, a detailed evaluation of it was not performed in this effort.

Figure B-47 provides a photo of the existing Cypress Valve Station.

Figure B-47 Existing Cypress Valve Station
Packet Pg. 1824 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-54
B.4.3 Railroad Valve Station
The Railroad Valve Station was constructed in 2014 off Railroad Ave, south of Grandview Ave. It is a flow control and flow metering station with actuated 16-inch valves that allow flows of approximately 4 MGD from the Foothill Pressure Zone to the Cascade Zone. The valves are operated automatically based on levels in the Ranchettes Tank. Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding this valve station are included in the following Table B-46.

Table B-46 Railroad Valve Station Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Provide redundancy for peak flows to Cascade Zone
from the Foothill Zone. Add booster pump. Redundancy
2 Minor site drainage issues in front of building. Perform grading to improve drainage Site drainage
3 Fencing on the north side needs to be replaced. Replace fencing Security Figure B-48 provides a photo of the existing Railroad Valve Station.

Figure B-48 Railroad Valve Station
Packet Pg. 1825 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-55
B.4.4 South Bonnyview Valve Station
The South Bonnyview Valve Station operates with, and is in the same vault, as the South Bonnyview Pump Station. See previous Section B.2.12 for evaluation and recommendations concerning this valve station.

B.4.5 Pressure Reducing Valve at Pump House 3
There is an 8-inch PRV outside of the City’s Pump House 3 building, located west of North Market Street (SHR 273) immediately north of Sulphur Creek. The PRV allows flow from the Buckeye Pressure Zone into the Foothill Pressure zone. This valve is typically used during the winter months when Foothill WTP is not operating. It is also used regularly during some summers, when the City’s allowable water usage from Whiskeytown Lake and through the Buckeye WTP permits. Engineering Division and Water Utility staff did not note any significant deficiencies with the PRV at this time.

Figure B-49 provides a photo of the existing Pump House 3 PRV.

Figure B-49 Pump House 3 PRV
Packet Pg. 1826 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-56
B.4.6 Pressure Reducing Valve at Pump House 4
There is an 8-inch PRV at Pump House 4 located inside the pump house building, where a fourth pump was originally installed. The PRV allows flow from the Buckeye Pressure Zone into the Foothill Pressure zone. This valve is typically used during the winter months when Foothill WTP is not operating. It is also used regularly during some summers, when the City’s allowable water usage from Whiskeytown Lake and through the Buckeye WTP permits. The City is currently in the process of relocating the PRV outside of the building and replacing it with a new 12-inch PRV. This will facilitate reinstallation of a fourth pump.

At times this PRV allows nearly 3,000 GPM to flow between the pressure zones with a pressure reduction of over 75 psi. The high flow rate, pressure drop, and usage of this PRV could make power generation a practical option to consider at this location. Refer to section B.2.4 for evaluation and further recommendations. Figure B-50 provides a photo of the existing PRV inside of Pump House 4.

Figure B-50 Pump House 3 PRV
Packet Pg. 1827 Attachment: Water Utility Master Plan 2023 (9.11(g)--Water Utility Master Plan Update 2023) City of Redding
Water Utility Master Plan 2023 Appendix B
B-57
B.4.7 Palisades Pressure Reducing Valve No. 1
The Palisades PRV No. 1 was installed in 1968 and is located at the southeast corner of the intersection of Hilltop Drive and Palisades Avenue. It is a 12-inch PRV that allows flow from the Buckeye Pressure zone to the Hilltop Dana Zone. It typically operates year-round to supplement flow from Pump House 5. Engineering Division and Water Utility staff observations and recommendations regarding this PRV are included in the following Table B-47. Figure B-51 provides a photo of the Palisades PRV No. 1.

Table B-47 Palisades PRV No. 1 Recommendations
No. Deficiency Recommendation Purpose
1 Vertical curbs on all sides makes vehicle access
difficult.

Replace w/ rolled curb
or driveways Access
2 Homeless sleeping inside fencing. Install more secure fencing, or a building Security
3 Paint on piping in poor condition. Recoat Longevity
4 Panels exposed to sun and weather,
reducing service life.

← All documents from this meeting